Document:

<PAGE>   1

                                                                  CONFORMED COPY

================================================================================

                                   PRIMACOM AG

                    ----------------------------------------

                                EURO 375,000,000

                             SENIOR WORKING CAPITAL
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                         dated as of September 18, 2000

                    ----------------------------------------

                     CHASE MANHATTAN INTERNATIONAL LIMITED,
                             as Administrative Agent

                              CHASE MANHATTAN PLC,
                                   as Arranger

================================================================================

<PAGE>   2

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.........................................................2

1.1  Defined Terms.............................................................2

1.2  Other Definitional Provisions............................................37

SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS..........................................37

2.1  Loans....................................................................37

2.2  Procedure for Borrowing and Conversion...................................38

2.3  Maturity and Exchange Notes..............................................39

2.4  Repayment of Loans.......................................................39

2.5  Optional and Mandatory Prepayments.......................................39

2.6  Interest Rates and Payment Dates.........................................41

2.7  Computation of Interest and Fees.........................................42

2.8  Pro Rata Treatment and Payments..........................................42

2.9  Requirements of Law......................................................44

2.10 Taxes....................................................................45

2.11 Indemnity................................................................47

2.12 Change of Lending Office.................................................47

2.13 Replacement Lenders......................................................48

2.14 Commitment Fees, etc.....................................................48

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.....................................48

3.1  Financial Condition......................................................48

3.2  No Change................................................................49

3.3  Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law.................................49

3.4  Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations..................49

3.5  No Legal Bar.............................................................49

3.6  No Material Litigation...................................................50

<PAGE>   3

3.7  No Default...............................................................50

3.8  Ownership of Property; Liens.............................................50

3.9  Intellectual Property....................................................50

3.10 Taxes....................................................................50

3.11 Federal Regulations......................................................51

3.12 Labor Matters............................................................51

3.13 Investment Company Act; Other Regulations................................51

3.14 Assets of the Company....................................................51

3.15 Purpose of Loans.........................................................51

3.16 Environmental Matters; Environmental Claims..............................51

3.17 Solvency.................................................................52

3.18 Accuracy of Written Information, etc.....................................52

3.19 Withholding Tax; Stamp Tax...............................................52

3.20 Foreign Exchange Regulations; Immunity; Enforcement......................52

3.21 Governing Law and Judgments..............................................53

3.22 Information Systems......................................................53

3.23 Winding Up...............................................................53

3.24 Private and Commercial Acts..............................................53

3.25 Relevant Contracts.......................................................53

3.26 Necessary Authorizations.................................................53

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT...............................................53

4.1  Conditions to Initial Draw-Down..........................................53

4.2  Conditions to Subsequent Draw-Downs......................................57

SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS..............................................58

5.1  Financial Statements.....................................................58

5.2  Certificates; Other Information..........................................59

5.3  Payment of Obligations...................................................60

<PAGE>   4

5.4  Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence.........................60

5.5  Maintenance of Property; Insurance.......................................60

5.6  Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions...................60

5.7  Notices..................................................................61

5.8  Take-Out Financing.......................................................61

5.9  Exchange Notes...........................................................62

5.10 Use of Proceeds of the Take-Out Debt.....................................63

5.11 Ratings on the Take-Out Debt.............................................63

5.12 Further Assurances.......................................................63

5.13 Maintenance of Licenses..................................................63

5.14 Business Plan............................................................63

5.15 Compliance with Laws.....................................................63

5.16 Payment of Taxes.........................................................63

5.17 Necessary Authorizations.................................................64

5.18 Hedging Arrangements.....................................................64

5.19 Offering Memorandum......................................................64

5.20 Multikabel Financial Statements..........................................64

SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.................................................64

6.1  Financial Condition Covenants............................................64

6.2  Limitation on Indebtedness...............................................66

6.3  Limitation on Restricted Payments........................................69

6.4  Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted
     Subsidiaries.............................................................72

6.5  Limitation on Sales of Assets, Subsidiary Stock and Asset Swaps..........73

6.6  Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.....................................74

6.7  Change of Control........................................................75

6.8  Limitation on Transfers of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries......76

6.9  Merger, Consolidation, etc...............................................76

<PAGE>   5

6.10 Limitation on Lines of Business..........................................78

6.11 Relevant Contracts.......................................................78

6.12 Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries.........78

SECTION 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT..................................................78

SECTION 8. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT...........................................81

8.1  Appointment..............................................................81

8.2  Delegation of Duties.....................................................81

8.3  Exculpatory Provisions...................................................81

8.4  Reliance by Administrative Agent.........................................82

8.5  Notice of Default........................................................82

8.6  Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders...................82

8.7  Indemnification..........................................................83

8.8  Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity..........................83

8.9  Successor Administrative Agent...........................................83

SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS......................................................84

9.1  Amendments and Waivers...................................................84

9.2  Notices..................................................................85

9.3  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies...........................................85

9.4  Survival of Representations and Warranties...............................85

9.5  Payment of Expenses and Taxes............................................86

9.6  Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments...................86

9.7  Adjustments; Set-off.....................................................89

9.8  Counterparts.............................................................89

9.9  Severability.............................................................90

9.10 Integration..............................................................90

9.11 GOVERNING LAW............................................................90

9.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers......................................90

<PAGE>   6

9.13 Judgment Currency........................................................91

9.14 Appointment of Agent for Service of Process..............................91

9.15 Acknowledgements.........................................................91

9.16 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL....................................................91

9.17 Confidentiality..........................................................91

<PAGE>   7

SCHEDULES:

1.1                   Commitments
1.2                   Existing Multikabel Indebtedness

EXHIBITS:

EXHIBIT A             Form of Senior Indenture
EXHIBIT B             Form of Contingent Value Right Agreement
EXHIBIT C             Form of Contingent Value Right Escrow Agreement
EXHIBIT D             Form of Assignment and Acceptance
EXHIBIT E-1           Form of Initial Loan Note
EXHIBIT E-2           Form of Term Note
EXHIBIT F             Form of Closing Certificate
EXHIBIT G-1           Form of Opinion for U.S. Counsel to the Company
EXHIBIT G-2           Form of Opinion of German Counsel to the Company

<PAGE>   8

                  SENIOR WORKING CAPITAL CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of September
18, 2000, among PRIMACOM A.G., a company organized under the laws of Germany
(the "Company"), the several lenders from time to time parties hereto
(collectively, the "Lenders"; individually, a "Lender"), and CHASE MANHATTAN
INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder (in
such capacity, the "Administrative Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS, the Company has entered into a Share Purchase Agreement, dated
August 11, 2000 (together with all schedules and exhibits attached thereto and
any and all amendments, supplements and modifications thereto and as the same
may be hereafter amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time
in accordance with this Agreement, the "Multikabel Acquisition Agreement"),
pursuant to which PrimaCom Netherlands Holding B.V., a subsidiary of the Company
will acquire (the "Multikabel Acquisition") all the shares of N.V.
Kabeltelevisie kop Noord-Holland, a public company with limited liability
incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and registered with the
Commercial Register in The Netherlands under number 37026706 ("Multikabel") for
an estimated purchase price of 368,000,000;

         WHEREAS, subsequent to the Multikabel Acquisition, the Company intends
to acquire additional cable systems and cable subscribers (such acquisitions to
be limited, until the Initial Maturity Date to acquisitions in Germany and The
Netherlands) (the "Permitted Acquisitions"; and collectively with the Multikabel
Acquisition, the "Acquisitions");

         WHEREAS, the Company intends to expand and upgrade (the "Build-Out";
and collectively with the Acquisitions, the financings described herein and the
refinancing of bank indebtedness incurred in connection with the Acquisitions
and the Build-Out, and all other related transactions, the "Loan Transactions")
its network and the networks acquired through the Acquisitions;

         WHEREAS, the Company intends to finance the Loan Transactions and the
estimated related premiums, fees and expenses from the following sources: (a) a
1,000,000,000 senior secured credit facility obtained by PrimaCom Management
GmbH (the "Senior Borrower"), which will provide for, among other things, the
refinancing of approximately 280,000,000 under the existing senior secured
credit facility of the Company, and if necessary, (b) cash proceeds from
borrowings by the Company under this interim senior unsecured facility in the
amount of up to 375,000,000 as interim financing to the issuance by the Company
of 375,000,000 of senior unsecured notes in a transaction exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act;

         WHEREAS, the Company has requested the Lenders make interim loans
hereunder to enable the Company to finance a portion of the consideration for
the Transactions and to pay a portion of the related fees and expenses;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

<PAGE>   9

                                                                               2

                             SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

         1.1 Defined Terms. (a) For the purposes of Section 6.1, the following
terms shall have the following meanings provided, however that terms not defined
in this Section 1.1(a) shall have the meanings set forth in Section 1.1(b):

                  "Annualized EBITDA": at any time, Total EBITDA for the most
         recently ended Quarterly Period, multiplied by four (as adjusted to
         reflect any of the Acquisitions, additional acquisitions permitted
         hereunder and under the Senior Bank Agreement and Asset Disposals
         during such Quarterly Period).

                  "Asset Disposals": any disposal of any assets by any member of
         the Financial Group after the Closing Date other than any disposal of
         assets permitted in accordance with Section 6.5.

                  "Broadband Services": cable television services, internet and
         other broadband telecommunications services (including, without
         limitation, voice telephony services).

                  "Consideration": at any time, the value of cash or cash
         equivalent assets actually paid or to be paid by any member of the
         Financial Group in respect of any Acquisition (including any escrow
         deposits), together with all indebtedness and liabilities to any
         person, including any contingent payments (whether related to future
         earnings, operations or otherwise) payable in the future (determined in
         accordance with the reasonable estimate of the Company which estimate
         shall be agreed by the Senior Bank Agreement Agent (such agreement not
         to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)), plus any incidental or
         consequential costs (including any redundancy payments, restructuring
         expenses or any other rationalization costs and whether accounted for
         as a capitalized expense or through the raising of a provision) likely
         to be incurred by the Financial Group arising in connection with or as
         a result of such Acquisition as notified to the Senior Bank Agreement
         Agent by the Company (if such costs exceed 1% of the Consideration).

                  "Deferred Consideration": any amounts paid or payable or which
         will be paid or payable as part of the Consideration for an Acquisition
         after the date of completion of the Acquisition.

                  "EBITDA": in relation to the Financial Group (or any part
         thereof), in respect of any period and as calculated in accordance with
         GAAP, Net Revenues of the Financial Group (or such part thereof) during
         such period less all operating expenses incurred during such period
         before the deduction of depreciation, amortization, other non-cash
         charges, extraordinary items, Interest Expense and taxation (in each
         case in respect of such period), save that for the purpose of the
         financial covenants set out in Section 6.1, for the period from the
         Closing Date up to and including December 31, 2000, any charges
         relating to redundancy costs shall be ignored in the calculation of
         EBITDA during such period.

                  "Financial Group":  the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.

                  "GAAP": generally accepted accounting principles in the United
         States of America in effect on the date of this Agreement, including
         those set forth in the opinions

<PAGE>   10

                                                                               3

         and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
         Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
         pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such
         other statements by such other entity as are approved by a significant
         segment of the accounting profession; provided, however, that in the
         event that any financial statements are delivered which are not in
         accordance with GAAP, such financial statements are accompanied by an
         explanation of any changes to accounting bases used with a
         reconciliation of any of the covenants in Section 6.1 to the extent
         reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

                  "Indebtedness": shall be construed so as to include any
         obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment
         or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent.

                  "Indebtedness for Borrowed Money": without double counting,
         any indebtedness of any person for or in respect of:

                           (i)   moneys borrowed (other than Subordinated Debt);

                           (ii)  liabilities under any standby letter of credit,
                  guarantees, acceptance credit, bills discounting facility or
                  any receivables purchase, factoring or discounting
                  arrangements (other than letters of credit issued under the
                  Senior Bank Agreement);

                           (iii) amounts raised pursuant to any note purchase
                  facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock
                  or similar instruments;

                           (iv) the amount of any liability in respect of leases
                  or hire purchase contracts which would, in accordance with
                  GAAP, be treated as finance or capital leases;

                           (v) the amount of any Deferred Consideration;

                           (vi) the amount of any liability in respect of any
                  purchase price for assets or services (other than in
                  connection with an Acquisition) the payment of which is
                  deferred for a period in excess of 120 days;

                           (vii) amounts raised under any other transaction
                  (including, without limitation any sale and repurchase
                  agreement or forward sale or purchase agreement) having the
                  commercial effect of a borrowing (excluding any derivative
                  transactions of the nature described in paragraph (viii)
                  below); and

                           (viii) (for the purposes of Section 7(e) only)
                  interest rate or currency swaps, caps, floors, collars,
                  forward sale or purchase contracts, contracts for differences
                  or any option transactions, or any other treasury transactions
                  or any other transaction entered into in connection with the
                  management of risk related to Indebtedness (and the amount of
                  Indebtedness for Borrowed Money in relation to any such
                  transaction shall be the net amount not paid by the relevant
                  member of the Financial Group).

<PAGE>   11

                                                                               4

                  "Interest Expense": in relation to any Quarterly Period, the
         aggregate of all interest (excluding capitalized interest) accrued
         (whether or not paid or payable) during such Quarterly Period in
         respect of Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of members of the Financial
         Group (other than Indebtedness owed by one member of the Financial
         Group to another member of the Financial Group).

                  "Net Revenues": in relation to the Financial Group (or any
         part thereof) or any person which has been acquired by any member of
         the Financial Group and for any period, all revenues (including
         installation revenues) from the use of or generated by the Systems
         (exclusive of VAT) whatsoever payable to the Financial Group (or such
         part thereof) or, as the case may be, such person, which arise during
         such period.

                  "Net Senior Debt": at any time, Senior Debt at such time less
         an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Available Commitments at
         such time.

                  "Obligor": the obligors under the Senior Bank Agreement,
         including, the Company, the Senior Borrower, the guarantors under the
         Senior Bank Documents and any other member of the Financial Group which
         provides security or guarantees at any time in respect of the
         obligations of any Obligor under any of the Loan Documents or the
         Senior Bank Documents.

                  "Obligor Intercreditor Agreement": as defined in the Senior
         Bank Agreement.

                  "Quarter Day": March 31, June 30, September 30 and December
         31.

                  "Quarterly Period": each successive period of approximately
         three months commencing on the day after a Quarter Day and ending on
         the next following Quarter Day.

                  "Restricted Cash": monies held in escrow in an account held
         with the administrative agent under the Senior Bank Agreement in the
         name of the Company pending application towards the payment of interest
         on the Take-Out Debt.

                  "Senior Bank Agreement": (i) the 1,000,000,000 credit
         agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Senior Borrower, the
         companies specified therein as guarantors, the Company, Chase
         Manhattan, as senior administrative agent and the Senior Bank Agreement
         Lenders, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
         from time to time and (ii) any renewal, extension, refunding,
         restructuring, replacement, or refinancing thereof (whether with the
         original administrative agent and Lenders or another administrative
         agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the
         original Senior Bank Agreement or any other agreement or indenture.).

                  "Senior Bank Agreement Agent": the administrative agent under
         the Senior Bank Agreement.

                  "Senior Borrower": PrimaCom Management GmbH.

<PAGE>   12

                                                                               5

                  "Senior Debt": at any time, the aggregate at such time of all
         Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of the Financial Group excluding (a)
         any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money owed by one member of the Financial
         Group to another member of the Financial Group and (b) any Subordinated
         Debt permitted hereunder and under the Senior Bank Agreement, but
         including the net mark to market exposure of the Financial Group as
         calculated by the Administrative Agent under all derivative
         transactions of the nature described in clause (viii) of the definition
         of Indebtedness for Borrowed Money except for derivative transactions
         entered into to hedge the exposure of the Financial Group to
         fluctuations in exchange rates (and taken into account in the
         calculation of Total Debt).

                  "Senior Bank Agreement Lenders": the lenders parties to the
         Senior Bank Agreement from time to time.

                  "Subordinated Debt": any loan provided by the Company or any
         other Person to any Obligor which has been subordinated to the Senior
         Bank Agreement in accordance with the Obligor Intercreditor Agreement
         or on terms which are otherwise acceptable to the Senior Bank Agreement
         Agent.

                  "System": each broadband fixed telecommunications network for
         the delivery of Broadband Services operated, managed, administered and,
         where necessary, installed by a member or members of the Financial
         Group provided that (i) such member shall be a Subsidiary of another
         member of the Financial Group and (ii) the cash flows generated by such
         System shall be controlled by such other member of the Financial Group.

                  "Total Cash Interest Expense": in relation to any period, the
         aggregate of all interest (excluding capitalized interest) paid or
         payable during such period in respect of Indebtedness for Borrowed
         Money of members of the Financial Group (other than Indebtedness for
         Borrowed Money owed by one member of the Financial Group to another
         member of the Financial Group) less an amount equal to the amount of
         such interest paid or payable during such period which was held as
         Restricted Cash at the relevant time.

                  "Total Debt": at any time (but without double counting and
         excluding debt between members of the Financial Group), the aggregate
         at such time of: (i) the aggregate amount of Senior Debt; (ii) the
         aggregate amount of Subordinated Debt; (iii) the principal amount
         (including the amount of any accretions thereto relating to accrued
         interest) outstanding under this Agreement or of any Take-Out Debt or
         other senior notes issued by the Company; and (iv) the aggregate
         principal amount of all other Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of the
         Company, less an amount equal to the amount of Restricted Cash at such
         time. For purposes of this definition, "principal amount" means the
         euro equivalent of such principal amount at the effective exchange rate
         resulting from any derivative transaction entered into by any member of
         the Financial Group in order to hedge exposure to the relevant exchange
         rate fluctuations and, to the extent that no such hedging has been
         entered into, the Administrative Agent's spot rate of exchange for
         conversion into euros at or about 11:00 a.m. on the relevant date in
         relation to such currency.

                  "Total EBITDA": at any time and in respect of any Quarterly
         Period, the EBITDA of the Financial Group.

<PAGE>   13

                                                                               6

                  "VAT": value added tax including any similar tax which may be
         imposed in place thereof from time to time.

         (a) As used in this Agreement except for Section 6.1, the following
terms shall have the following meanings:

                  "Accepting Holder": as defined in Section 2.5(d).

                  "Acquisitions": as defined in the recitals hereto.

                  "Additional Assets": (i) any property or assets (other than
         cash, Cash Equivalents, Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by
         the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Cable Business; (ii) the
         Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a
         result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a
         Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or (iii) Capital Stock
         constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a
         Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that, in the
         case of clauses (ii) and (iii), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily
         engaged in a Cable Business.

                  "Adjusted Margin": with respect to any Loan, 0 basis points
         during the three month period commencing on the Initial Maturity Date,
         increasing by an additional 50 basis points at the beginning of each
         subsequent three-month period.

                  "Adjusted Rate": the rate equal to the greatest of (i) 50
         basis points plus the interest rate borne by the Loans on the day
         immediately preceding the Initial Maturity Date, (ii) 950 basis points
         plus the Bund Rate on the Initial Maturity Date and (iii) 200 basis
         points plus the Index Rate (as defined below) on the Initial Maturity
         Date.

                  "Administrative Agent":  as defined in the recitals hereto.

                  "Affiliate": as to any Person, any other Person (other than,
         prior to the Initial Maturity Date, a Subsidiary) which, directly or
         indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common
         control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control"
         of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause
         the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether
         through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
         and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative
         to the foregoing, provided that beneficial ownership of 20% or more of
         the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be "control" of such
         person.

                  "Affiliate Transaction":  as defined in Section 6.7.

                  "Agreement": this Senior Working Capital Credit Agreement, as
         amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                  "Applicable Margin": with respect to any Loan, 50 basis points
         during the three month period commencing on the Initial Draw-Down Date
         and an increase of an additional 50 basis points at the end of each
         successive three month period thereafter until the Initial Maturity
         Date.

<PAGE>   14

                                                                               7

                  "Asset Disposition": any direct or indirect sale, lease (other
         than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of
         business), transfer, issuance or other disposition (or series of
         related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that are
         part of a common plan) of shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted
         Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares), property or other
         assets (including, without limitation, any individual or other
         licenses, permits or general authorizations granted by any regulatory
         authority or other Person relating to the Company's or its Restricted
         Subsidiaries' Cable Business) (each referred to for the purposes of
         this definition as a "disposition") by the Company or any of its
         Restricted Subsidiaries (including any disposition by means of a
         merger, consolidation or similar transaction), other than (i)
         disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no
         longer useful in the conduct of the Company's and/or its Restricted
         Subsidiaries' business disposed of in the ordinary course of business;
         (ii) a disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;
         (iii) the sale of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;
         (v) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the
         Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary; (vi)
         for purposes of Section 6.5 only, a disposition subject to Section 6.3;
         (vii) transactions permitted under Section 6.10; and (viii) an Asset
         Swap effected in compliance with Section 6.5.

                  "Asset Swap": concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of
         Cable Business Assets between the Company or any of its Restricted
         Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash
         Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 6.5.

                  "Assignee":  as defined in Section 9.6(c).

                  "Available Commitment": as to any Lender at any time, an
         amount equal to (a) such Lender's Commitment then in effect, minus (b)
         the aggregate principal amount of all Loans held by such Lender then
         outstanding.

                  "Average Life": as of the date of determination, with respect
         to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of
         the products of the numbers of years or proportion thereof from the
         date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled
         principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption multiplied by the
         amount of such payment by (ii) the sum of all such payments.

                  "Bank Intercreditor Agreement": the intercreditor agreement
         dated the date hereof among the Lenders and the Senior Bank Lenders.

                  "Benefitted Lender": as defined in Section 9.7(a).

                  "Borrowing": a group of Loans made by the Lenders on a single
         date.

                  "Borrowing Notice": as defined in Section 2.2.

                  "Broadband Services": cable television services, internet and
         other broadband telecommunications services (including, without
         limitation, voice telephony services).

                  "Build-Out": as defined in the recitals hereto.

<PAGE>   15

                                                                               8

                  "Bund Rate" equals (i) the rate borne by direct obligations of
         the Federal Republic of Germany maturing on the tenth anniversary of
         the Closing Date and (ii) if there are no such obligations, the rate
         determined by linear interpolation between the rates borne by the two
         direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany maturing closest
         to, but straddling, the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date, in each
         case as published in the most recent monthly report (Monatsbericht) by
         the Deutsche Bundesbank.

                  "Business Day": a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on
         which banks generally are open for business in London and any day on
         which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express
         Transfer System (TARGET) (or, if such clearing system ceases to be
         operative, such other clearing system (if any) determined by the
         Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for
         settlement of payment in euro.

                  "Business Plan": the consolidated business plan of the
         Financial Group delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(h), or at any time
         after the consolidated business plan of the Financial Group is
         delivered pursuant to 5.2(c), the most recent consolidated business
         plan delivered pursuant thereto.

                  "Cable Business": (i) the business of obtaining and
         maintaining one or more licenses, authorizations or concessions to own
         or operate, and/or owning or operating, a cable (including internet,
         telephone or telecommunications) system or service in countries which
         are members of the EMU as of the Closing Date; and (ii) any business
         reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto, including,
         without limitation, any provision of content or software related
         thereto; provided, in each case, that the determination of what shall
         constitute a Cable Business hereunder shall be made in good faith by
         the Management Board, and provided further that any company that has as
         its sole asset the Capital Stock of one or more Subsidiaries engaged in
         the Cable Business shall be deemed to be engaged in the Cable Business.

                  "Cable Business Assets": assets used or useful in a Cable
         Business.

                  "Capital Expenditure": any expenditure (including any
         obligation in respect of the capital element of any finance lease or
         capital lease) for the acquisition of equipment, fixed assets, real
         property, intangible assets and other assets of a capital nature, or
         for the replacements or substitutions therefor or additions or
         improvements thereto, that in any such case have a useful life of more
         than one year together with costs incurred in connection therewith.

                  "Capital Stock": of a Person, any and all shares, interests,
         rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other
         equivalents of, or interests in (however designated) equity of such
         Person, including any Preferred Stock, partnership interests and
         limited liability company membership interests, but excluding any debt
         securities convertible into or exchangeable for such equity.

                  "Cash Cap": the greater of (i) 16% per annum and (ii) the
         Index Rate on the Initial Draw-Down Date plus 225 basis points.

<PAGE>   16

                                                                               9

                  "Cash Equivalents": means (i) securities issued or directly
         and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government, or any
         agency or instrumentality thereof, having maturities of not more than
         one year from the date of acquisition and not being convertible into
         any other form of security; (ii) marketable general obligations issued
         by any state of the United States of America or any political
         subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof
         maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at
         the time of acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of "A" or
         better from either Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or Moody's Investors
         Service, Inc.; (iii) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar
         time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers' acceptances having
         maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition
         thereof issued by any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is
         rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least "A" or the equivalent
         thereof by Standard & Poor's Rating Group, or "A" or the equivalent
         thereof by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and having capital and
         surplus in excess of $500 million; (iv) repurchase obligations with a
         term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types
         described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) entered into with any bank
         meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above; (v)
         commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least
         "A-2" or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor's Rating Group or
         "P-2" or the equivalent thereof by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or
         carrying an equivalent rating by an internationally recognized rating
         agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing
         ratings of investments, and in either case maturing within one year
         after the date of acquisition thereof; and (vi) interests in any
         investment company which invests solely in instruments of the type
         specified in clauses (i) through (v) above.

                  "Change in Law": with respect to any Lender, the adoption of
         any law, rule, regulation, policy, guideline, or directive (whether or
         not having the force of law (but with which it is customary to comply))
         or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof
         by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender, in
         each case after the Closing Date.

                  "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the
         following events:

                           (i)   any "person" or "group" of related persons (as
                  such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
                  Exchange Act), is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined
                  in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that
                  such person or group shall be deemed to have "beneficial
                  ownership" of all shares that any such person or group has the
                  right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable
                  immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or
                  indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the
                  Voting Stock of the Company (or its successor by merger,
                  consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its
                  assets) (for the purposes of this clause, such person or group
                  shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of the
                  Company held by an entity, if such person or group
                  "beneficially owns" (as defined above), directly or
                  indirectly, more than 35% of the voting power of the Voting
                  Stock of such entity); or

                           (ii)  during any period of two consecutive years,
                  individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted
                  the Supervisory Board of the

<PAGE>   17

                                                                              10

                  Company (together with any new members of such board whose
                  election by such Supervisory Board or whose nomination for
                  election by the shareholders of the Company, was approved by a
                  vote of at least a majority of the members of the Supervisory
                  Board of the Company then still in office who were either
                  members at the beginning of such period or whose election or
                  nomination for election was previously so approved cease for
                  any reason to constitute a majority of the Supervisory Board
                  of the Company then in office; or

                           (iii) the adoption by the stockholders of a plan for
                  the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

                           (iv)  the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other
                  disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in
                  one or a series of related transactions, of all or
                  substantially all of the assets of the Company and its
                  Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any "person" (as
                  such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
                  Act); or

                           (v)   a "change of control" as triggered pursuant to
                  clause 24.17 of the Senior Bank Agreement.

                  "Chase European Cable Index": the index comprised in an equal
         weighting of the following securities: (i) Callahan Nordrhein-Westfalen
         GmbH 14% Euro Senior Notes due 2010, (ii) eKabel Hessen 14.50% Euro
         Senior Notes due 2010, (iii) NTL 9.875% Euro Senior Notes due 2009, and
         (iv) UPC 11.25% Euro Senior Notes due 2010.

                  "Chase Manhattan plc": Chase Manhattan plc.

                  "CMIL": Chase Manhattan International Limited.

                  "Closing Date": the date on which the conditions precedent set
         forth in Section 4 shall be satisfied or waived.

                  "Code": the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
         time to time.

                  "Commitment": as to any Lender, its obligation to make a Loan
         to the Company on the Initial Draw-Down Date or a Subsequent Draw-Down
         Date, as the case may be, in an aggregate amount equal to the amount
         set forth opposite such Lender's name in Schedule 1.1 under the heading
         "Commitment"; collectively, as to all such Lenders, the "Commitments".

                  "Commitment Fee Rate":1/2of 1% per annum.

                  "Commitment Percentage": as to any Lender at any time, the
         percentage of the aggregate Commitments then constituted by such
         Lender's Commitment (or, after the Commitments shall have expired or
         terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such
         Lender's Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal
         amount of the Loans then outstanding).

<PAGE>   18

                                                                              11

                  "Company Management Expenses": (a) legal fees and fees of any
         other professional advisers in each case incurred by the Company in
         connection with this Agreement, the issuance of the Take-Out Debt or
         other Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of the Company and (b) annual
         auditor's fees incurred in connection with the preparation of audited
         annual consolidated financial statements in accordance with Section 5.1
         together with (c) other reasonable expenses of the Company properly
         incurred in the ordinary course of business and on arm's length terms.

                  "Consideration": at any time, the value of cash or cash
         equivalent assets actually paid or to be paid by any member of the
         Financial Group in respect of any Acquisition (including any escrow
         deposits), together with all indebtedness and liabilities to any
         person, including any contingent payments (whether related to future
         earnings, operations or otherwise) payable in the future (determined in
         accordance with the reasonable estimate of the Company which estimate
         shall be agreed by the Senior Agent (such agreement not to be
         unreasonably withheld or delayed)), plus any incidental or
         consequential costs (including any redundancy payments, restructuring
         expenses or any other rationalization costs and whether accounted for
         as a capitalized expense or through the raising of a provision) likely
         to be incurred by the Financial Group arising in connection with or as
         a result of such Acquisition as notified to the Senior Agent by the
         Company (if such costs exceed 1% of the Consideration).

                  "Consolidated EBITDA": for any period, without duplication,
         the Consolidated Net Income for such period, (i) plus the following to
         the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income (and,
         in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP):

                  (1)      Consolidated Interest Expense;

                  (2)      Consolidated Income Taxes;

                  (3)      consolidated depreciation expense;

                  (4)      consolidated amortization of intangibles;

                  (5)      other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net
                           Income (excluding any such non-cash charge to the
                           extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for
                           cash charges in any future period or amortization of
                           a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior
                           period not included in the calculation); and

                  (ii) less (in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP)
         all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period
         and less all cash payments during such period relating to non-cash
         charges that were added back to Consolidated Net Income in determining
         the Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period. Notwithstanding the
         preceding sentence, (A) clauses (i)(2) through (i)(5) relating to

<PAGE>   19

                                                                              12

         amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person will be added to
         Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of such Person
         only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income
         (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the
         Consolidated Net Income of such Person, (B) clauses (i)(1) through
         (i)(5) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person will
         be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of
         such Person only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that they
         are in excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of a Restricted
         Subsidiary of a Person or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income
         for such period included in Consolidated Net Income, only if a
         corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to
         be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without
         prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of
         its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees,
         orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that
         Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders and (C) there shall be
         excluded from amounts referred to in clauses (i)(3) through (i)(5) any
         non-cash charge that requires an accrual or reserve for cash charges
         for any future period.

                  "Consolidated Income Taxes": with respect to any Person for
         any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required
         to be made by such Person by any governmental authority which taxes or
         other payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits of
         such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the
         extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated
         Net Income for such period), regardless of whether such taxes or
         payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.

                  "Consolidated Interest Expense": for any period, the total
         interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted
         Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included
         in such interest expense:

                  (1)      interest expense attributable to obligations under
                           Finance Leases in respect of the relevant lease
                           giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were
                           a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP and the
                           interest component of any deferred payment
                           obligations;

                  (2)      amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost;

                  (3)      non-cash interest expense;

                  (4)      commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
                           owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers'
                           acceptance financing;

                  (5)      interest actually paid by the Company or any
                           Restricted Subsidiary under any Guarantee of
                           Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person;

                  (6)      net costs associated with Hedging Obligations
                           (including amortization of fees);

                  (7)      the consolidated interest expense of such Person and
                           its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized
                           during such period;

                  (8)      the product of (a) all dividends paid in cash, Cash
                           Equivalents or Indebtedness or accrued during such
                           period on any series of Disqualified Stock of such
                           Person or on Preferred Stock of its Restricted
                           Subsidiaries

<PAGE>   20

                                                                              13

                           payable to a party other than the Company or a
                           Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, times (b) a fraction, the
                           numerator of which is one and the denominator of
                           which is one minus the then current combined
                           national, federal, state, provincial and local
                           statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a
                           decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in
                           accordance with GAAP; and

                  (9)      the cash contributions to any employee stock
                           ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such
                           contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay
                           interest or fees to any Person (other than the
                           Company) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by
                           such plan or trust; provided, however, that there
                           will be excluded therefrom any such interest expense
                           of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the
                           related Indebtedness is not Guaranteed or paid by the
                           Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense will be determined after
giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its
Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements.

                  "Consolidated Leverage Ratio": as of any date of
         determination, the ratio of:

                  (1)      the sum of the aggregate outstanding Indebtedness of
                           the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the
                           date of calculation on a consolidated basis in
                           accordance with GAAP to

                  (2)      Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted
                           Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four
                           consecutive Quarterly Periods ending prior to the
                           date of such determination; provided, however, that:

                           (i)  if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

                                  (a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the
                           beginning of such period that remains outstanding on
                           such date of determination or if the transaction
                           giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated
                           Leverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness,
                           Indebtedness at the end of such period, Consolidated
                           EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such
                           period will be calculated after giving effect on a
                           pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such
                           Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of
                           such period (except that in making such computation,
                           the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit
                           facility outstanding on the date of such calculation
                           will be computed based on

                                  (x) the average daily balance of such
                                  Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters
                                  or such shorter period for which such facility
                                  was outstanding or

                                  (y) if such facility was created after the end
                                  of such four Quarterly Periods, the average
                                  daily balance of such Indebtedness during the

<PAGE>   21

                                                                              14

                                  period from the date of creation of such
                                  facility to the date of such calculation)

                           and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid,
                           repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with
                           the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such
                           discharge had occurred on the first day of such
                           period; or

                                    (b) has repaid, repurchased, defeased or
                           otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the
                           beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding
                           on such date of determination or if the transaction
                           giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated
                           Leverage Ratio involves a discharge of Indebtedness
                           (in each case other than Indebtedness incurred under
                           any revolving credit facility unless such
                           Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the
                           related commitment terminated), Indebtedness,
                           Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense
                           for such period will be calculated after giving
                           effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such
                           Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new
                           Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on
                           the first day of such period;

                           (ii) if since the beginning of such period the
                           Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made
                           any Asset Disposition or if the transaction giving
                           rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated
                           Leverage Ratio is an Asset Disposition:

                                    (a) Indebtedness at the end of such period
                           will be reduced by an amount equal to the
                           Indebtedness discharged, defeased or retired with the
                           Net Available Cash of such Asset Disposition and the
                           assumption of Indebtedness by the transferee;

                                    (b) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period
                           will be reduced by an amount equal to the
                           Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly
                           attributable to the assets which are the subject of
                           such Asset Disposition for such period or increased
                           by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if
                           negative) directly attributable thereto for such
                           period; and

                                    (c) Consolidated Interest Expense for such
                           period will be reduced by an amount equal to the
                           Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable
                           to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
                           Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise
                           discharged with respect to the Company and its
                           continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with
                           such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the
                           Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold,
                           the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period
                           directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such
                           Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and
                           its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer
                           liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);

<PAGE>   22

                                                                              15

                           (iii) if since the beginning of such period the
                           Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or
                           otherwise) will have made an Investment in any
                           Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a
                           Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the
                           Company) or an acquisition of assets, including any
                           acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a
                           transaction causing a calculation to be made
                           hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all
                           of an operating unit, division or line of business,
                           Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated
                           Interest Expense for such period will be calculated
                           after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
                           Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day
                           of such period; and

                           (iv) if since the beginning of such period any Person
                           (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or
                           was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted
                           Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will
                           have Incurred any Indebtedness or made any Asset
                           Disposition or any Investment or acquisition of
                           assets that would have required an adjustment
                           pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above if made
                           by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such
                           period, Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and
                           Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be
                           calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as
                           if such Incurrence of Indebtedness or Asset
                           Disposition or Investment occurred on the first day
                           of such period.

                  The pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by
         a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (including
         pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent
         with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness
         bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect,
         the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the
         rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable
         rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate
         Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate
         Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).

                  "Consolidated Net Income": for any period, the net income
         (loss) of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries
         determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there will
         not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

                  (1)      any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is
                           not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that:

                           (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses
                           (4), (5) and (6) below, the Company's equity in the
                           net income of any such Person for such period will be
                           included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the
                           aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such
                           Person during such period to the Company or a
                           Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other
                           distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or
                           other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the
                           limitations contained in clause (3) below); and

<PAGE>   23

                                                                              16

                           (b) the Company's equity in a net loss of any such
                           Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for
                           such period will be included in determining such
                           Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has
                           been funded with cash from the Company or a
                           Restricted Subsidiary;

                  (2)      any net income (loss) of any Person acquired by the
                           Company or a Subsidiary in a pooling of interests
                           transaction for any period prior to the date of such
                           acquisition;

                  (3)      any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted
                           Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is subject to
                           restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment
                           of dividends or the making of distributions by such
                           Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the
                           Company, except that:

                           (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses
                           (4), (5) and (6) below, the Company's equity in the
                           net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such
                           period will be included in such Consolidated Net
                           Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could
                           have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary
                           during such period to the Company or another
                           Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the
                           case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary,
                           to the limitation contained in this clause); and

                           (b) the Company's equity in a net loss of any such
                           Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be
                           included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

                  (4)      any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other
                           disposition of any property, plant or equipment of
                           the Company or its consolidated Restricted
                           Subsidiaries which is not sold or otherwise disposed
                           of in the ordinary course of business and any gain
                           (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of
                           any Capital Stock of any Person;

                  (5)      any extraordinary gain or loss; and

                  (6)      the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
                           principles.

                  "Consolidated Net Worth": the total of the amounts shown on
         the balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
         (prepared in accordance with GAAP) determined, on a consolidated basis
         as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company ending
         prior to the taking of any action for the purpose of which the
         determination is being made, as (1) the par or stated value of all
         outstanding Capital Stock of the Company plus (2) paid-in capital or
         capital surplus relating to such Capital Stock plus (3) any retained
         earnings or earned surplus less (a) any accumulated deficit and (b) any
         amounts attributable to Disqualified Stock

                  "Contingent Value Right Agreement": the Contingent Value Right
         Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, to be executed and
         delivered by the Company and Chase Securities Inc., as CVR Agent with
         respect to the CVRs.

<PAGE>   24

                                                                              17

                  "Contingent Value Right Escrow Agreement": the Contingent
         Value Right Escrow Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit C,
         to be executed and delivered by the Company and Chase Manhattan
         International Limited, as escrow agent with respect to the CVRs.

                  "Contractual Obligation": as to any Person, any provision of
         any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or
         other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any
         of its property is bound.

                  "Currency Agreement": in respect of a Person any foreign
         exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement
         as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

                  "CVRs": the CVRs of the Company as described in the Contingent
         Value Right Agreement.

                  "Default": any event or condition that is, or after notice or
         passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

                  "Deferred Consideration": any amounts paid or payable or which
         will be paid or payable as part of the Consideration for an Acquisition
         after the date of completion of the Acquisition.

                  "Disqualified Stock": with respect to any Person, any Capital
         Stock that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it
         is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening
         of any event (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a
         sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or
         exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital
         Stock that is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the
         Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any such conversion
         or exchange will be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness) or (iii) is
         redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in
         each case, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the first
         anniversary of the Final Maturity Date, provided, that only the portion
         of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so
         convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the
         holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified
         Stock.

                  "Dutch GAAP": generally accepted accounting principles in The
         Netherlands.

                  "EMU": Economic and Monetary Union as contemplated in the
         Treaty on European Union.

                  "EMU Legislation": legislative measures of the European Union
         for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the euro in one
         or more Member States, being in part legislative measures to implement
         EMU.

                  "Environmental Claim": any claim, notice of violation,
         prosecution, demand, action, official warning or other investigation
         pursuant to any Environmental Law.

<PAGE>   25

                                                                              18

                  "Environmental Laws": all or any laws, statutes, regulations,
         treaties, and judgments of any Governmental Authority in any
         jurisdiction in which any member of the Financial Group is formed or
         carries on business or of the European Community, relating to the
         pollution or protection of the environment or harm to or the protection
         of human health or the health of animals or plants, and applicable to
         any member of the Financial Group and/or the construction, installation
         and operation of cable television and telecommunications systems in the
         areas covered by the Licenses and/or any other activities from time to
         time carried on by any member of the Financial Group and/or the
         occupation or use of any property owned, leased or occupied by any
         member of the Financial Group;

                  "Environmental License": any permit, license, authorization,
         consent or other approval required at any time by any Environmental Law
         for the construction, installation and operation of cable television
         and telecommunications systems in the franchise areas and/or for any
         other activities from time to time carried on by any member of the
         Financial Group.

                  "euro": the single currency of the European Union as
         constituted by the Treaty on European Union and as referred to in EMU
         Legislation.

                  "euro unit" and "euro": the currency unit of the euro as
         defined in the EMU Legislation.

                  "European Government Securities": securities that are (i)
         direct obligations of any member of the European Union that has adopted
         the euro as its official currency and for which such member has pledged
         its full faith and credit or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or
         supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of any member
         of the European Union that has adopted the euro as its official
         currency and the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a
         full faith and credit obligation by such member, which, in either case,
         are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof at
         any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes and shall also
         include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as
         custodian with respect to any such European Government Securities or a
         specific payment of interest on or principal of any such European
         Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the
         holder of a depository receipt; provided, however, that (except as
         required by law) such custodian shall not be authorized to make any
         deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository
         receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the
         European Government Securities or the specific payment of interest on
         or principal of the European Government Securities evidenced by such
         depository receipt.

                  "Event of Default": any of the events specified in Section 7,
         provided that all requirements for the giving of notice, the lapse of
         time, or both, and any other conditions, have been satisfied.

                  "Existing Liens": the liens of the Financial Group and the
         Multikabel Group existing on the date hereof.

                  "Existing Indebtedness": the Existing Multikabel Indebtedness
         and the Existing PrimaCom Indebtedness.

<PAGE>   26
                                                                              19

                  "Existing Multikabel Indebtedness": the Indebtedness described
         in Schedule 1.2.

                  "Existing PrimaCom Indebtedness": the indebtedness of the
         Financial Group outstanding pursuant to the [EURO]460,169,752 facility
         agreement (being an amendment and restatement of the DM600,000,000
         facility agreement entered into between (among others) certain banks
         and financial institutions and the Senior Borrower dated December 23,
         1998 (including any amounts outstanding under the Overdraft Facility
         (as defined therein), as amended.

                  "Exchange Act": the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
         amended.

                  "Exchange Note": each note issued under the Indenture
         delivered pursuant to Section 2.3 and 5.9; collectively, the "Exchange
         Notes".

                  "Exchange Request": as defined in Section 5.9.

                  "Extended Expiration Date": May 15, 2001.

                  "Final Maturity Date": the tenth anniversary of the Closing
         Date.

                  "Finance Lease": any lease or hire purchase contract which
         would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital
         lease and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation
         shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in
         accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date
         of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease
         prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

                  "Financial Group": the Company and each of its Subsidiaries,
         taken together.

                  "GAAP": generally accepted accounting principles in the United
         States of America in effect on the date of this Agreement, including
         those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
         Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
         Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial
         Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such entity
         as are approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.

                  "German GAAP": generally accepted accounting principles in
         Germany.

                  "Governmental Authority": any nation or government, any state,
         province or other political subdivision thereof and any entity
         exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or
         administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

                  "Group Structure Chart": the group structure charts delivered
         to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date.

                  "Guarantee": (without duplication) any obligation, contingent
         or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any
         Indebtedness of any other Person, and any obligation, direct or
         indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or
         pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such
         Indebtedness or other obligation of such other Person (whether arising
         by virtue of partnership

<PAGE>   27

                                                                              20

         arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods,
         securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial
         statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of
         assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other
         obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against
         loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that
         the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or
         deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee" used
         as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

                  "Hedging Obligations": of any Person means the obligations of
         such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency
         Agreement.

                  "Holder" or "Noteholder": the Person in whose name a Loan (and
         any corresponding Note(s)) is registered.

                  "Incur": issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become
         liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock
         of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
         Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise)
         shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the
         time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms "Incurred" and
         "Incurrence" shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

                  "Indebtedness": with respect to any Person on any date of
         determination (without duplication):

                  (1)      the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of
                           indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

                  (2)      the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of
                           obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
                           debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

                  (3)      the principal component of all obligations of such
                           Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers'
                           acceptances, bank guarantees or other similar
                           instruments (including reimbursement obligations with
                           respect thereto except to the extent such
                           reimbursement obligation relates to a trade payable
                           arising in the ordinary course of business and such
                           obligation is satisfied within 30 days of
                           Incurrence);

                  (4)      the principal component of all obligations of such
                           Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price
                           of property (except trade payables arising in the
                           ordinary course of business), which purchase price is
                           due more than six months after the date of placing
                           such property in service or taking delivery and title
                           thereto;

                  (5)      the principal component of all conditional sale
                           obligations of such Person and all obligations of
                           such Person under any title retention agreements
                           (except trade payables arising in the ordinary course
                           of business);

                  (6)      obligations in respect of Finance Leases of such
                           Person;

<PAGE>   28

                                                                              21

                  (7)      the principal component of all obligations of such
                           Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or
                           other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with
                           respect to any Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but
                           excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

                  (8)      the principal component of all Indebtedness of other
                           Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such
                           Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed
                           by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of
                           such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair
                           market value of such asset at such date of
                           determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness
                           of such other Persons;

                  (9)      the principal component of Indebtedness of other
                           Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person;

                  (10)     to the extent not otherwise included in this
                           definition, net obligations of such Person under
                           Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements (the
                           amount of any such obligations to be equal at any
                           time to the termination value of such agreement or
                           arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would
                           be payable by such Person at such time); and

                  (11)     all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as
                           the deferred purchase price of property or services,
                           which purchase price is due more than 180 days after
                           the placing of such property in service or taking
                           delivery and title thereto or the completion of such
                           services (but excluding Trade Payables and accrued
                           expenses of such Person occurring in the ordinary
                           course of business).

                  The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be
         the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations
         as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of
         the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent
         obligations at such date.

                           In addition, "Indebtedness" of any Person shall
                  include Indebtedness described in the preceding paragraph that
                  would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such
                  Person if:

                  (1)      such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership
                           or joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary
                           (a "Joint Venture");

                  (2)      such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person
                           is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a "General
                           Partner"); and

                  (3)      there is recourse, by contract or operation of law,
                           with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to
                           property or assets of such Person or a Restricted
                           Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness
                           shall be included in an amount not to exceed:

<PAGE>   29

                                                                              22

                           (a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General
                           Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to
                           the extent that there is recourse, by contract or
                           operation of law, to the property or assets of such
                           Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or

                           (b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to
                           clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of
                           such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or
                           a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the
                           Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a
                           determinable amount and the related interest expense
                           shall be included in Consolidated Interest Expense to
                           the extent actually paid by the Company or its
                           Restricted Subsidiaries.

                  "Indebtedness for Borrowed Money": as defined in
         Section 1.1(a).

                  "Indenture": the Indenture, substantially in the form of
         Exhibit A hereto (with such changes therein as the Company may request
         and Administrative Agent may approve, such approval not to be
         unreasonably withheld), if and when executed and delivered by the
         Company and the Trustee thereunder, as amended, waived, supplemented or
         otherwise modified from time to time.

                  "Index Rate": means the average bid side yield to worst as
         quoted by CMIL on the instruments comprising the Chase European Cable
         Index on the Initial Draw Down Date, provided that the Index Rate will
         be reset at the end of each three-month period following the Initial
         Draw-Down Date until the Initial Loan Maturity Date provided, further,
         that in the event more than one of the instruments comprising the Chase
         European Cable Index is no longer outstanding, then the Index Rate
         shall be the rate per annum equal to the greatest of (i) 50 basis
         points plus the interest borne by the Loans on the day immediately
         preceding the first date on which such instrument are no longer
         outstanding (the "Calculation Date"), (ii) 950 basis points plus the
         Bund Rate on the Calculation Date and (iii) 200 basis points plus the
         Index Rate on the Calculation Date.

                  "Initial Draw-Down": the initial funding of Initial Loans
         under this Agreement.

                  "Initial Draw-Down Date": the date on which the Initial
         Draw-Down is made by the Lenders to the Company in accordance with the
         terms of this Agreement.

                  "Initial Borrowing Notice Date": the date on which the
         Borrowing Request for the Initial Draw-Down is delivered by the Company
         to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.2.

                  "Initial Expiration Date": March 31, 2001.

                  "Initial Loan": as defined in Section 2.1(a).

                  "Initial Maturity Date": September 18, 2001.

                  "Initial Note": as defined in Section 9.6(f).

<PAGE>   30

                                                                              23

                  "Intellectual Property Rights": any patent, trade mark,
         service mark, registered design, trade name or copyright required to
         carry on the business of constructing, maintaining, using or operating
         cable television and telecommunications systems.

                  "Interest Payment Date": with respect to any Loan, the last
         day of the Interest Period applicable to the Loan, and in addition, the
         date of any prepayment of such Loan.

                  "Interest Period": (i) prior to the Initial Maturity Date,
         each period, the first of which shall commence on the date of the
         Initial Draw-Down Date and each of which shall end on the earlier of
         (A) the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically
         corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is three
         months after the Initial Draw Down Date in the case of the first such
         period and, in all other cases, the last day of the previous Interest
         Period and (B) the Initial Maturity Date, and (ii) following the
         Initial Maturity Date, the period commencing on the Initial Maturity
         Date and ending on the last day of each consecutive fiscal quarter of
         the Company following the Initial Maturity Date, and the period ending
         on the Final Maturity Date; provided, however, that if any Interest
         Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest
         Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. Interest
         shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to
         but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.

                  "Interest Rate Agreement" with respect to any Person any
         interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement,
         interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest
         rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge
         agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such
         Person is a party or a beneficiary.

                  "Investment": with respect to any Person, all investments by
         such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any
         direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers in
         the ordinary course of business) or other extension of credit
         (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding
         any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other
         than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any
         transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for
         property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase
         or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar
         instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or
         would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in
         accordance with GAAP. For purposes of Section 6.3, (i) "Investment"
         shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity
         interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as a Unrestricted
         Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such
         Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Restricted
         Subsidiary is designated a Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however,
         that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted
         Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent
         "Investment" in a Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive)
         equal to (x) the Company's "Investment" in such Subsidiary immediately
         prior to such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the
         Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value
         of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary
         is so redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary; and (ii) any property
         transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the

<PAGE>   31

                                                                              24

         Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market
         value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good
         faith by the Management Board of the Company. If the Company or any
         Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any
         Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that,
         after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no
         longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have
         made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to
         the fair market value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold
         or disposed of.

                  "Investment Bank": one or more investment banks reasonably
         satisfactory to the Administrative Agent which may be engaged by the
         Company to publicly sell or privately place the Take-Out Debt in
         accordance with Section 5.8.

                  "KPN Contracts": each of the broadcasting signal contracts
         between KPN Telecom B.V. and each of Multikabel and Communikabel N.V.

                  "Lenders": as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

                  "Lien": any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance,
         lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other
         title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

                  "Licenses": any public law permits for operation of Systems
         from RegTP or any other comparable national telecommunications
         regulatory authority (as applicable) in any relevant townships.

                  "Loans": as defined in Section 2.1.

                  "Loan Documents": this Agreement, the Contingent Value Right
         Agreement, the Contingent Value Right Escrow Agreement and the Loan
         Notes.

                  "Loan Notes": the collective reference to the Term Notes and
         the Initial Notes.

                  "Loan Participants": as defined in Section 9.6(b).

                  "Management Board": the Vorstand of the Company pursuant to
         the German Stock Corporation Act and the Company's Articles of
         Incorporation (Gesellschaftsvertrag).

                  "Material Adverse Effect": a material adverse effect on (a)
         the business or financial condition of the Financial Group taken as a
         whole, (b) the ability of the Company or of the Financial Group taken
         as a whole to comply with any of its or their obligations under the
         Transaction Documents or (c) the validity or enforceability of the
         Senior Bank Agreement or the Loan Documents or the rights or remedies
         of the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.

                  "Material Commercial Contracts": the Material DT Contracts and
         any other commercial agreements entered into by any member of the
         Financial Group which are material to the business or prospects of the
         Financial Group taken as a whole in terms of

<PAGE>   32

                                                                              25

         strategic commercial importance or revenue generation and after
         completion of the Multikabel Acquisition the Sonera Contracts and the
         KPN Contracts.

                  "Material DT Contracts": such cooperation and delivery of
         signal contracts between any member of the Financial Group and Deutsche
         Telekom, which, either individually or taken together, are material to
         the business (or the conduct thereof) of the Financial Group as a
         whole.

                  "Material Environmental Claim": any Environmental Claim which,
         if successful, would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  "Materials of Environmental Concern": any gasoline or
         petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum
         products or any hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes,
         defined or regulated as such in or under any Environmental Law,
         including, without limitation, friable asbestos, polychlorinated
         biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation.

                  "Multikabel": as defined in the recitals hereto.

                  "Multikabel Acquisition": as defined in the recitals hereto.

                  "Multikabel Acquisition Agreement": as defined in the recitals
         hereto.

                  "Multikabel Group": Multikabel and each of its Subsidiaries at
         the time of the Multikabel Acquisition.

                  "Moody's": Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and its
         successors.

                  "Nasdaq": National Association of Securities Dealers Automated
         Quotations system.

                  "Necessary Authorizations": all approvals, authorizations,
         franchises and licenses from, all rights granted by and all filings,
         registrations and agreements with any person including, without
         limitation, any government or other regulatory authority (including,
         without limitation, the Licenses) necessary or required for the
         business of the Financial Group permitted by the terms of this
         Agreement.

                  "Net Available Cash": from an Asset Disposition means cash
         payments received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
         (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of
         principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise,
         but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration
         received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of
         Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets
         that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other
         noncash form) therefrom, in each case net of (i) all legal, accounting,
         investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and
         other fees and expenses incurred, and all national, federal, state,
         provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a
         liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax
         credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements) as a consequence
         of such Asset Disposition, (ii) all payments made on any Indebtedness
         that is secured by

<PAGE>   33

                                                                              26

         any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the
         terms of any Lien upon such assets, or that must by its terms, or in
         order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by
         applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset
         Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other payments required to be
         made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as
         a result of such Asset Disposition and (iv) the deduction of
         appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in
         accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the
         assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the
         Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.

                  "Net Cash Proceeds": with respect to any issuance or sale of
         Capital Stock or Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance or
         sale net of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or
         placement agents' fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage,
         consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such
         issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such
         issuance or sale.

                  "Net Revenues": as defined in Section 1.1(a).

                  "Non-Excluded Taxes": as defined in Section 2.10(a).

                  "Non-Recourse Debt": Indebtedness (i) as to which neither the
         Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides any
         Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking,
         agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is
         directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c)
         constitutes the lender; and (ii) no default with respect to which
         (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take
         enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit
         upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness
         (other than the Loans or the Notes) of the Company or any of its
         Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness
         or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its
         stated maturity.

                  "Notes": the Loan Notes and the Exchange Notes, as originally
         executed or as subsequently amended from time to time pursuant to the
         applicable provisions hereof.

                  "Original Initial Notes": as defined in Section 9.6(f).

                  "Original Term Notes": as defined in Section 9.6(g).

                  "Other Taxes": any and all present or future stamp or
         documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or
         similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the
         execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to,
         this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

                  "Participating Member State": any member state of the EMU
         which has the euro as its lawful currency.

                  "Payment Default": as defined in Section 7(e).

<PAGE>   34

                                                                              27

                  "Payment Sharing Notice": a written notice from the Company or
         any Lender informing the Administrative Agent that an Event of Default
         has occurred and is continuing and directing the Administrative Agent
         to allocate payments thereafter received from or on behalf of the
         Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.8.

                  "Permitted Acquisitions": as defined in the recitals hereto.

                  "Permitted Investments": an Investment by the Company or any
         Restricted Subsidiary in (i) an existing Restricted Subsidiary; (ii)
         cash and Cash Equivalents; (iii) receivables owing to the Company or
         any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary
         course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with
         customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may
         include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such
         Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; (iv)
         payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected
         at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for
         accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of
         business; (v) loans or advances to employees and officers of the
         Company or any Restricted Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of
         business consistent with past practices of the Company or such
         Restricted Subsidiary; (vi) stock, obligations or securities received
         in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and
         owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of
         judgments or any other Investments received involuntarily; (vii)
         Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements entered into in the
         ordinary course of the Company's or its Restricted Subsidiaries'
         businesses incurred in compliance with Section 6.2(b); (viii)
         Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received
         pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the
         bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers; (ix) the
         Guarantees by the Company of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be
         Incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company under this
         Agreement; (x) Investments received by the Company or its Restricted
         Subsidiaries as consideration for Asset Dispositions effected in
         compliance with Section 6.5; (xi) endorsements of negotiable
         instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; (xii)
         Investments in a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment,
         become a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the primary
         business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Cable Business; (xiii)
         Investments in another Person if as a result of such Investment such
         other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or
         conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a
         Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Person's primary
         business is a Cable Business; (xiv) Investments the payment for which
         consists exclusively of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
         of the Company; (xv) any Asset Swap made in accordance with Section
         6.5; and (xvi) after the Initial Maturity Date, (A) any Investment by
         the Company in joint ventures or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries
         of the Company that are Unrestricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate
         amount outstanding at any time not to exceed Euro 5 million and (B)
         other Investments in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to
         exceed Euro 10 million.

                  "Permitted Liens": with respect to any Person, (i) pledges or
         deposits by such Person under workmen's compensation laws, unemployment
         insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in
         connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than

<PAGE>   35

                                                                              35

         for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a
         party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such
         Person or deposits of cash or European Government Securities to secure
         surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as
         security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the
         payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of
         business; (ii) Liens imposed by law, including landlords', suppliers',
         carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics' and similar Liens, in each
         case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by
         appropriate proceedings if a reserve or other appropriate provisions,
         if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect
         thereof; (iii) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental
         charges or claims not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which
         are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided
         appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in
         respect thereof; (iv) Liens in favor of issuers of surety or
         performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers' acceptances issued
         pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the
         ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters
         of credit do not constitute Indebtedness; (v) encumbrances, easements
         and reservations of, minor title defects of, irregularities in title or
         other Liens of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way,
         sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar
         purposes or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real
         properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such
         Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not in the
         aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or
         materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such
         Person; (vi) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related
         Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Agreement, secured
         by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation; (vii)
         leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere
         with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its
         Restricted Subsidiaries; (viii) judgment Liens not giving rise to an
         Event of Default so long as any such Lien is adequately bonded and any
         appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for
         the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the
         period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
         (ix) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment (or the refinancing
         of the payment) of all or a part of the purchase price of, or
         obligations in respect of Finance Leases or other Indebtedness with
         respect to, assets or property (both real and personal) acquired or
         constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that (A) the
         aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is
         otherwise permitted to be Incurred under the Indenture and does not
         exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed
         and (B) such Liens are created within 180 days of construction or
         acquisition of such assets or property and do not encumber any other
         assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other
         than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;
         (x) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law
         provision relating to banker's Liens, rights of set-off or similar
         rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained
         with a depositary institution; provided that (A) such deposit account
         is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to
         restrictions against access by the Company in excess of those set forth
         by regulations promulgated by the U.S. Federal Reserve Board, and (B)
         such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted
         Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution; (xi)
         Liens arising from U.S. Uniform Commercial Code financing statement
         filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions)

<PAGE>   36
                                                                              29

         regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its
         Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (xii) Liens
         existing on the Closing Date; (xiii) Liens on property or shares of
         stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
         Subsidiary; provided, that (A) such Liens are not created, Incurred or
         assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person
         becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (B) that any such Lien may not
         extend to any other property owned by the Company or any other
         Restricted Subsidiary; (xiv) Liens on property at the time the Company
         or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any
         acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the
         Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that (A) such
         Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in
         contemplation of, such acquisition and (B) such Liens may not extend to
         any other property owned by the Company or any other Restricted
         Subsidiary; (xv) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a
         Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Wholly Owned
         Subsidiary; (xvii) Liens securing up to [EURO]1 billion aggregate
         principal amount of Indebtedness under the Senior Bank Agreement,
         interest thereon and costs and expenses accruing thereunder; (xviii)
         Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance
         Indebtedness that was previously so secured; provided that any such
         Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus
         improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in
         respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under
         which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being
         refinanced; (xix) Liens securing industrial revenue bonds or other
         similar Liens; (xx) deposit arrangements entered into in connection
         with acquisitions or in the ordinary course of business; and (xxi)
         other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of
         business, which obligations in an aggregate amount outstanding at any
         time do not exceed Euro 3 million, provided, however, that (A) any such
         Liens under this clause (xxi) in respect of Indebtedness of a
         Restricted Subsidiary may only be secured by a Lien over the assets of
         such Restricted Subsidiary and (B) assets covered by a Lien incurred
         under this clause (xxi) shall not have a fair market value greater than
         the related Indebtedness.

                  "Person": an individual, partnership, corporation, limited
         liability company, association, business trust, joint stock company,
         trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental
         Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

                  "PIK Interest Amount": the aggregate amount equal to the
         amount of interest borne by an Initial Note or a Term Note in excess of
         the Cash Cap.

                  "Preferred Stock": as applied to the Capital Stock of any
         corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated)
         which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the
         distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or
         dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any
         other class of such corporation.

                  "Projections": as defined in Section 5.2(c).

                  "Qualified Capital Stock": any Capital Stock that is not
         Disqualified Stock.

                  "Qualifying Institution": any of (a) a German resident bank or
         financial institution beneficially entitled to all payments of interest
         and any payments under the

<PAGE>   37

                                                                              30

         CVRs to be made to it by the Company under this Agreement or the
         Contingent Value Rights Agreement and subject to German resident
         taxation in respect of such interest and payments or (b) a bank or
         financial institution whose lending office is outside Germany and which
         is resident (as such term is defined in the appropriate double tax
         treaty) in a jurisdiction which has a double tax treaty with Germany
         under which the payment of interest by the Company to that lending
         office may be made without deduction or withholding.

                  "Quarter Day": March 31, June 30, September 30 and December
         31.

                  "Quarterly Period": each successive period of approximately
         three months commencing on the day after a Quarter Day and ending on
         the next following Quarter Day.

                  "Refinancing Indebtedness": Indebtedness that is Incurred to
         refund, refinance, replace, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant
         to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, "refinance",
         "refinances", and "refinanced" shall have a correlative meaning) any
         Indebtedness existing on the date of this Agreement or Incurred in
         compliance with this Agreement (including Indebtedness of the Company
         that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary (to the
         extent permitted in this Agreement) and Indebtedness of any Restricted
         Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted
         Subsidiary but excluding Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that
         refinances Indebtedness of the Company), including Indebtedness that
         refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that (i) (x) if
         the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier
         than the Final Maturity Date, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated
         Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being
         refinanced or (y) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being
         refinanced is later than the Final Maturity Date, the Refinancing
         Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity later than the Final Maturity Date,
         (ii) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such
         Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than
         the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced and (iii) such
         Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount
         (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price)
         that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal and/or
         available amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the
         aggregate accreted value) then outstanding and available (plus fees and
         expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs) of the
         Indebtedness being refinanced and (iv) if the Indebtedness being
         extended, refinanced, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in
         right of payment to the Loans, such Refinancing Indebtedness is
         subordinated in right of payment to the Loans on terms at least as
         favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation
         governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
         replaced, defeased or refunded.

                  "Register": as defined in Section 9.6(d).

                  "RegTP": the Regulatory Authority for Telecommunications and
         Post in Germany (Regulierungsbehorde fur Telekommunikation und Post).

                  "Regulation U": Regulation U of the Board of Governors as in
         effect from time to time.

<PAGE>   38
                                                                              31

                  "Relevant Contracts": the Licenses and the Material Commercial
         Contracts.

                  "Relevant Jurisdiction": in respect of any Person the
         jurisdiction of its place of incorporation or, in the case of a
         partnership, its place of establishment and, if different, the place in
         which it has its principal place of business.

                  "Reorganization": the System Asset Transfer and the transfer
         of all Subsidiaries of the Company (other than the Senior Borrower and
         its Subsidiaries) to the Senior Borrower or any of its wholly-owned
         subsidiaries.

                  "Required Lenders": at any time, Lenders holding more than 50%
         of the Commitments.

                  "Requirement of Law": as to any Person, the certificate of
         incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing
         documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, statute, rule,
         regulation, common law or determination of an arbitrator or a court or
         other Governmental Authority and all official directives, consents,
         approvals, authorizations, guidelines, restrictions and policies of any
         Governmental Authority, in each case binding upon such Person or any of
         its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

                  "Responsible Officer": as to any Person, any of the following
         officers of such Person: (i) the chief executive officer or the
         president of such Person and, with respect to financial matters, the
         chief financial officer, the senior vice president - finance, the
         treasurer or the controller of such Person, (ii) any vice president of
         such Person or, with respect to financial matters, any assistant
         treasurer or assistant controller of such Person, who has been
         designated in writing to the Administrative Agent as a Responsible
         Officer by such chief executive officer or president of such Person or,
         with respect to financial matters, such chief financial officer of such
         Person, (iii) any managing director of such Person duly authorized to
         represent such Person on the basis of a corporate power of
         representation and (iii) with respect to Section 5.7 and without
         limiting the foregoing, the general counsel of such Person.

                  "Restricted Cash": monies held in escrow in an account with
         the Senior Bank Agreement Agent or with another party on terms approved
         by the Senior Bank Agreement Lenders in the name of the Company pending
         application towards the payment of interest on the Take-Out Debt or any
         other public issue of senior notes by the Company in accordance with
         this Agreement and the Senior Bank Agreement.

                  "Restricted Payment": as defined in Section 6.3(a).

                  "Restricted Subsidiary": any Subsidiary of the Company other
         than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

                  "SEC": the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any
         Governmental Authority which succeeds to the powers and functions
         thereof.

                  "Securities": any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting
         trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any
         profit sharing agreement or arrangement,

<PAGE>   39
                                                                              32

         bonds, debentures, options, warrants, notes, or other evidences of
         indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or
         otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as "securities"
         or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary
         or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any
         right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

                  "Securities Act": the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended
         from time to time.

                  "Securities Demand": as defined in Section 5.8(a).

                  "Senior Bank Agreement": (i) the [EURO]1,000,000,000 credit
         agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Senior Borrower, the
         companies specified therein as guarantors, the Company, Chase Manhattan
         AG, as senior administrative agent and the Senior Bank Agreement
         Lenders, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
         from time to time and (ii) any renewal, extension, refunding,
         restructuring, replacement, or refinancing thereof (whether with the
         original administrative agent and Lenders or another administrative
         agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the
         original Senior Bank Agreement or any other agreement or indenture.)

                  "Senior Bank Agreement Finance Parties": the arrangers, the
         security trustee, the overdraft bank and the fronting bank, in each
         case, under the Senior Bank Agreement, the Senior Bank Agreement Agent
         and the Senior Bank Agreement Lenders.

                  "Senior Bank Agreement Lenders": the lenders parties to the
         Senior Bank Agreement from time to time.

                  "Senior Bank Documents": the Senior Bank Agreement and all
         related documents, together with all amendments of, and supplements to,
         any of the foregoing.

                  "Senior Bank Indebtedness": any and all amounts, whether
         outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred, payable under
         or in respect of the Senior Bank Agreement and any related notes,
         collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees and any Interest
         Rate Agreement entered into in connection with the Senior Bank
         Agreement, including principal, premium, if any, interest (including
         interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy
         or for reorganization relating to the Company at the rate specified
         therein whether or not a claim for post filing interest is allowed in
         such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations,
         guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect
         thereof.

                  "Senior Borrower": PrimaCom Management GmbH.

                  "Senior Indebtedness": whether outstanding on the Closing Date
         or thereafter issued, created, Incurred or assumed, the Senior Bank
         Indebtedness and all other Indebtedness of the Company, including
         accrued and unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or after
         the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating
         to the Company at the rate specified in the documentation with respect
         thereto whether or not a claim for post filing interest is allowed in
         such proceeding) and fees relating thereto; provided, however, that
         Senior Indebtedness will not include:

<PAGE>   40
                                                                              33

         (1)      any Indebtedness as to which, in the instrument creating or
                  evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is
                  outstanding, it is provided that the obligations in respect of
                  such Indebtedness are subordinate to payment of the Notes;

         (2)      any obligation of the Company to any Subsidiary;

         (3)      any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors
                  arising in the ordinary course of business (including
                  Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such
                  liabilities);

         (4)      any liability for national, federal, state, foreign, local or
                  other taxes owed or owing by the Company;

         (5)      any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of the Company that
                  is expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to any
                  other Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of the Company; or

         (6)      any Capital Stock.

                  "Significant License": a license, authorization, permit or
         concession required to operate a cable, telephone or internet system
         held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which system
         at the time of determination covers a number of subscribers using the
         service to which such license, authorization, permit or concession
         relates which equals or exceeds 7.5% of the aggregate number of
         subscribers covered by all licenses, authorizations, permits or
         concessions to operate cable, telephone or internet systems held by the
         Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such time.

                  "Solvent" and "Solvency": with respect to any Person on a
         particular date, that on such date, (i) the fair value of the property
         of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities,
         including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person,
         (ii) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is
         not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable
         liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and
         matured, (iii) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe
         that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person's ability
         to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and (iv) such Person is
         not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in
         business or a transaction, for which such Person's property would
         constitute an unreasonably small amount of capital.

                  "Sonera Contracts": each of the internet contracts between
         MultiWeb B.V. and each of Multikabel and Communikabel N.V.

                  "S&P": Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, a division of The
         McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

                  "Stated Maturity": with respect to any Security, the date
         specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the payment of
         principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to
         any mandatory redemption provision.

<PAGE>   41

                                                                              34

                  "Subordinated Obligation": any Indebtedness of the Company
         (whether outstanding on the date of this Agreement or thereafter
         Incurred) which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the
         Loans pursuant to a written agreement.

                  "Subsequent Draw-Down Dates": each additional date on which
         Initial Loans are made by the Lenders to the Company in accordance with
         the terms of this Agreement.

                  "Subsequent Initial Note": as defined in Section 9.6(f).

                  "Subsequent Term Note": as defined in Section 9.6(g).

                  "Subsidiary": as to any Person, any company, corporation or
         partnership: (a) which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the
         first-mentioned company or corporation or partnership; (b) more than
         half the issued share capital or partnership share of which is
         beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person; or (c)
         which is a subsidiary of another subsidiary of such Person. Unless
         otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary shall refer
         to a Subsidiary of the Company.

                  "Successor Company": as defined in Section 6.10.

                  "Supermajority Lenders": at any time, Lenders holding more
         than 662/3% of the Commitments.

                  "Supervisory Board": the Aufsichtsrat of the Company pursuant
         to the German Stock Corporation Act and the Company's Articles of
         Incorporation (Satzung).

                  "System": each broadband fixed telecommunications network for
         the delivery of Broadband Services operated, managed, administered and,
         where necessary, installed by a member or members of the Financial
         Group provided that (i) such member shall be a Subsidiary of another
         member of the Financial Group and (ii) the cash flows generated by such
         System shall be controlled by such other member of the Financial Group.

                  "System Asset Transfer": the irrevocable transfer by the
         Company to the Senior Borrower or to one of its wholly-owned
         subsidiaries (or prior to the Reorganization to one of the Company's
         Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries) of all its rights in any System Assets and
         any Net Revenues generated thereby pursuant to the terms of the Senior
         Bank Agreement.

                  "System Assets": in relation to any System each of the
         Relevant Contracts, head ends, cable networks and all other assets
         whatsoever relating to that System.

                  "Take-Out Debt": unsecured notes or debentures (including
         convertible debt securities) of the Company that may be issued by the
         Company after the Closing Date to refinance the Loans or Exchange
         Notes.

                  "Telecommunications and Cable Laws":

                           (i) in relation to members of the Financial Group
                  incorporated and/or doing business in Germany, the
                  Telecommunication Act (Telekommunikationsgesetz), the approval
                  rules for reception installations

<PAGE>   42

                                                                              35

                  (Genehmigungsrechtliche Regelung fur Rundfunksempfangsanlagen)
                  and all other federal and state laws, statutes, regulations
                  and judgments relating to the building, installation,
                  management or operation of systems for telecommunications or
                  cable television applicable to any member of the Financial
                  Group and/or business carried on by any member of the
                  Financial Group;

                           (ii) in relation to members of the Financial Group
                  incorporated and/or doing business in The Netherlands the
                  Telecommunications Act (Telecommunicatiewet) and all other
                  (including but not limited to provincial and municipal) laws,
                  statutes, regulations, decisions and judgments relating to the
                  building, installation, management or operation of systems for
                  the provision of telecommunication networks and services,
                  including but not limited to the provision of Broadband
                  Services and conditional access networks and services
                  applicable to any member of the Financial Group and/or
                  business carried on by any member of the Financial Group; and

                           (iii) the corresponding laws, statutes, regulations
                  and judgments existing in any other jurisdiction as applicable
                  to any other member of the Financial Group incorporated, or
                  carrying on business, in such other jurisdiction.

                  "Term Loan": as defined in Section 2.1(b).

                  "Term Note": as defined in Section 9.6(g).

                  "Total Assets": all the assets held by the Financial Group.

                  "Trade Payables": with respect to any Person, any accounts
         payable or any other Indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade
         creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person or any of its
         Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business in connection
         with the acquisition of goods or services and which have not remained
         unpaid for greater than 90 days past their original due date.

                  "Transactions": the collective reference to the Loan
         Transactions, the Indenture, and the Take-Out Debt.

                  "Transaction Documents": the collective reference to the Loan
         Documents, the Senior Bank Documents, the Multikabel Acquisition
         Agreement, the Indenture and the Exchange Notes.

                  "Transferee": as defined in Section 9.6(h).

                  "Treaty": the Treaty establishing the European Economic
         Community, being the Treaty of Rome of March 25, 1957, as amended by
         the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty (the Treaty on
         European Union) (which was signed on February 7, 1992 and came into
         force on November 1, 1993) and the Treaty of Amsterdam (which was
         signed on October 2, 1997) and as may, from time to time, be further
         amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.

                  "Trustee": as defined in Section 5.9(a).

<PAGE>   43

                                                                              36

                  "Unrestricted Subsidiary": any Subsidiary of the Company and
         its direct or indirect Subsidiaries that is designated at any time
         after Initial Maturity Date by the Management Board of the Company as
         an Unrestricted Subsidiary, but only if: (i) all the Indebtedness of
         such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation,
         and shall at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt; (ii)
         such Subsidiary is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or
         understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
         Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement
         or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such
         Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time
         from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; (iii) such
         Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor
         any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect
         obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person
         or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to
         cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;
         (iv) such Subsidiary does not, either alone or in the aggregate, when
         taken together with other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, operate, directly
         or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Company
         and its Subsidiaries; (v) no Default or Event of Default has occurred
         and is continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such
         designation; (vi) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not
         own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or
         own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the
         Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated
         or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and (vii) such designation and
         the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section
         6.3.

                  Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an
         Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced by a certified copy of the
         resolutions of the Management Board giving effect to such designation
         and a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer certifying that
         such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was
         permitted by Section 6.3 delivered to the Administrative Agent. If, at
         any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding
         requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease
         to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement and any
         Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a
         Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such
         Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under
         Section 6.2, the Company shall be in default of such covenant. The
         Management Board of the Company may at any time designate any
         Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that
         such designation shall be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by
         a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness
         of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be
         permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 6.2
         calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at
         the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; (ii) no Default or
         Event of Default would be in existence following such designation; and
         (iii) any transaction or series of related transactions between the
         Subsidiary to be designated a Restricted Subsidiary and any of its
         Affiliates that occurred while such Subsidiary was an Unrestricted
         Subsidiary would be permitted under Section 6.7 hereof as if such
         transaction or series of related transactions had occurred at the time
         of such designation after giving effect to any modification of such
         transaction or series of related transactions effective at such time.

<PAGE>   44

                                                                              37

                  "VAT": value added tax, including any similar tax which may be
         imposed in place thereof from time to time.

                  "Voting Stock": of any Person as of any date, the Capital
         Stock of such Person that is as of such time entitled to vote in the
         election of the members of the supervisory board, directors or persons
         acting in a similar capacity on similar governing bodies of such
         Person.

                  "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary": a Restricted Subsidiary of the
         Company all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors'
         qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly-Owned
         Subsidiary.

                  1.2   Other Definitional Provisions.

                  (a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in
this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any Notes, any other
Loan Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant
hereto.

                  (b) As used herein and in any Notes and any other Loan
Document, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant
hereto or thereto, accounting terms relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries
not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1,
to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them
under GAAP.

                  (c) The words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" and words of
similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a
whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section,
Schedule, Annex and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise
specified.

                  (d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be
equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

                      SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS

         2.1 Loans.

         (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally
agrees to make a loan (individually, an "Initial Loan" and collectively, the
"Initial Loans") to the Company in an aggregate principal amount equal to such
Lender's Commitment. The Initial Loans will be available beginning on the
Closing Date, subject to the delivery of a Borrowing Notice in accordance with
Section 2.2, through the Initial Expiration Date. If requested in writing by the
Company (i) to accommodate delays in the closing of the Permitted Acquisitions
or (ii) to provide additional time for the preparation of pro forma financial
statements and/or the preparation of financial information to be included in an
offering memorandum for the issuance of the Take-Out Debt, the availability of
the Initial Loans shall be extended to the Extended Expiration Date. Any
Commitments not drawn on the Initial Expiration Date or the Extended Expiration
Date, as the case may be, shall terminate.

<PAGE>   45

                                                                              45

         (b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally
agrees, if the Initial Loans have not been repaid or exchanged for Exchange
Notes on the Initial Maturity Date, to convert the then outstanding principal
amount of its Initial Loans into a loan (individually, a "Term Loan" and
collectively, the "Term Loans"; the Initial Loans and the Term Loans,
collectively, the "Loans") to the Company, on the Initial Maturity Date, in an
aggregate principal amount equal to then outstanding principal amount of the
Initial Loans held by such Lender. Upon the making by such Lender of such Term
Loan, each Lender shall cancel on its records a principal amount of the Initial
Loans held by such Lender corresponding to the principal amount of Term Loans
made by such Lender, which corresponding principal amount of the Initial Loans
shall be satisfied by the conversion thereof into Term Loans in accordance with
Section 2.2(b).

         (c) Each Lender may at its option make any Loan by causing any domestic
or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that
any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Company to
repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

         (d) The failure of any Lender to make the Initial Loan to be made by it
shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make
its Initial Loan, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any
other Lender to make the Initial Loan to be made by such other Lender.

         2.2 Procedure for Borrowing and Conversion.

         (a) The Initial Loans may be made in more than one borrowing, provided,
however that each borrowing shall not be less than [EURO] 125,000,000, or if
less, the aggregate amount of the Available Commitments. The Company shall give
the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (a "Borrowing Notice") (which notice
must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 10:00 A.M., London time,
sixty days prior to the anticipated Initial Draw-Down Date or any Subsequent
Draw-Down Date, as the case may be) requesting that the Lenders make the Initial
Loans on the Initial Draw-Down Date or a Subsequent Draw-Down Date, as the case
may be, and specifying the amount to be borrowed. Upon receipt of such notice
the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. Not later
than 12:00 Noon, London time, on the Initial Draw-Down Date or a Subsequent
Draw-Down Date, as the case may be, each Lender shall make available to the
Administrative Agent at its office specified in Section 9.2 an amount in
immediately available funds equal to the Initial Loans to be made by such
Lender. The Administrative Agent shall credit the account of the Company on the
books of such office of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the
amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders in immediately
available funds.

         (b) Upon five days notice to the Company after (i) receipt by the
Administrative Agent of notice from the Senior Bank Agreement Agent under
Section 2 or Section 3 of the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to a forced
draw or a deemed waiver or (ii) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may require, or in the case of
clause (i), shall permit the Company to borrow and the Lenders shall then lend
an amount not to exceed the Available Commitments under this Agreement at any
time during the period from the Closing Date to the Initial Expiration Date or
the Extended Expiration Date, as the case may be.

<PAGE>   46

                                                                              39

         (c) If the Company has not repaid the Initial Loan in full on or prior
to the Initial Maturity Date, then, subject to the right of any Lender to
exchange its Initial Loans for Exchange Notes on the Initial Loan Maturity Date
pursuant to Section 2.3(c), each Lender shall convert the then outstanding
principal amount of the Initial Loans and related Initial Notes into Term Loans
under this Section 2.2.

         2.3 Maturity and Exchange Notes.

         (a) All the Initial Loans will mature on the Initial Maturity Date.

         (b) All the Term Loans will mature on the Final Maturity Date.

         (c) Each Lender will have the option on or after the Initial Maturity
Date at any time or from time to time to receive Exchange Notes in exchange for
the Term Loans or, on the Initial Maturity Date, the Initial Loans, of such
Lender then outstanding in accordance with Section 5.9 of this Agreement. The
principal amount of the Exchange Notes will equal 100.0% of the aggregate
principal amount (including any accrued and unpaid interest not required to be
paid in cash) of the Loans for which they are exchanged. If a Default (but not
an Event of Default) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such
exchange, any notices given or cure periods commenced while the Loan was
outstanding shall be deemed given or commenced (as of the actual dates thereof)
for all purposes with respect to the Exchange Notes (with the same effect as if
the Exchange Notes had been outstanding as of the actual dates thereof).

         2.4 Repayment of Loans The Company hereby unconditionally promises to
pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid
principal amount of each Loan in accordance with the terms hereof and of the
Loan Notes. The Company hereby further agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent
for the account of each Lender or capitalize interest on the unpaid principal
amount of the Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until
payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, in accordance
with Section 2.6.

         2.5 Optional and Mandatory Prepayments.

         (a) (i) The Company may at any time and from time to time prepay the
Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice
delivered to the Administrative Agent at least ten days prior thereto, which
notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment; provided, that if a Loan
is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable
thereto, the Company shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.11
and provided, further, that on or after the Initial Maturity Date, any
prepayment shall be applied pro rata among the Loans and (in the case of non
callable Exchange Notes, to the extent the Holders thereof elect to accept
payment, and in the case of all callable Exchange Notes) Exchange Notes as
provided in Section 2.5(d) below. Upon receipt of any such notice the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any
such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and
payable on the date specified therein, together with accrued interest to such
date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of Loans and the Exchange Notes
shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lesser of (A)
[EURO] 1,000,000, or a whole multiple thereof and (B) the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of the Loans and Exchange Notes, as the case may be.

<PAGE>   47
                                                                              40

         (ii) The Company shall have the right, upon not less than three
Business Days' notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Commitments
or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Commitments. Any such
reduction shall be in an amount equal to [EURO]10,000,000 or a whole multiple
thereof, and shall permanently reduce the Commitments then in effect.

         (b) (i) If, subsequent to the Closing Date, the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries shall issue the Take-Out Debt or any Indebtedness (other than
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 6.2(b)) or Capital Stock (other than
shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary issued to the Company or any
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company), an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash
Proceeds thereof shall be promptly applied toward the prepayment of the Loans
and the Exchange Notes as provided in Section 2.5(d) below and the Commitments
shall be terminated to the extent of such prepayment.

         (i) If, subsequent to the Closing Date, the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries shall be required to apply any Net Available Cash pursuant to
Section 6.5, an amount equal to such Net Available Cash shall be promptly
applied toward the prepayment of the Loans and the Exchange Notes as provided in
Section 2.5(d) below and the Commitments shall be terminated to the extent of
such prepayment, provided, however, that such Net Available Cash need not be
applied to the prepayment of the Loans and the Exchange Notes to the extent that
such Net Available Cash is required to be and is applied pursuant to the Senior
Bank Agreement in satisfaction of obligations thereunder

         (ii) If a Change of Control shall occur, each Holder shall have the
right to require that the Company repurchase all or any part of such Holder's
Loans in accordance with Section 6.8 and shall also have the right to cancel all
or any portion of such Holder's unused Commitments.

         (iii) The Company shall give the Administrative Agent (which shall
promptly notify each Lender) at least three (3) Business Days' prior notice or,
telephone notice promptly confirmed in writing of each prepayment in whole or in
part pursuant to this Agreement setting forth the date and amount thereof.

         (c) Accrued and unpaid interest on the amount of any principal of the
Loans prepaid under this Section 2.5 shall be paid on the date of such
prepayment.

         (d) As promptly as practicable after the Administrative Agent receives
notice of a prepayment pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(iv), the Administrative Agent,
in cooperation with the Trustee, shall give notice to each holder of an Exchange
Note of the pro rata amount that would be payable to such holder in respect of
such holder's Exchange Note and the expected date of such prepayment. Any holder
of noncallable Exchange Notes that wishes to accept such prepayment (each, an
"Accepting Holder") shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Administrative
Agent in writing. Offers to prepay the Loans and Exchange Notes shall be made
ratably among the Loans and Exchange Notes. After the Administrative Agent
receives the prepayment amount, such prepayment amount shall be distributed by
the Administrative Agent, in cooperation with the Trustee, subject to Section
2.8(b), in the following order, with appropriate adjustments being made to
account for the receipt by the Trustee of any prepayment in respect of the
Exchange Notes: First, to the payment of all amounts described in clauses
"First" and "Second" of Section 2.8(b)(i); Second, to the payment of interest
then due and

<PAGE>   48

                                                                              41

payable on the Loans, Exchange Notes of Accepting Holders and callable Exchange
Notes, ratably among the Lenders, the Accepting Holders and Holders of callable
Exchange Notes in accordance with the aggregate amount of interest owed to each
such Lender, Accepting Holder and Holder; and Third, to the payment of the
principal amount of the Loans, the Exchange Notes of Accepting Holders and the
callable Exchange Notes that is then due and payable, ratably among the Lenders,
the Accepting Holders and Holders of callable Exchange Notes in accordance with
the aggregate principal amount owed to each such Lender, Accepting Holder and
Holder. Amounts offered to and rejected by any Exchange Note holder shall be
ratably applied to prepay the Loans, the Exchange Notes held by Accepting
Holders and callable Exchange Notes. Any offers to prepay non-callable Exchange
Notes shall be made in accordance with the provisions relating thereto in the
Indenture, and with applicable law, and the distribution of the relevant
prepayment amount hereunder shall be made promptly after the expiration of such
offer.

         2.6 Interest Rates and Payment Dates.

         (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.6(c), Initial Loans shall
bear interest for the period from and including the date such Borrowings are
made to, but excluding, the Initial Maturity Date on the unpaid principal
thereof at a rate per annum equal to the Index Rate plus the Applicable Margin;
provided that, in the event of conditions described in clause (c) below,
affected Initial Loans shall accrue interest from and including the date of such
event to, but excluding, the Initial Maturity Date on the unpaid principal
thereof at a rate per annum equal to the rate in effect immediately prior to
such event.

         (b) Term Loans shall bear interest for the period from and including
the Initial Maturity Date to, but excluding, the Final Maturity Date or date of
exchange for an Exchange Note on the unpaid principal thereof at a rate per
annum equal to the Adjusted Rate plus the Adjusted Margin.

         (c) In the event, and on each occasion, that on the day prior to the
first day of any Interest Period the Administrative Agent shall have determined
(which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company) that, by
reason of circumstances affecting the market, adequate and reasonable means do
not exist for ascertaining the Index Rate for such Interest Period, the
Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the
Company and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. In the event
of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the
Company and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no
longer exist, each Borrowing shall, on the last day of the current Interest
Periods therefor bear interest at the rate in effect immediately prior to such
circumstances.

         (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (a), (b), and (c), the
interest rate borne by the Loans shall not exceed the Cash Cap plus 2% per
annum, and shall not be less than 13% per annum. To the extent the interest on
any Loan exceeds the Cash Cap, the Company may elect to pay such excess interest
(or portion thereof) by paying the appropriate amount of interest through an
increase in the principal amount of the applicable Loans. If requested by any
Lender, the Company shall issue Subsequent Initial Notes or Subsequent Term
Notes, as the case may be, in an aggregate principal amount equal to all or a
portion of such excess interest to be paid.

<PAGE>   49

                                                                              42

         (e) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any of the
Loans, (ii) any interest payable thereon, or (iii) any commitment fee or other
amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, but taking into account any applicable
grace period under Section 7(a)), such Loan and any such overdue amount shall,
without limiting the rights of the Lenders under Section 7, bear interest at a
rate per annum which is (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that
would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of
this Section plus 200 basis points or (y) in the case of overdue interest,
commitment fees or other amounts due and payable hereunder, the applicable rate
hereunder for any Loan (but without giving effect to the foregoing clause (x))
plus 200 basis points.

         (f) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date
and upon the maturity date of the Loan in respect of which any such interest is
accruing, provided that interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.6(e) shall be
payable from time to time on demand.

         2.7 Computation of Interest and Fees.

         (a) Interest, fees and commissions payable pursuant hereto shall be
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. The
Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Company and the
relevant Lenders of each determination of an Index Rate. Any change in the
interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Index Rate shall become
effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes
effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the
Company and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each
such change in interest rate.

         (b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent
pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on
the Company and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative
Agent shall, at the request of the Company, deliver to the Company a statement
showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any
interest rate pursuant to Section 2.6(a).

         2.8 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.

         (a) Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each borrowing of
Loans by the Company from the Lenders and any reduction of the Commitments of
the Lenders hereunder shall be made pro rata according to the relevant
Commitment Percentages of the Lenders with respect to the Loans borrowed or the
Commitments to be reduced.

         (b) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under
this Agreement or any Note or any Loan Document is insufficient to pay in full
all amounts then due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
under this Agreement:

                  (i) if the Administrative Agent has not received a Payment
         Sharing Notice (or, if the Administrative Agent has received a Payment
         Sharing Notice but the Event of Default specified in such Payment
         Sharing Notice has been cured or waived in accordance with the
         provisions of this Agreement), such payment shall be distributed by the
         Administrative Agent, in cooperation with the Trustee, and applied by
         the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the following order, with
         appropriate adjustment being made to account for any

<PAGE>   50

                                                                              43

         payment received by the Trustee in respect of the Exchange Notes:
         First, to the payment of reasonable fees and expenses due and payable
         to the Administrative Agent under and in connection with this Agreement
         or due and payable to the Trustee under the Indenture; Second, to the
         payment of all reasonable expenses due and payable under Section 9.5
         and any equivalent section of the Indenture, ratably among the Lenders
         and the Exchange Note Holders in accordance with the aggregate amount
         of such payments owed to each such Lender or Holder; Third, to the
         payment of accrued and unpaid interest then due and payable on the
         Loans and the Exchange Notes ratably among the Lenders and the Exchange
         Note Holders in accordance with the aggregate amount of interest owed
         to each Lender and Exchange Note Holder; and Fourth, to the payment of
         the principal amount of the Loans and the Exchange Notes that is then
         due and payable, ratably among the Lenders and the Exchange Note
         Holders in accordance with the aggregate principal amount owed to each
         such Lender and Exchange Note Holder (and in the case of any Exchange
         Notes that are not prepayable, subject to the provisions of Section
         2.5(d)); or

                  (ii) if the Administrative Agent has received a Payment
         Sharing Notice that remains in effect, all payments received by the
         Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any Note shall be
         distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the
         Administrative Agent, in cooperation with the Trustee, and the Lenders
         in the following order, with appropriate adjustment being made to
         account for any payment received by the Trustee in respect of the
         Exchange Notes: First, to the payment of all amounts described in
         clauses "First" and "Second" of the foregoing clause (i), in the order
         set forth therein; Second, to the payment of the interest accrued and
         unpaid on all Loans and Exchange Notes, regardless of whether any such
         amount is then due and payable, ratably among the Lenders and the
         Exchange Note Holders in accordance with the aggregate accrued interest
         plus the aggregate principal amount owed to such Lender and the
         Exchange Note Holders; and Third, to the payment of the principal
         amount of all Loans and Exchange Notes, regardless of whether any such
         amount is then due and payable, ratably among the Lenders and the
         Exchange Note Holders in accordance with the aggregate principal amount
         owed to each Lender and Exchange Note Holder (and in the case of any
         Exchange Notes that are not prepayable, subject to the provisions of
         Section 2.5(d)).

         (c) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Company on
account of principal, interest and fees shall be made without setoff or
counterclaim and shall be made prior to 12:00 Noon, London time, on the due date
thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders at the
Administrative Agent's office located at 125 London Wall, London EC2Y 5AJ, in
euro and in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall promptly
distribute such payments in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.8(b)
promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder
becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall
be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. In the case of any extension of
any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding sentence, interest thereon
shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

<PAGE>   51

                                                                              44

         (d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing
by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount
that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the
Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is
making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative
Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Company a
corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative
Agent by the required time on the Initial Draw-Down Date or Subsequent Draw-Down
Date therefor, as the case may be, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative
Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the
Administrative Agent's reasonable estimate of its average daily cost of funds
for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the
Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any
Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.8(d) shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such Lender's share of such
borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender
within three Business Days of such Draw-Down Date, the Administrative Agent
shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate
per annum applicable to the Loans, on demand, from the Company.

         (e) A payment shall be deemed to have been made by the Administrative
Agent on the date on which it is required to be made under this Agreement if the
Administrative Agent has, on or before that date, taken all relevant steps to
make that payment. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable to the Company
or any of the Lenders in any way whatsoever for any delay, or the consequences
of any delay, in the crediting to any account of any amount required by this
Agreement to be paid by the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent
shall have taken all relevant steps to achieve, on the date required by this
Agreement, the payment of such amount in immediately available, freely
transferable, cleared funds in the euro unit to the account with the bank in the
principal financial center in the Participating Member State which the Company
or, as the case may be, any Lender shall have specified for such purpose. In
this paragraph (c), "all relevant steps" means all such steps as may be
prescribed from time to time by the regulations or operating procedures of such
clearing or settlement system as the Administrative Agent may from time to time
determine for the purpose of clearing or settling payments of euro.

         2.9 Requirements of Law.

         (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in
the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Lender with any
request or directive (whether or not having the force of law (but, if not, which
prudent lenders customarily comply with)) from any central bank or other
Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

                  (i) shall subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever
         with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or change the
         basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except
         for taxes covered by Section 2.10 below and changes in the rate of tax
         on the overall net income of such Lender);

                  (ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve,
         special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets
         held by, deposits

<PAGE>   52

                                                                              45

         or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other
         extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any
         office of such Lender; or

                  (iii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender,
by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, continuing, or
maintaining the Loans or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect
thereof, then, in either case, the Company shall promptly pay such Lender, upon
its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such
increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to
claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.9(a), it shall promptly
notify the Company (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by
reason of which it has become so entitled.

         (b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any
change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the
interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any
corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding
capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law (but, if not, which
prudent lenders customarily comply with)) from any Governmental Authority made
subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of
return on such Lender's or such corporation's capital as a consequence of its
obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such
corporation could have achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into
consideration such Lender's or such corporation's policies with respect to
capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from
time to time, after submission by such Lender to the Company (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent) of a prompt written request therefor, the Company shall
pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such
Lender for such reduction; provided that the Company shall not be required to
compensate a Lender pursuant to this paragraph for any amounts incurred more
than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Company of such
Lender's intention to claim compensation therefor; and provided further that, if
the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such
six-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive
effect.

         (c) A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this
Section 2.9 submitted by any Lender to the Company (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The
obligations of the Company pursuant to this Section 2.9 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts
payable hereunder.

         2.10 Taxes.

         (a) All payments made by the Company under this Agreement and any Notes
shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on
account of, any present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts,
duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed,
levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding
(i) taxes imposed on or measured by the net income of the Administrative Agent
or any Lender , (ii) franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes)
imposed on the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of a present or
former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender and the
jurisdiction of the Governmental

<PAGE>   53

                                                                              46

Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority
thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from the
Administrative Agent or such Lender having executed, delivered or performed its
obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any
other Loan Document) or (iii) taxes, assessments or other governmental charges
which would not have been imposed but for the Administrative Agent or such
Lender being or having been a citizen or resident of the jurisdiction of the
Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing
authority thereof or therein or being or having been present or engaged in a
trade or business therein or having had a permanent establishment therein (other
than any such connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent or such
Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a
payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document). If any
such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or
withholdings ("Non-Excluded Taxes") or any Other Taxes are required to be
withheld from any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender
hereunder or under any Notes, the amounts so payable to the Administrative Agent
or such Lender (other than a Lender which was not, at the time such Lender
becomes a party to this Agreement, a Qualifying Institution, except to the
extent such Lender's assignor, if any, was entitled, at the time of assignment,
to receive additional amounts from the Company with respect to such taxes
pursuant to this Section 2.10(a)), shall be increased to the extent necessary to
yield to the Administrative Agent or such Lender (after payment of all
Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable
hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement and any
Notes, provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to increase any
such amounts payable to any Lender with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes that
are attributable to such Lender's failure to comply with paragraph (d) of this
Section.

         (b) In addition, the Company shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant
Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

         (c) Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by the
Company, as promptly as possible thereafter the Company shall send to the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Administrative Agent or the relevant
Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt
received by the Company showing payment thereof if such receipt is available or
other acceptable evidence of payment of Non-Excluded Taxes. If the Company fails
to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing
authority or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or
other required documentary evidence, the Company shall indemnify the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or
penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a
result of any such failure.

         (d) A Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of
non-U.S. withholding tax or a refund with respect to previously withheld taxes
under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Company is located, or any treaty
to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this
Agreement shall deliver to the Company (with a copy to the Administrative
Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or when reasonably
requested by the Company, such properly completed and executed documentation
prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without
withholding or at a reduced rate or, subject to paragraph (e) below, to permit
such refund to be obtained, provided that such Lender is legally entitled to
complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such

<PAGE>   54
                                                                              47

Lender's reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would not
materially prejudice the legal position of such Lender.

         (e) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender receives a refund in
respect of Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Company, which in the
sole judgment of such Lender is allocable to such payment, it shall promptly pay
such refund, together with any other amounts paid by the Company in connection
with such refunded Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes, to the Company, net of all
out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender incurred in obtaining such refund,
provided, however, that the Company agrees to promptly return such refund to the
Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, if the
Company receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender
that the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund.

         (f) The agreements in this Section 2.10 shall survive the termination
of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable
hereunder.

         2.11 Indemnity.

         (a) The Company agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender
harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur as a
consequence of (a) default by the Company in payment when due of the principal
amount of or interest on any Loan, (b) default by the Company in making a
borrowing of Loans after the Company has given a notice requesting the same in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) default by the Company in
making any prepayment after the Company has given a notice thereof in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement or (d) the making of a prepayment of Loans
on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto.
Such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i)
the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so paid or
prepaid, or not so borrowed, for the period from the date of such prepayment or
of such failure to borrow, to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the
case of a failure to borrow, the Interest Period that would have commenced on
the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for
such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the margin included therein,
if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such
        ----
Lender) which would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such
amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank
eurocurrency market. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this
Section 2.11 submitted to the Company by any Lender shall be conclusive in the
absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this
Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

         2.1.2 Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the
occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.9 or 2.10(a)
with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Company, use
reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to
designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the
object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided, that such
                                                   --------
designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause
such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory
disadvantage, and provided, further, that nothing in this Section 2.12 shall
affect or postpone any of the obligations of any Company or the rights of any
Lender pursuant to Section 2.9 or 2.10(a).

<PAGE>   55

                                                                              48

         2.13 Replacement Lenders. The Company shall be permitted to replace any
Lender which requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.9 or
2.10, with a replacement financial institution; provided that (a) such
replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (b) no Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement,
(c) prior to any such replacement, such Lender shall have taken no action under
Section 2.12 so as to eliminate the continued need for payment of amounts owing
pursuant to Section 2.9 or 2.10, (d) the replacement financial institution shall
purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on
or prior to the date of replacement, (e) the Company shall be liable to such
replaced Lender under Section 2.11 if any Loan owing to such replaced Lender
shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating
thereto, (f) the replacement financial institution, if not already a Lender,
shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (g) the replaced
Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the
provisions of Section 9.6 (provided that the Company shall be obligated to pay
the registration and processing fee referred to therein), (h) until such time as
such replacement shall be consummated, the Company shall pay all additional
amounts (if any) required pursuant to Section 2.9 or 2.10, as the case may be,
and (i) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights
which the Company, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have
against the replaced Lender.

         2.14 Commitment Fees, etc.

         (a) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the
account of each Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the
Closing Date to the Initial Maturity Date, computed at the Commitment Fee Rate
on the average daily amount of the Available Commitment of such Lender during
the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on each
Quarter Day and on the Initial Maturity Date, commencing on the first of such
dates to occur after the date hereof.

         (b) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees in
the amounts and on the dates previously agreed to in writing by the Company and
the Administrative Agent.

                    SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this
Agreement and to make the Loans, the Company hereby represents and warrants to
the Administrative Agent and each Lender as of the Closing Date that:

         3.1 Financial Condition. The audited consolidated financial statements
of the Company and Multikabel for the December 31, 1997, December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1999, and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the
Company dated March 31, 2000 and June 30, 2000, copies of which, in the case of
the Company statements, have been furnished to each Lender on or before the
effective date, have been prepared using accounting methods, procedures and
policies which are in accordance with, or reconciled to, GAAP (or, with respect
to Multikabel prior to the date provided in Section 5.20, Dutch GAAP) and
present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company
and Multikabel, respectively, their predecessors and their Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, in each case, as at the dates thereof, and the results of
operations and statements of cash flows for the periods then ended (as to any

<PAGE>   56

                                                                              49

unaudited interim financial statements, subject to normal year-end audit
adjustments and the absence of footnotes).

         3.2 No Change. Since December 31, 1999, there has been no material
adverse change in the business or financial condition of the Financial Group
taken as a whole or, as the case may be, of any of the Multikabel Group taken as
a whole.

         3.3 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law. The Company and each of
its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the power and
authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the
property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is
currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good
standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or
operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification
and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law and all Telecommunications
and Cable Laws except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would
not, in the aggregate, be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         3.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.

         (a) The Company has the power and authority, and the legal right, to
make, deliver and perform this Agreement, any of the Notes and the other Loan
Documents and to borrow hereunder. The Company has taken all necessary action to
authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and to
authorize the borrowings on the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any
of the Notes and the other Loan Documents. No consent or authorization of,
filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental
Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the borrowings
hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or
enforceability of, this Agreement, any of the Notes or the other Loan Documents
save for after the fact reporting obligations customary for a company quoted on
Nasdaq which do not affect the borrowings hereunder or the validity or
enforceability of, this Agreement, any of the Notes or the other Loan Documents.
This Agreement, any Note and each of the other Loan Documents has been duly
executed and delivered on behalf of the Company thereto. This Agreement, any
Note and each of the other Loan Documents constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Company thereto enforceable against the Company in accordance
with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles
(whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

         (b) The CVRs have been duly authorized by the Company and, when
executed and authenticated pursuant to the terms of the Contingent Value Right
Agreement and delivered to the Escrow Agent, will be valid and binding
obligations of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms,
except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally and by general principles (whether enforcement is
sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

         3.5 No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement, any of the Notes and the other Loan Documents and the Relevant
Contracts, the borrowings hereunder and thereunder and the use of the proceeds
thereof will not violate any Requirement of

<PAGE>   57

                                                                              50

Law or any Contractual Obligation of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries
or, to the Company's knowledge, of Multikabel and will not result in, or
require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective
properties or revenues (either before or after giving effect to the
Transactions) pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual
Obligation (other than the Permitted Liens). No Requirement of Law or
Contractual Obligation applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
Multikabel would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         3.6 No Material Litigation. No litigation, investigation or proceeding
of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the
knowledge of the Company, threatened by or against the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries and to the Company's knowledge, no litigation, investigation or
proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or
threatened by or against Multikabel or against any of their respective
properties or revenues (a) with respect to this Agreement, the other Loan
Documents, any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby, or (b) which would be likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

         3.7 No Default. No (a) Default or (b) Event of Default, in each case,
has occurred and is continuing. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
nor, to the Company's knowledge, Multikabel is in default under or with respect
to any of their respective Contractual Obligations in any respect which would be
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         3.8 Ownership of Property; Liens. The property of the Company and its
Subsidiaries is not subject to any Lien except Permitted Liens.

         3.9 Intellectual Property.

         (a) The Intellectual Property Rights owned by or licensed to the
members of the Financial Group are all the Intellectual Property Rights required
by them in order to carry out, maintain and operate their respective businesses,
properties and assets and no member of the Financial Group in carrying on its
respective businesses, infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of any third
party to any extent which would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         (b) No Intellectual Property Rights owned by the members of the
Financial Group are, to the best of its knowledge and belief, being infringed,
nor to the best of its knowledge and belief is there any threatened infringement
of any such Intellectual Property Rights in each case which would be likely to
have a Material Adverse Effect.

         3.10 Taxes. Each of the Company, its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge
of the Company, Multikabel has filed or caused to be filed all material tax
returns (the "Tax Returns") which are required to be filed and has paid all
taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Returns or on any assessments made
against it or any of its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges
imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than
any such taxes, assessments, fees or other charges the amount or validity of
which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the
books of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be); no tax Lien has
been filed, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no claim is being asserted,
with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge (other than any such Liens or

<PAGE>   58

                                                                              51

claims the validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings).

         3.11 Federal Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loans will be
used for "purchasing" or "carrying" any "margin stock" within the respective
meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to
time hereafter in effect or for any purpose which violates the provisions of the
Regulations of the Board of Governors. If requested by any Lender or the
Administrative Agent, the Company will furnish to the Administrative Agent and
each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the
requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1, as applicable, referred to in said
Regulation U.

         3.12 Labor Matters. There are no strikes or other labor disputes
against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of
the Company, Multikabel, threatened that (individually or in the aggregate)
would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Hours worked by and payment
made to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries have not been in violation
of any applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters that
(individually or in the aggregate) would be likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect. All payments due from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on account
of employee health and welfare insurance that (individually or in the aggregate)
would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect if not paid have been paid or
accrued as a liability on the books of the Company or the relevant Subsidiary.

         3.13 Investment Company Act; Other Regulations. Neither the Company nor
any of its Subsidiaries is an "investment company", or a company "controlled" by
an "investment company", within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended. The Company is not subject to regulation under any Requirement
of Law which limits its ability to incur Indebtedness.

         3.14 Assets of the Company. The Financial Group structure (a) at the
date hereof and (b) immediately after completion of the Multikabel Acquisition
is or, as the case may be, will immediately after the completion of the
Multikabel Acquisition be as set out in the Group Structure Charts.

         3.15 Purpose of Loans. The proceeds of the Initial Loans shall be used
to (i) fund the Multikabel Acquisition, (ii) fund the Build-Out and other future
working capital needs of the Company, (iii) fund the Permitted Acquisitions and
(iv) refinance bank indebtedness incurred under the Senior Bank Agreement and in
connection with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) and (v) pay certain transaction
costs, fees and expenses related to the Transactions and the financing thereof.

         3.16 Environmental Matters; Environmental Claims.

         (a) Each member of the Financial Group has (i) at all times complied
with all Environmental Laws and Environmental Licenses and (ii) obtained and
maintained in full force and effect all Environmental Licenses, save to the
extent, in each case, that failure so to do would not be likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect, and there are no facts or circumstances entitling any
such Environmental Licenses to be revoked, suspended, amended, varied, withdrawn
or not renewed in circumstances which would be likely to give rise to a Material
Adverse Effect.

<PAGE>   59

                                                                              52

         (b) No Material Environmental Claim is pending or, to the best of its
knowledge and belief, has been made or threatened against any member of the
Financial Group.

         3.17 Solvency. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are, and after
giving effect to the Transactions and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and
obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith and on the
Initial Draw Down Date and any particular Subsequent Draw Down Date will be,
Solvent.

         3.18 Accuracy of Written Information, etc.. No written statement or
information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other
document, certificate or written statement furnished to the Administrative Agent
or the Lenders or any of them, by or on behalf of any the Company for use in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other
Loan Documents, contained as of the date such statement, information, document
or certificate was so furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained herein or therein not misleading. The projections and pro forma
financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon
good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Company to be
reasonable at the time made, and in the case of any of the same relating to
Multikabel and its Subsidiaries, to the best of its knowledge, it being
recognized by the Lenders that such projections and financial information as
they relate to future events are not to be viewed as fact and that actual
results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may
differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount. There
is no fact known to the Company that would be likely to have to have a Material
Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan
Documents or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the
Transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.

         3.19 Withholding Tax; Stamp Tax. As of the Closing Date, under the
current laws and regulations of Germany and any political subdivision thereof,
all interest payments payable on the Loans may be paid by the Company in euro
and all such payments made to Lenders which are non-residents of Germany and
which are Qualifying Institutions will not be subject to income, withholding or
other taxes under laws and regulations of Germany or any political subdivision
or taxing authority thereof or therein and will otherwise be free and clear of
any other tax, duty, withholding or deduction in Germany or any political
subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and without the necessity of
obtaining any governmental authorization in Germany or any political subdivision
or taxing authority thereof or therein. As of the Closing Date, no stamp or
other taxes or duties are payable in Germany upon or in connection with this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

         3.20 Foreign Exchange Regulations; Immunity; Enforcement.

         (a) Under the laws of Germany, with respect to the execution, delivery
and performance of the Loan Documents, the Company is subject to private
commercial law and to suit, and neither it nor its properties have any immunity
from the jurisdiction of any court or any legal process that may be brought in
the courts of Germany or in the courts in the United States referred to in
Section 9.12 (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to notice,
attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or
otherwise).

<PAGE>   60

                                                                              53

         (b) It is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity,
enforceability or admissibility into evidence in Germany of the Loan Documents
that any thereof be filed, recorded or enrolled with any Governmental Authority,
or that any such document be stamped with any stamp, registration or similar
transaction tax.

         3.21 Governing Law and Judgments. The choice of New York law as to the
governing law of the Loan Documents and any judgment obtained in the State of
New York will be recognized and enforced, subject to any qualifications as to
matters of law in the legal opinions to be delivered in connection herewith.

         3.22 Information Systems. The computer and management information
systems of the Financial Group are sufficient to permit the Financial Group to
conduct its business without Material Adverse Effect.

         3.23 Winding Up. No member of the Financial Group has taken any
corporate action nor have any other formal steps been taken or legal proceedings
been started or to the best of its knowledge and belief threatened against it
for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization, as the case
may be, or for the appointment of a receiver, preliminary receiver, trustee or
similar officer of it or them or of any or all of its or their assets or
revenues (other than a solvent reorganization on terms and conditions approved
by the Administrative Agent).

         3.24 Private and Commercial Acts. The execution by the Company of the
Transaction Documents and the Relevant Contracts constitute, and its exercise of
its rights and performance of its obligations hereunder or thereunder will
constitute, private and commercial acts done and performed for private and
commercial purposes.

         3.25 Relevant Contracts.

         (a) Save to the extent which is not likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect, the Relevant Contracts are in full force and effect.

         (b) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries party to any of the
Relevant Contracts is in breach of the terms of any of the Relevant Contracts
nor is there any material dispute subsisting between the parties thereto, which
in either case would likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         3.26 Necessary Authorizations. None of the Necessary Authorizations are
the subject of any pending or to the best of its knowledge and belief,
threatened challenge, revocation, suspension or withdrawal nor are any sanctions
pending or to the best of its knowledge and belief threatened thereunder, in
each case, to an extent which would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect
and each such Necessary Authorization is in full force and effect save to the
extent that any failure to be in full force and effect would not be likely to
have a Material Adverse Effect.

                         SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         4.1 Conditions to Initial Draw-Down. Subject to the terms of the Bank
Intercreditor Agreement, the agreement of each Lender to make the Initial Loan
requested to be

<PAGE>   61

                                                                              54

made by it on the Initial Draw-Down Date is subject to the satisfaction,
immediately prior to or concurrently with the Closing Date of the following
conditions precedent:

         (a) Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i)
this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the
Company with a counterpart for each Lender, (ii) for the account of each Lender
requesting the same, a Loan Note conforming to the requirements hereof and
executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and (iii) the Contingent
Value Right Agreement (including the registration rights agreement attached
thereto) and the Contingent Value Right Escrow Agreement, each executed and
delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company and the Company shall have
executed and placed the CVRs in escrow under the Contingent Value Right Escrow
Agreement

         (b) Senior Bank Agreement. Contemporaneously with the Closing Date, the
Lenders shall have received a complete and correct copy of the Senior Bank
Agreement, providing for, among other things, up to [EURO] 1,000,000,000 of
available loans, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders certified as
to authenticity by the Company and such Agreement shall be in full force and
effect.

         (c) Financings. All conditions precedent for the funding of the Senior
Bank Agreement (other than the condition in Schedule 3 to the Senior Bank
Agreement relating to the satisfaction of this Section 4.1(c)) shall have been
satisfied or waived prior to or contemporaneously with the satisfaction of the
conditions hereunder on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent.

         (d) Transactions, etc. (i) The Multikabel Acquisition shall have been
consummated on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders, all
pursuant to the Transaction Documents and in form and substance consistent with
the terms previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing and on
other terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (ii) the
Administrative Agent shall have received a duly executed certified copy of the
Multikabel Acquisition Agreement, together with certified copies of any
shareholder and management agreements and any operating and financial contracts
entered into by any member of the Multikabel Group each in substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

         (e) Payment of Fees. All fees and expenses required to be paid on or
before the Closing Date shall have been paid or provision for payment thereof
shall have been made.

         (f) Governmental Approvals. (i) All governmental and third party
approvals necessary and material in connection with the Transactions, the
financing contemplated hereby and the continuing operations of the Company and
its subsidiaries shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect, and
all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken
or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or
otherwise impose adverse conditions on the Transactions or the financings
thereof; and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certified copy
by or on behalf of the Company, of each law, decree, consent, license, approval,
registration or declaration as is, in the opinion of counsel to the Lenders,
necessary in order to render the Loan Documents legal, valid, binding and
enforceable, to make the Loan Documents admissible in evidence in the
jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company and to enable the Company to
perform its obligations thereunder or confirmation that no such requirement
exists.

<PAGE>   62

                                                                              55

         (g) Pro forma Balance Sheet; Financial Statements. The Lenders shall
have received the financial statements referred to in Section 3.1 and such
financial statements shall not reflect any material adverse change in the
consolidated financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries or of
Multikabel from the financial statements furnished to the Lenders by the Company
prior to the Closing Date.

         (h) Business Plan. The Lenders shall have received a satisfactory
Business Plan and financial projections for the Company and Multikabel together
with a certificate from a managing director of the Company that such Business
Plan was compiled in accordance with GAAP and that any assumptions contained
therein related to tax loss carry-forward are reasonable in the context of Dutch
GAAP and German GAAP.

         (i) No Contractual Violations. The Lenders shall be satisfied that the
Company and its Subsidiaries are not subject to material contractual or other
material restrictions that would be violated by the contemplated Transactions,
including, without limitation, the incurrence of additional indebtedness and the
payment of dividends by its Subsidiaries.

         (j) Insurance. The Lenders shall have received evidence that insurance
required hereunder relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries will be in place
after the Transactions.

         (k) Legal Opinions. The Lenders shall have received such legal opinions
(including opinions (i) from Baker & McKenzie, as US counsel to the Company and
its Subsidiaries and (ii) from Baker & McKenzie, as German counsel to the
Company and its Subsidiaries), documents and other instruments as are customary
for transactions of this type or as they may reasonably request.

         (l) No Breach of Transaction Obligations. The Company and its
Subsidiaries shall not be in material breach or violation of any of its
obligations under the documentation relating to the Transactions or the
financings thereof and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be subject to
contractual, legal or other restrictions that would be violated by the
Transactions.

         (m) Closing Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a
certificate of the Company, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of
Exhibit F.

         (n) Corporate Proceedings of the Company. The Administrative Agent
shall have received a copy of the excerpt from the resolution of the Supervisory
Board in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
authorizing (i) the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents and the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be
a party as of the Closing Date, and (ii) the Loans to the Company, certified by
a managing director of the Company as of the Closing Date, which certificate
shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent and shall state that the excerpt from the resolution of the Supervisory
Board thereby certified has not been amended, modified (except as any later
resolutions may modify any earlier such resolutions), revoked or rescinded and
are in full force and effect.

         (o) Incumbency Certificates of the Company. The Administrative Agent
shall have received a certified excerpt from the Commercial Register in respect
of the incumbency and

<PAGE>   63
                                                                              56

signature of the officers of the Company, reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to the Administrative Agent and certified as a true copy by a managing
director of the Company.

         (p) Governing Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received
copies of the constitutional documents of the Company, including its Commercial
Register extract and Articles of Incorporation (Gesellschaftvertrag) and any
shareholder resolutions previously passed but not registered, certified as of
the Closing Date as complete and correct copies thereof by a managing director
of the Company.

         (q) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and
warranties made in or pursuant to Section 3 or that are contained in any other
Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of
the date of such Loan as if made on and as of such date (unless stated to relate
to a specific earlier date, in which case, such representations and warranties
shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

         (r) No Default or Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing on the Closing Date or after giving effect
to the Initial Loans to be made on the Closing Date.

         (s) Take-Out Debt. The Company shall have engaged the Investment Banks
for the purpose of selling the Take-Out Debt.

         (t) No Competing Offering. The Lenders shall be satisfied that there is
no competing offering, placement or arrangement of any debt securities (other
than the Take-Out Debt) or bank financing (other than the Senior Bank Agreement)
by or on behalf of the Company, Multikabel or any of their respective
Affiliates.

         (u) Additional Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have also
received

                  (i) copies of the Relevant Contracts and/or a list thereof;

                  (ii) evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
         regarding the refinancing of Existing PrimaCom Indebtedness out of the
         proceeds of borrowings to be made hereunder or under the Senior Bank
         Agreement, as the case may be;

                  (iii) certificates from a managing director of the Company
         dated the date hereof that to the best of his knowledge, the Company is
         not insolvent on a balance sheet test (uberschuldet) and is not unable
         to meet its debts as they fall due (zahlungsunfahig);

                  (iv) evidence that on the date of the first borrowing under
         the Senior Bank Agreement, all Existing Liens other than Permitted
         Liens of the Financial Group will be discharged;

                  (v) a certificate listing the liens other than Permitted Liens
         of the Financial Group and the Multikabel Group existing on the Closing
         Date;

<PAGE>   64

                                                                              57

                  (vi) a certificate from a managing director of the Company
         that to the best of its knowledge, having made due inquiry, as of the
         Closing Date the Multikabel Group is in full compliance with all terms
         and conditions of applicable Relevant Contracts and any intercreditor
         agreements and that all Licenses necessary for the business currently
         undertaken by the Multikabel Group are in effect;

                  (vii) a certified copy by or on behalf of the Company, of each
         law, decree, consent, license, approval, registration or declaration
         (including, without limitation, any letters from the applicable
         regulatory body or bodies) as is, in the opinion of counsel to the
         Lenders, necessary to render the Multikabel Acquisition legal, valid,
         binding and enforceable;

                  (viii) copies of documentation relating to Finance Leases
         permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 in substance satisfactory to the
         Administrative Agent;

                  (ix) group structure charts certified by the Company in
         relation to (A) the Financial Group as at the Closing Date, (b) the
         Financial Group immediately after the completion of the Multikabel
         Acquisition and (c) the Financial Group immediately following the
         Reorganization;

                  (x) a certificate in form and substance similar to the
         Requirements Certificate set out in Schedule 4.1(y);

                  (xi) a certificate from a managing director of the Company
         confirming that to the best of its knowledge any assumptions contained
         in the consolidated business plan of the Financial Group delivered
         prior to the Closing Date related to tax loss and carry-forward are
         reasonable in the context of Dutch GAAP and German GAAP; and

                  (xii) a copy of the pro forma consolidated semi-annual
         financial statements of the Company assuming completion of the
         Multikabel Acquisition, reviewed by Ernst & Young, for the six months
         ended June 30, 2000.

         4.2 Conditions to Subsequent Draw-Downs. Subject to the terms of the
Bank Intercreditor Agreement, the agreement of each Lender to make the Initial
Loans requested to be made by it on the Initial Draw-Down Date and any
Subsequent Draw-Down Date, as the case may be, is subject to the satisfaction of
the following conditions precedent:

         (a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and
warranties made by the Company in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be
true and correct on and as of such date, except for representations and
warranties expressly stated to relate to an earlier date, in which case such
representations and warranties shall have been true and correct on such earlier
date.

         (b) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the Initial Loans requested
to be made on such date.

<PAGE>   65

                                                                              58

         (c) No Material Changes. There shall be no material changes in the
Business Plan of the Company and its Subsidiaries from the Business Plan
approved by the Lenders prior to the Closing Date which in the reasonable
opinion of the Lenders would be adverse to their interests.

The making of the Initial Loans by the Lenders hereunder shall conclusively be
deemed to constitute an acknowledgement by the Administrative Agent and each
Lender that each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4 shall
have been satisfied in accordance with its respective terms or shall have been
irrevocably waived by such Person.

                        SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

         The Company hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in
effect, any Loan or Loan Note remains outstanding and unpaid, or any other
amount is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any
of the other Loan Documents (other than the Exchange Notes or the Senior
Indenture), the Company shall, and, in the case of the agreements contained in
Sections 5.4 through 5.6, 5.13, and 5.15 through 5.18, shall cause each of the
Subsidiaries referred to therein:

         5.1 Financial Statements Furnish to each Lender:

         (a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the
end of each fiscal year of Company, a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the
consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and consolidated
statement of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative
form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a "going concern" or
like qualification or exception, or a material qualification arising out of the
scope of the audit, by independent certified public accountants of
internationally recognized standing; provided that if in accordance with the
German Commercial Code (HGB) any of the Company or its Subsidiaries are required
to prepare unaudited or, as the case may be, audited financial statements or if
in accordance with the German Banking Act (KWG) the Lenders are required to
receive the unaudited or, as the case may be, audited financial statements of
any of the Company or its Subsidiaries, such unaudited or, as the case may be,
audited financial statements shall be provided to the Lenders immediately;

         (b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 60 days after
the end of each Quarterly Period, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of
the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and
the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and retained earnings
and consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and its consolidated
Subsidiaries for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end
of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for
the previous year and the figures set forth in the relevant budgets required to
be delivered in accordance with Section 5.2(c) and including a management's
discussion and analysis of such financial statements consistent with current
practice, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all
material respects when considered in relation to the consolidated financial
statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (subject to normal
year-end audit adjustments);

<PAGE>   66

                                                                              59

         (c) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 60 days after
the Closing Date, pro forma consolidated financial statements of the Company,
assuming completion of the Multikabel Acquisition, prepared by Ernst & Young for
the year ended December 31, 1999;

all such financial statements shall fairly present in all material respects the
consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such
date and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP
applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior
periods (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be,
and disclosed therein or as good practice or law requires otherwise).

         5.2 Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to the Administrative
Agent for delivery to each Lender:

         (a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred
to in Section 5.1(a), a certificate of the independent certified public
accountants reporting on such financial statements stating that in making the
examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event
of Default, except as specified in such certificate;

         (b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred
to in Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b), a certificate of a Responsible Officer (i)
stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officer's knowledge, save as
previously disclosed in writing, the Company during such period has observed or
performed all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied every
condition, contained in this Agreement, in the Notes and the other Loan
Documents to which it is a party to be observed, performed or satisfied by it,
in all material respects, and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no
knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such
certificate, (ii) stating that all such financial statements fairly present in
all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its
Subsidiaries as at the date thereof and the results of operations and cash flows
for the period then ended (subject, in the case of interim statements, to normal
year-end audit adjustments) and have been prepared in reasonable detail and in
accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected
therein (except as disclosed therein) and (iii) showing in detail the
calculations supporting such statement in respect of Section 6;

         (c) as soon as practicable, and in any event no later than 60 days
after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a revised consolidated
business plan (in a format acceptable to the Lenders) for the Financial Group
including a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year
(including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its
Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, and the related
consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial
position and projected income), and, as soon as available, significant
revisions, if any, of such budget and projections with respect to such fiscal
year (collectively, the "Projections"), which Projections shall in each case be
accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such
Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions and
that such Responsible Officer has no reason to believe that such Projections are
incorrect or misleading in any material respect;

         (d) within five days after the same are sent, copies of all financial
statements and reports which the Company sends to the holders of any class of
its debt securities or public equity securities and within five days after the
same are filed, copies of all financial statements

<PAGE>   67

                                                                              60

and reports which the Company may make to, or file with, the Securities and
Exchange Commission or any successor or analogous Governmental Authority;

         (e) promptly, such additional financial and other information as any
Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

         5.3 Payment of Obligations. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or
before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its
material obligations of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity
thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on
the books of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be.

         5.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence. Continue to
engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by it and preserve,
renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and take all
reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary in
the normal conduct of its business except if in the reasonable business judgment
of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, it is in its best
economic interest not to preserve and maintain such rights or franchises, and as
otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 6; and comply with all Contractual
Obligations and Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply
therewith would not, in the aggregate, be likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect;

         5.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance. Keep all property necessary in
its business in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear
excepted); maintain insurance on and in relation to all its property with
reputable underwriters or insurance companies against such risks and to such
extent as is usual for companies and partnerships carrying on a business such as
that carried on by it; and furnish to each Lender, upon written request, full
information as to the insurance carried except to the extent that the failure to
do any of the foregoing with respect to any such property would not be likely to
materially adversely affect the value or usefulness of such property.

         5.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions Keep proper
books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in
conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made; and to the
extent requested by the Administrative Agent, procure that any representative or
professional advisor to the Administrative Agent may have access to and be
provided with copies of books, record, accounts, documents, computer programs,
data or other information in the possession of or available to it, save to the
extent that the provision of such copies would either result in a breach of any
applicable law or would be contrary to any agreement which the member of the
Financial Group concerned has as at the date of this Agreement entered into with
any third party (in which case the Company and the Administrative Agent will
enter into discussion concerning the extent of the disclosure which is permitted
in the circumstances), upon reasonable advance notice at any reasonable time on
any Business Day and as often as may reasonably be desired and may discuss the
business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the
Company and its Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the Company and its
Subsidiaries and with its independent certified public accountants; provided
that the Administrative Agent shall notify Company prior to any contact with
such accountants and give the Company the opportunity to participate in such
discussions.

<PAGE>   68

                                                                              61

         5.7 Notices Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent and each
Lender of:

         (a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

         (b) any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual
Obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) litigation,
investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time between the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority, which in either case, if
not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, would be likely to
have a Material Adverse Effect;

         (c) the receipt of any notice by it from any Governmental Authority
which is likely to give rise to the enforcement, revocation, termination,
material amendment, suspension or withdrawal of any Relevant Contract which in
each case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

         (d) any development or event which has had, or would be likely to have,
a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a
Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein
and stating what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

         5.8 Take-Out Financing. (a) Take any and every reasonable action
reasonably necessary or desirable so that the Investment Bank can, as soon as
practicable after the date hereof publicly sell or privately place, in one or
more offerings or placements, the Take-Out Debt. The Investment Bank, in its
reasonable discretion after consultation with the Company, shall determine
whether, and in which amounts, the Take-Out Debt shall be issued by the Company
and the amount of each series of Take-Out Debt to be issued if the Take-Out Debt
is to be issued in a series of offerings and/or placements. Upon notice by the
Investment Bank (a "Securities Demand"), at any time and from time to time after
the earlier of the Initial Borrowing Notice Date and February 1, 2001 (the
"Securities Demand Date") and prior to the Initial Maturity Date if all Loans
shall not have been repaid in full or the commitments in respect thereof shall
not have been terminated, the Company will cause the issuance and sale of
Take-Out Debt upon such terms and conditions as specified in the Securities
Demand; provided that (i) the interest rate (whether floating or fixed) shall be
determined by the Investment Bank in light of the then prevailing market
conditions for comparable securities but in no event shall the effective yield
(excluding any yield enhancement represented by the CVRs) on the Securities
exceed the greater of (A) 16% per annum and (B) the Index Rate on the Securities
Demand Date plus 2.25%, in each case, plus 2%, (ii) the investment bank, in its
reasonable discretion after consultation with the Company, shall determine
whether the Take-Out Debt shall be issued through a public offering or a private
placement; (iii) the maturity of any Take-Out Debt shall not be earlier than six
months after the final maturity of the last facility to mature under the Senior
Bank Agreement; (iv) the Securities will be issued pursuant to an indenture or
indentures, which shall contain such terms, conditions and covenants as are
typical and customary for similar financings and as are reasonably satisfactory
in all respects to the Investment Bank, the Company and the Administrative
Agent; (v) the Securities will be denominated in euro or, to the extent Chase
Manhattan plc determines it to be necessary, in U.S. Dollars; and (vi) all other
arrangements with respect to the Take-Out Debt shall be reasonably satisfactory
in all respects

<PAGE>   69

                                                                              62

to the Investment Bank in light of the then prevailing market conditions. If it
shall reasonably be determined by the Investment Bank based on then prevailing
market conditions that it is necessary and advisable to sell the Take-Out Debt
with an equity-related component, the Company shall make available the CVRs
provided for in the Contingent Value Right Agreement in such amount as is
necessary in order for the Company to sell the Take-Out Debt at par or to
otherwise permit the Company to receive net proceeds from the sale of the
Take-Out Debt in an amount sufficient to repay in full all outstanding Loans and
Exchange Notes, if any, any accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other
amounts due hereunder, or to terminate the commitments in respect thereof.

         The Company will give the Administrative Agent prior notice of its
intention to file the registration statement or to effect a private placement of
the Take-Out Debt. The Company will notify the Administrative Agent promptly
upon the receipt of any comments from the SEC in connection with the
registration statement, will furnish the Administrative Agent with a copy of any
written comments from the SEC, will respond in a reasonably prompt manner and
appropriately to any such comments and will furnish a copy to the Administrative
Agent of any such response to the SEC.

         5.9 Exchange Notes.

         (a) The Company shall, as promptly as practicable after the date
falling nine months after the Closing Date and in any event prior to the Initial
Maturity Date, enter into the Indenture with a bank or trust company acting as
indenture trustee thereunder (the "Trustee"), which shall be a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or
any state thereof, in good standing, which is authorized under such laws to
exercise corporate trust powers and is subject to supervision or examination by
Federal or state authority and which has a combined capital and surplus of not
less than $50,000,000.

         (b) The Company will, on or prior to the third Business Day following
the written request (the "Exchange Request") of any Lender (delivered after the
date the Indenture is entered into) execute, and cause the Trustee to
authenticate, and deliver to such Lender in accordance with the Indenture an
Exchange Note bearing interest as set forth therein in exchange for such
Lender's Loan dated the date of the issuance of such Exchange Note, registered
in the name specified by such Lender, in the principal amount equal to 100% of
the aggregate principal amount (including any accrued and unpaid interest not
required to be paid in cash) of the Loans for which they are exchanged. Each
Exchange Request shall specify the principal amount of the Loans to be exchanged
pursuant to this Section 5.9, which shall be at least [EURO] 1,000,000 and in
integral multiples of [EURO] 100,000 in excess thereof and, if such Lender (or
any person on its behalf) holds Loan Notes, be accompanied by the Loan Notes to
be exchanged for Exchange Notes. No Exchange Request shall be made more than
thirty (30) days prior to the Initial Maturity Date. Any Loan Notes delivered to
Company under this Section 5.9 in exchange for Exchange Notes shall be canceled
by the Company and the corresponding amount of the Lender's Loan deemed repaid
and the Exchange Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture.

         (c) If Exchange Notes are issued pursuant to the terms hereof, then the
holders of such Exchange Notes shall have the registration rights, as set forth
in an exhibit to the Indenture.

<PAGE>   70

                                                                              63

         (d) The Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 5.9 by
causing the Exchange Notes to be issued by one of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries
in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.9, so long as the Company fully
guarantees the Exchange Notes issued by such Subsidiary on terms and conditions
satisfactory to the Lenders. In such event, the Company may assign its rights
and obligations as borrower hereunder to such Subsidiary on terms and conditions
satisfactory to the Lenders.

         5.10 Use of Proceeds of the Take-Out Debt. The Company will use the net
proceeds received by it from the sale of the Take-Out Debt to repay the Loans
and the Exchange Notes pursuant to Section 2.5(d).

         5.11 Ratings on the Take-Out Debt. The Company will use its best
efforts to achieve promptly and maintain at least a B3 rating from Moody's and
at least a B- rating from Standard & Poor's on the Take-Out Debt or an
equivalent rating by an internationally recognized rating agency, if both of the
two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments.

         5.12 Further Assurances. Upon reasonable request of the Administrative
Agent, execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as
may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose
of this Agreement.

         5.13 Maintenance of Licenses Maintain and protect its rights and
interests in the Relevant Contracts and shall:

         (a) promptly pay all and any registration, renewal and license fees and
any fees and other additional payments payable under the Licenses and/or the
Environmental Licenses;

         (b) procure that all notices and registrations necessary for the
protection by them of their respective rights and interests therein are promptly
given and/or made in the appropriate forms; and

         (c) promptly take such action as may be reasonably required to protect
the same from infringement.

         5.14 Business Plan. Conduct its business in all material respects in
accordance with the general parameters specified in the Business Plan, provided
that this Section 5.14 shall not of itself oblige the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries to comply with any particular financial targets or Projections
which may be included in such Business Plan, and provided, further, that this
Section 5.14 shall not of itself restrict the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
from making any acquisition or disposal of any asset or expanding or altering
any system or System.

         5.15 Compliance with Laws. Comply with the terms and conditions of all
laws, directives, regulations, agreements, licenses and concessions including,
without limitation, all Environmental Laws and Environmental Licenses, all
Telecommunications and Cable Laws and all Licenses, save to the extent that any
non-compliance therewith would not be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         5.16 Payment of Taxes. File or cause to be filed all tax returns
required to be filed in all jurisdictions in which it is situated or carries on
business or otherwise subject to pay tax and will promptly pay all taxes shown
to be due and payable on such returns or any

<PAGE>   71

                                                                              64

assessment made against it (other than where (i) the same is being contested in
good faith and where payment thereof can lawfully be withheld and (ii) either
(A) would not result in an encumbrance with priority to the security created or
evidenced by the security interest granted to the Senior Bank Agreement Lenders
under the Senior Bank Agreement or (B) against which it is maintaining adequate
reserves).

         5.17 Necessary Authorizations. Ensure that none of the Necessary
Authorizations are subject to a pending or threatened challenge, revocation,
suspension or withdrawal to any extent which would be likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

         5.18 Hedging Arrangements. Ensure that, within 90 days from the date of
this Agreement, the Senior Borrower has entered into such interest rate hedging
arrangements as are necessary to hedge, for a period of at least 3 years from
the date of implementation of such arrangements, the Financial Group's exposure
to interest rate fluctuations in relation to a notional principal amount of no
less than an amount equal to fifty per cent (50%) of the aggregate indebtedness
for borrowed money of the Financial Group from time to time.

         5.19 Offering Memorandum. Use its best efforts to deliver to the
Administrative Agent, by November 15, 2000, a substantially complete preliminary
prospectus or the preliminary offering memorandum relating to the Take-Out Debt
(including audited financial statements or draft audited financial statements
for the three preceding years, unaudited interim financial statements, pro forma
financial statements and information and such other financial information as may
be required by applicable law or as may be customarily included therein).

         5.20 Multikabel Financial Statements. Use its best efforts to deliver
to the Administrative Agent by November 15, 2000, (a) the Multikabel financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 3.1 and (b) the unaudited consolidated
financial statements of Multikabel dated March 31, 2000 and June 30, 2000, in
each case, reconciled to GAAP.

                          SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

         The Company hereby agrees that, so long as any Commitments remain in
effect, any Loan or Loan Note remains outstanding and unpaid, or any other
amount is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any
other Loan Document, the Company shall not and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

         6.1 Financial Condition Covenants.

         (a) Total Leverage Ratio. As at each Quarter Day specified below the
ratio of Total Debt to Annualized EBITDA (determined in respect of the Quarterly
Period which ends on such Quarter Day) shall not exceed the ratio set alongside
such Quarter Day:

QUARTER DAY                                                           RATIO
30 September 2000                                                     15.25:1.00
31 December 2000                                                      15.25:1.00

<PAGE>   72

                                                                              65

31 March 2001                                                         15.25:1.00
30 June 2001                                                          15.25:1.00
30 September 2001                                                     15.25:1.00

         (b) Net Senior Leverage Ratio. As at each Quarter Day specified below
the ratio of Net Senior Debt to Annualized EBITDA (determined in respect of the
Quarterly Period which ends on such Quarter Day) shall not exceed the ratio set
alongside such Quarter Day:

QUARTER DAY                                                            RATIO
30 September 2000                                                      9.50:1.00
31 December 2000                                                       9.50:1.00
31 March 2001                                                          9.50:1.00
30 June 2001                                                           9.50:1.00
30 September 2001                                                      9.50:1.00

         (c) Total Interest Ratio. As at each Quarter Day set out below, the
ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Total Cash Interest Expense (determined in
respect of the Quarterly Period which ends on such Quarter Day) shall not be
less than the ratio set alongside such Quarter Day:

QUARTER DAY                                                             RATIO
30 September 2000                                                       .65:1.00
31 December 2000                                                        .65:1.00
31 March 2001                                                           .65:1.00
30 June 2001                                                            .65:1.00
30 September 2001                                                       .65:1.00

         (d) Minimum EBITDA. As at each Quarter Day specified below the
Consolidated EBITDA of the Financial Group, determined on a rolling 12 month
basis, shall not fall below the amount set alongside such Quarter Day:

QUARTER DAY                                                          EBITDA
30 September 2000                                                    Euro 39,600
31 December 2000                                                     Euro 39,600
31 March 2001                                                        Euro 39,600
30 June 2001                                                         Euro 39,600
30 September 2001                                                    Euro 39,600

The covenant contained in this Section 6.1(d) shall be reset upon completion of
each Permitted Acquisition to include 80% of the pro forma net income of the
company or assets acquired. The pro forma net income of such company or assets
acquired shall be calculated by reference to (a) 40% of the pro forma net income
of such company or assets for the period from January to June inclusive and (b)
60% of the pro forma net income of such company or assets from the period from
July to December inclusive.

<PAGE>   73

                                                                              66

         6.2 Limitation on Indebtedness.

         (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness; provided, however, that on or after the
Initial Maturity Date the Company may Incur Indebtedness if on the date thereof
(A) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is no more than 7.00:1.00 and (B) no Default
or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a
consequence thereof.

         (b) Notwithstanding Section 6.2(a), the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may Incur the following Indebtedness:

                  (i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Senior Bank
         Agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of
         the Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (i) does not exceed
         1,000,000,000 at any time outstanding, less the aggregate principal
         amount of all scheduled repayments of principal thereof and all
         mandatory prepayments of principal thereof applied to permanently
         reduce the outstanding Indebtedness and commitments thereunder;

                  (ii) Indebtedness represented by the Guarantees of
         Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (i) above;

                  (iii) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any
         Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary
         owing to and held by the Company or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;
         provided, however, (x) if the Company is the obligor on such
         Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is (except to the extent that it was
         Incurred to pay Company Management Expenses) expressly subordinated in
         right of payment from and after such time as the principal amount of
         the Loans shall become due and payable (whether at Stated Maturity,
         acceleration or otherwise) to the prior payment in full in cash of all
         obligations with respect to the Loans and (y)(A) any subsequent
         issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results
         in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than
         the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company and (B) any
         sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than
         the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company shall be
         deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness
         by the issuer thereof;

                  (iv) Indebtedness represented by (x) the Take-Out Debt, (y)
         any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (i),
         (ii) and (iii) of this Section 6.2(b)) outstanding on the Closing Date
         and (z) any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any
         Indebtedness described in this clause (iv) or Incurred pursuant to
         Section 6.2(a);

                  (v) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and
         outstanding on the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was
         acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as
         consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or
         credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of
         related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted

<PAGE>   74

                                                                              67

         Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company
         or otherwise in connection with or in contemplation of such
         acquisition), provided, however, that (i) at the time such Restricted
         Subsidiary is acquired by the Company, the Company would have been able
         to Incur [EURO] 1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section
         6.2(a) after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness
         pursuant to this clause (v) and (ii) the aggregate amount of
         Indebtedness outstanding of the Person to become a Restricted
         Subsidiary in the contemplated transaction at the time of such
         transaction does not exceed the fair market value of the equipment,
         inventory, assets, property and Cash Equivalents of any Restricted
         Subsidiary so acquired.

                  (vi) Indebtedness under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate
         Agreements; provided, however, that such Currency Agreements and
         Interest Rate Agreements are entered into for bona fide hedging
         purposes of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined
         in good faith by the Management Board or senior management of the
         Company) and correspond in terms of notional amount, duration,
         currencies and interest rates, as applicable, to Indebtedness of the
         Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred without violation of
         this Agreement or to business transactions of the Company or its
         Restricted Subsidiaries otherwise permitted hereunder; and

                  (vii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a
         Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of
         purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or
         assumed in connection with the purchase or disposition of any business,
         assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary provided that the
         maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall
         at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received, or paid, as the
         case may be, by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
         connection with such purchase or disposition,

                  (viii) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
         Subsidiaries of Indebtedness existing under Finance Leases provided
         that, the maximum aggregate amount of such Indebtedness of the
         Financial Group does not exceed Euro 25 million;

                  (ix) any Deferred Consideration relating to any Acquisition,
         provided that (A) the amount of such Deferred Consideration does not
         exceed the aggregate amount of available commitments under the Senior
         Bank Agreement at such time and (B) such Indebtedness is Incurred at
         any time on or before, or within 60 days following, the completion of
         the related Acquisition, (C) the amount of such Indebtedness of the
         Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may not exceed the fair market
         value of the equipment, inventory, property or assets so acquired and
         (D) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary hereunder cannot be a
         security (other than syndicated commercial loans) which is eligible for
         resale in the U.S. pursuant to Rule 144A of the U.S. Securities Act of
         1933, as amended or a security (other than syndicated commercial loans)
         that is sold or subject to resale pursuant to a registration statement
         under the Securities Act;

<PAGE>   75

                                                                              68

                  (x) Indebtedness incurred in respect of (A) self-insurance or
         similar obligations, (B) bankers' acceptances, performance, surety,
         appeal and similar bonds, (C) bank overdrafts (and letters of credit in
         respect thereof), provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished
         within fifteen business days, and (D) completion guarantees provided by
         the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
         business;

                  (xi) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in
         clauses (i)-(x)) in a principal amount which, when taken together with
         the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
         this Section 6.1(b)(xi) and then outstanding, will not exceed (A)
         Euro 10 million prior to the Initial Maturity Date or (B) Euro 50
         million on or after the Initial Maturity Date.

         (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, on any date prior to the Initial
Draw-Down Date, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness to fund acquisitions if after
giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio for the most recent twelve-month period ended prior to such date would
exceed 13:00 to 1:00.

         (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any
Restricted Subsidiary shall Incur any Indebtedness under Section 6.2(b) if the
proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated
Obligations unless such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Loans to at
least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations. Nor will the Company
Incur any Indebtedness under Section 6.2(b) (unless such Indebtedness is
expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) if such Indebtedness is
expressly subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Company. No Restricted
Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness if the proceeds are used to refinance
Indebtedness of the Company.

         (e) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding
principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in
compliance with, this covenant:

                  (i) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more
         than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 6.2(b), the
         Company, in its sole discretion, will classify (and may reclassify,
         from time to time) such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence
         and only be required to include the amount and type of such
         Indebtedness in one of such clauses; and

                  (ii) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less
         than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the
         liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the
payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of
dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock will not be deemed
to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

         For purposes of determining compliance with any euro-denominated
restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the euro-equivalent principal
amount of Indebtedness

<PAGE>   76

                                                                              69

denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant
currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in
the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving
credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance
other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would
cause the applicable euro-dominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at
the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing,
such euro-dominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so
long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed
the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. The principal amount
of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a
different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated
based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such
Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such
refinancing.

         6.3 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

         (a) On or prior to the Initial Maturity Date, the Company shall not,
and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to (i)
declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of its
Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries)
except dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or rights to purchase such
Capital Stock and except dividends or distributions payable to the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire
for value any Capital Stock of the Company held by Persons other than the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than in exchange for its
Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock); (iii) purchase, repurchase,
redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled
maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment any Subordinated
Obligations (other than the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of
Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund
obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one
year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or (iv) make any
Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person (any such dividend,
distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition,
retirement or Investment being herein referred to as a "Restricted Payment").

         (b) After the Initial Maturity Date, the Company shall not, and shall
not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to make
any Restricted Payment if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
makes such Restricted Payment: (1) a Default shall have occurred and be
continuing (or would result therefrom); or (2) the Company is not able to incur
an additional 1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.2(a) after giving
effect to such Restricted Payment; or (3) the aggregate amount of such
Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made on or
after the Initial Maturity Date would exceed the amount of: (A) the aggregate
amount of Consolidated EBITDA (or, if the Consolidated EBITDA is negative, minus
100% of the amount); minus (B) 150% of Consolidated Interest Expense, each
accrued on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting period)
beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the
Closing Date and ending on the last day of the last full fiscal quarter ending
prior to the date of the Restricted Payment; plus (C) the aggregate Net Cash
Proceeds received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions received in cash
subsequent to the Closing Date (other than Net Cash Proceeds received from an
issuance or sale of such Capital

<PAGE>   77
                                                                              70

Stock to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or
similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or
similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior
to the date of determination), less, in the instance of this clause (C), any
amounts that have been or are required to be used to make mandatory prepayments
pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof; plus (D) the amount equal to the net reduction
in Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person resulting from (I) repurchases or
redemptions of such Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale
of such Investment to an unaffiliated purchaser, repayments of loans or advances
or other transfers of assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by
such Person to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, less the
cost of any such repurchase, redemption, sale, repayment or transfer or (II) the
redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in
each case as provided in the definition of "Investment") not to exceed, in the
case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary
which amount in each case under this clause (D) was included in the calculation
of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided, however, that no amount will be
included under this clause (D) to the extent that it is already included in
Consolidated Net Income.

         (c) The provisions of Section 6.3(a) (in the case of clauses
6.3(c)(iv), 6.3(c)(v) and 6.3(c)(vii) only) and Section 6.3(b) shall not
prohibit (so long as, in the case of clause (v) below, no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing) the following (each of which shall be given
independent effect):

                   (i) any purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition
         of Capital Stock or Subordinated Obligations of the Company made by
         exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent
         sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock
         and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an
         employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale
         to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by
         loans from or guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
         unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of
         determination)); provided, however, that such purchase or redemption
         shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of the amount of
         Restricted Payments;

                  (ii) any purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition
         of Subordinated Obligations of the Company made by exchange for, or out
         of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated
         Obligations of the Company that qualifies as Refinancing Indebtedness
         provided, however, that such purchase or redemption shall be excluded
         in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments;

                  (iii) dividends paid within sixty (60) days after the date of
         declaration if at such date of declaration such dividend would have
         complied with this provision; provided, however, that such dividend
         shall be included in the subsequent calculation of amount of Restricted
         Payments;

                  (iv) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred
         and is continuing (or would result therefrom), (A) the purchase,
         redemption or other

<PAGE>   78

                                                                              71

         acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Capital Stock, or
         options, warrants, equity appreciation rights or other rights to
         purchase or acquire Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted
         Subsidiary of the Company or any parent of the Company held by any
         existing or former employees or management of the Company or any
         Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each
         case in connection with the repurchase provisions under employee stock
         option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate
         management employees; provided that such redemptions or repurchases
         pursuant to this clause will not exceed Euro 2 million in the aggregate
         during any calendar year and Euro 5 million in the aggregate; provided,
         however, that the amount of any such repurchase or redemption will be
         included in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted
         Payments, and (B) loans or advances to employees or members of
         management board, board of directors or similar governing body of the
         Company or any Subsidiary of the Company the proceeds of which are used
         to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, in an aggregate amount not in
         excess of Euro 2 million at any one time outstanding; provided,
         however, that such loans and advances will be included in subsequent
         calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments;

                  (v) repurchases of Capital Stock (or warrants or options
         convertible into or exchangeable for such Capital Stock) deemed to
         occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants to the extent that
         shares of such Capital Stock (or warrants or options convertible into
         or exchangeable for such Capital Stock) represents a portion of the
         exercise price of such options or warrants; provided, however, that
         such repurchases will be excluded in subsequent calculations of the
         amount of Restricted Payments;

                  (vi) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders
         required by applicable law, pursuant to or in contemplation of a
         merger, consolidation or transfer of assets permitted by this
         Agreement; provided, however, that such payments and distributions will
         be included in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted
         Payments;

                  (vii) cash payments in lieu of fractional shares pursuant to
         the exercise or conversion of any exercisable or convertible securities
         of the Company; provided, however, that such cash payments will be
         included in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted
         Payments;

                  (viii) purchases by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
         the outstanding minority interest in any Restricted Subsidiary;
         provided, however, that the amount of such purchases will be included
         in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments; or

                  (ix) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed
         Euro 5 million; provided, however, that such payments will be included
         in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments.

         The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the
fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or
securities proposed to be

<PAGE>   79
                                                                              72

transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any
non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined conclusively by the Management
Board acting in good faith whose resolution with respect thereto shall be
delivered to the Trustee, such determination to be based upon an opinion or
appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of
international standing if such fair market value is estimated to exceed Euro 15
million. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company
shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate signed by a Responsible
Officer stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the
basis upon which the calculations required by this covenant were computed
together with any opinion or appraisal required hereby.

         6.4 Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual
encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to
(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay
any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary; except:

         (a) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect
at or entered into on the Closing Date, including this Agreement and the Senior
Bank Agreement, or pursuant to the Indenture, the Exchange Notes or any Take-Out
Debt;

         (b) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by
such Restricted Subsidiary on or prior to the date on which such Restricted
Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as
consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit
support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related
transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or was acquired by the Company) and outstanding on
such date;

         (c) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a
refinancing, renewal, extension, refunding, restructuring or replacement of
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clauses (a), (b),
(e) or this clause (c) or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to
in clauses (a), (b), (e) or this clause (c); provided, however, that the
encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary
contained in any of such refinancing agreement or amendment are, as a whole, no
less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions with respect to
such Restricted Subsidiary contained in such agreements;

         (d) in the case of clause (iii) above, any encumbrance or restriction
(1) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer
of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar
contract, or the assignment or transfer of any such lease, license or other
contract, (2) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements
permitted under this Agreement securing Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict
the transfer of the property subject to such mortgages, pledges or other
security agreements or (3) pursuant to customary provisions restricting
dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement
agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

<PAGE>   80
                                                                              73

         (e) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary
course of business that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature
described in clause (iii) above on the property so acquired;

         (f) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of
its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the
sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of
such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such
restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition; and

         (g) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of
applicable law, regulation or order.

Nothing contained in this Section 6.5 shall prevent the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary from incurring, creating, assuming or suffering to exist
any Liens otherwise permitted under Section 6.6 of this Agreement that limit the
right of the chargor to dispose of the assets that are the subject of such Lien.

         6.5 Limitation on Sales of Assets, Subsidiary Stock and Asset Swaps.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition, other than in connection with the
Reorganization, unless: (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair
market value, as determined in good faith by the Company's Management Board
including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), of the shares and
assets subject to such Asset Disposition; (ii) prior to the Initial Maturity
Date, at least 90% and on or after the Initial Maturity Date, at least 75% of
the consideration thereof received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and (iii) an amount equal to 100% of
the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or
any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be): (A) first, to the extent the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is required by the terms of any Senior
Indebtedness, to prepay, repay or purchase such Senior Indebtedness; (B) second,
to invest in Additional Assets; and (C) third, to make an offer to prepay or
redeem the Loans and Exchange Notes at par plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, thereon in accordance with Section 2.5(d); provided, however, that, in
connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant
to clause (iii) (A), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall retire such
Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be
permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid,
repaid or purchased. The Company shall not be required to effect any prepayment
or offer to prepay any amounts pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof in connection with
any Asset Disposition if the Net Available Cash therefrom (after application of
the proceeds thereof as provided in clauses (A) and (B) of the preceding
sentence) is less than Euro 2 million (which lesser amounts shall be carried
forward to and aggregated with the Net Available Cash from subsequent Asset
Dispositions for purposes of determining whether a prepayment or offer to prepay
is required).

         For the purposes of this covenant, the following will be deemed to be
cash: (x) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness (other than
Subordinated Obligations) of the Company or Indebtedness of any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company and the release of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset
Disposition (in which case the Company shall, without further action, be deemed
to have applied such assumed Indebtedness in accordance with clause (A) of the
preceding

<PAGE>   81
                                                                              74

paragraph) and (y) securities received by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company from the transferee that are promptly converted by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash.

         (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary
to, engage in any Asset Swaps, unless: (i) at the time of entering into such
Asset Swap and immediately after giving effect to such Asset Swap, no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a
consequence thereof; and (ii) the Cable Business Assets received by way of such
Asset Swap as consideration by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has an
aggregate fair market value at least as great as the Cable Business Assets sold,
transferred or exchanged by way of such Asset Swap by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) in the event such Asset Swap or series
of related Asset Swaps involves a transfer by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary in aggregate amount in excess of Euro 15 million, the terms of such
Asset Swap or series thereof have been approved by a majority of the members of
the Supervisory Board of the Company and by a majority of the members of such
Board having no personal stake in such transaction or transactions and such
majorities determine in good faith that the terms of such Asset Swap or series
thereof are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as
the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction
at the time of such transaction in arm's length dealings with a Person who is
not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and (B) in the
event such Asset Swap or series of related Asset Swaps involves a transfer by
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate amount in excess of Euro
25 million, the Company has received a written opinion from an independent
investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm of internationally recognized
standing that the terms of such Asset Swap or series thereof are not materially
less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a
comparable transaction at such time on an arms'-length basis from a Person that
is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.

         6.6 Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist
any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any of its property or assets
(including Capital Stock), whether owned on the date of this Agreement or
thereafter acquired, securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously
therewith effective provision is made to secure the Notes equally and ratably
with (or prior to in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Obligations)
such Indebtedness for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.

         6.7 Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

         (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction
(including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the
rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an "Affiliate
Transaction") unless: (i) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less
favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that
could be obtained at the time of such transaction in arms'-length dealings with
a Person who is not such an Affiliate; (ii) in the event such Affiliate
Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involves an aggregate
amount in excess of Euro 5 million, the terms of such transaction or
transactions have been approved by a majority of the members of the Supervisory
Board of the Company and by a majority of the members of such Board having no
personal stake in such

<PAGE>   82
                                                                              75

transaction or transactions, if any (and such majority or majorities, as the
case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction or series thereof
satisfies the criteria in (i) above); and (iii) in the event such Affiliate
Transaction involves an aggregate amount in excess of 15 million, the Company
has received a written opinion from an independent investment banking,
accounting or appraisal firm of internationally recognized standing that such
Affiliate Transaction or series thereof is fair to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view.

         (b) The foregoing provisions of Section 6.7(a) shall not apply to (i)
any Restricted Payment (except Permitted Investments) permitted to be made
pursuant to Section 6.3, (ii) any issuance of securities (including the granting
and performance of customary registration rights for securities of the Company
in connection therewith), or other payments, awards or grants in cash,
securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements,
stock options and stock ownership plans and other reasonable fees, compensation,
benefits and indemnities paid or entered into by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to or with officers, members of
the management board, directors, consultants or employees of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) loans or advances to officers, directors,
consultants or employees in the ordinary course of business of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and consistent with past practice of the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such loans or advances do
not exceed Euro 5.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, or
(iv) any transaction between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between
Restricted Subsidiaries.

         6.8 Change of Control.

         (a) Upon a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to
require that the Company repurchase all or any part of such Holder's Loans at a
purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on
the relevant interest payment date), such repurchase to be made in accordance
with the remainder of this Section 6.8. In addition, upon a Change of Control,
each Holder shall have the right to cancel all or any portion of its unused
Commitments.

         (b) Within thirty (30) days following any such Change of Control, the
Company shall mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Administrative
Agent stating:

                  (i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder
         has the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder's Loans at
         a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof
         plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase
         (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive
         interest on the relevant interest payment date);

                  (ii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than
         thirty (30) days nor later than sixty (60) days from the date such
         notice is mailed); and

                  (iii) the procedures determined by the Company, consistent
         with this Section, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Loans
         purchased.

<PAGE>   83
                                                                              76

         (c) Holders electing to have a Loan purchased will be required to give
notice in writing to the Company at the address specified in Section 9.2 at
least three (3) Business Days prior to the purchase date. Each Holder will be
entitled to withdraw its election if the Company receives, not later than one
Business Day prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile
transmission or letter from such Holder setting forth the name of such Holder,
the principal amount of the Loan which was to be purchased and a statement that
such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Loan purchased.

         (d) On the purchase date, the Company shall pay the purchase price for
the Loans to be purchased, to the Holders entitled thereto upon, in the case of
Loans evidenced by Loan Notes, surrender of such Loan Notes.

         (e) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the
requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Loans pursuant to this
Section. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with provisions of this Section, the Company shall comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have
breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof.

         6.9 Limitation on Transfers of Capital Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose
of any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or to issue any of its Capital
Stock (other than, if necessary, shares of its Capital Stock constituting
directors' qualifying shares) to any Person except (i) to the Company or a
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or (ii) in compliance with Section 6.5(a) hereof and
immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale, such Restricted
Subsidiary would continue to be a Restricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence, the Company may sell all the Capital Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary as long as the Company complies with the terms of Section 6.5(a)
hereof.

         6.10 Merger, Consolidation, etc.

         (a) Other than in connection with the Reorganization and the Permitted
Acquisitions, prior to the Initial Maturity Date, neither the Company nor any of
its Subsidiaries may merge with or consolidate with any other Person, or permit
any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease
or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all
or any substantial part of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired)
or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of
transactions) all or any substantial part of the assets of any other Person,
except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would
result therefrom, (i) any Wholly Owned Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate
with the Company in a transaction in which the Company is the surviving
corporation and (ii) any Wholly Owned Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate
with any other Wholly Owned Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving
entity is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary and no Person other than the Company or a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary receives any consideration; provided, that if any such
merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, lease, disposition, purchase or
acquisition is to be consummated pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, the
conditions of Section 6.10(b) (other than subsections (iii) and (iv) thereof)
shall be required to be satisfied.

<PAGE>   84
                                                                              77

         (b) After the Initial Maturity Date, the Company may consolidate with
or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its
assets to, any Person, only if:

                  (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the
         "Successor Company") shall be a corporation, partnership, trust, or
         limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of
         Germany and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall assume all
         the obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Loans and this
         Agreement either (x) expressly, by an assumption agreement supplemental
         hereto, executed by the Successor Company and delivered to the
         Administrative Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
         the Administrative Agent, or (y) as a matter of applicable law;
         provided that, in the case of this clause (y), the Company shall
         provide to the Administrative Agent an opinion of counsel to the
         Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
         Administrative Agent, stating that such applicable law effects such
         assumption as required by this Agreement;

                  (ii) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such
         transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation
         of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary as a result of such
         transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such
         Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of
         Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

                  (iii) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such
         transaction, the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company or the Successor
         Company, as the case may be, is not less than that of the Company
         immediately prior to the transaction;

                  (iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such
         transaction, the Successor Company would be able to Incur an additional
         1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.2(a);

                  (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Administrative
         Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer and an opinion of counsel
         to Company, each stating that such consolidation, merger, transfer or
         lease and such assumption agreement (if any) comply with this
         Agreement.

                  (vi) such transaction would not cause the payment of any
         obligation under the Notes, the Loans and this Agreement to become
         subject to a withholding tax that that did not previously apply and
         that is not indemnified; and

                  (vii) such transaction would not result in the revocation of
         any Significant License which is not replaced, substituted, reinstated
         or reissued to the holder of such Significant License or to the
         Successor Company.

         The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Agreement, but in the
case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Company shall not be
released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Loans
and the Notes.

<PAGE>   85

                                                                              78

         Notwithstanding clauses (iii) and (iv) of the first sentence of this
Section 6.10(b): (1) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate
with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the
Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; and (2) the Company may merge with an
Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in
another jurisdiction to realize tax or other benefits.

         6.11 Limitation on Lines of Business. The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a
Cable Business.

         6.12 Relevant Contracts. The Company shall not permit or agree to any
amendment, waiver, termination or assignment to or of any of the terms and
conditions of any Relevant Contract if such amendment, waiver, termination or
assignment would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         6.13 Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries.
The Company will not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
indirectly, to Guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company which ranks equally
with or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes ("Guaranteed
Indebtedness"), unless (i) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes
and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee
(a "Subsidiary Guarantee") of all of the Company's obligations under the Notes
and the Indenture on terms substantially similar to the Guarantee of such
Indebtedness and (ii) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any
manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of
reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company
or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted
Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that this paragraph shall
not be applicable to any Guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary (x) that existed
at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not Incurred in
connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted
Subsidiary, (y) of Indebtedness Incurred under the Senior Bank Agreement or (z)
any Guarantees required under the Take-Out Debt. If the Guaranteed Indebtedness
ranks (A) equally with the Notes, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed
Indebtedness shall rank equally with, or subordinate to, the Subsidiary
Guarantee or (B) subordinate to the Notes, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed
Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Subsidiary Guarantee at least to the
extent that the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Restricted
Subsidiary may provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) any sale, exchange or transfer,
to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company, of all of the Company's and each
Restricted Subsidiary's Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all the assets
of, such Restricted Subsidiary (which sale, exchange or transfer is not
prohibited by the Indenture) and such Restricted Subsidiary is released from all
Guarantees by it, if any, of other Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries or (ii) the release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in
the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or
as a result of payment under such Guarantee.

                          SECTION 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

<PAGE>   86

                                                                              79

         (a) default in the payment of any principal of any Loan when due in
accordance with the terms thereof or hereof, or the failure to redeem, prepay or
purchase Loans when required pursuant to this Agreement or any Note; or the
failure to pay any interest on any Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder,
in all such cases, within two Business Days after any such amount becomes due in
accordance with the terms thereof or hereof; or

         (b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Company
or any Guarantor herein or in any other Loan Document or which is contained in
any certificate, document, or financial or other statement furnished by it at
any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan
Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of
the date made or deemed made; or

         (c) the Company shall default in the observance or performance of any
agreement contained in Section 5.8 or 5.9 or Section 6; or

         (d) the Company or any Guarantor shall default in the observance or
performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement (other than as
provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 7), and such default
shall continue unremedied for a period of twenty-one days; or

         (e) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which
there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
Indebtedness for Borrowed Money by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries), other than (i) Indebtedness owed to the Company or a
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or
is created after the date of this Agreement, which default (A) is caused by a
failure to pay principal of, or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to
the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness unless being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings ("Payment Default") or (B)
has resulted in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity and,
in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a
Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates
Euro 10 million or more and (ii) any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of any
member of the Multikabel Group where such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money is
Existing Multikabel Indebtedness provided that if any such Existing Multikabel
Indebtedness is accelerated or otherwise becomes due and payable it is repaid in
full by the earlier of 5 Business Days after the demand for repayment or the end
of the grace period contractually provided for in respect thereof; or

         (f) The Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is unable or
deemed unable to pay its debts as they fall due (zahlungsunfahig oder drohende
Zahlungsunfahigkeit) or is over-indebted (uberschuldet) or commences
negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to any
arrangement for the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness; or
a general assignment for the benefit of or a composition with its creditors or a
moratorium in respect of all or any class of debts of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries is applied for, ordered or declared. For the purpose of
this paragraph a person shall be deemed to be unable to pay its debts as they
fall due (drohende Zahlungsunfahigkeit) if so determined by such person's
auditors or any other generally recognized international firm of auditors; or

<PAGE>   87

                                                                              80

         (g) The Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries takes any action
or other steps are taken or legal proceedings are started for its winding-up,
dissolution or reorganization (except for the purpose of the Reorganization) or
for the appointment of a receiver, preliminary receiver, administrator,
administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of
its revenues and assets (other than a solvent reorganization on terms and
conditions approved by the Administrative Agent); or

         (h) Any event shall occur which gives grounds for belief, in the
reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, (or any notice is given) that
any of the Relevant Contracts may be amended, suspended, canceled, revoked,
surrendered or terminated (whether in whole or in part) and that such event is
likely to give rise to a Material Adverse Effect; or

         (i) There occurs in relation to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, in any country or territory in which any of them carries on
business or in the jurisdiction of whose courts any part of their respective
assets is subject, any event which, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent
appears in that country or territory to be equivalent or similar to, any of
those events or circumstances in paragraphs (f) or (g) or the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries otherwise becomes subject in any such country or
territory, to the operation of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or
liquidation; or

         (j) Any execution, distress, attachment or legal process is levied,
made or taken against, or an encumbrancer takes possession of, the whole or any
part of, the property, undertaking or assets of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries where the value of such assets is at least Euro 2
million and is not discharged within ten days or any event occurs which under
the laws of any jurisdiction would have an analogous effect; or

         (k) By or under the authority of any government the managing director
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is wholly or partially
displaced or the authority of the managing director of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the conduct of the business of such company is wholly
or partially curtailed; or

         (l) Any of the events set out in paragraphs (f), (g) or paragraphs (i)
through (k) above shall occur in relation to any member of the Financial Group
which is neither the Company nor one of its Restricted Subsidiaries where such
event would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

         (m) Any change occurs in the regulatory environment relating to, or in
stated government policy towards, the cable television and/or telecommunications
industry in (a) Germany (excluding any changes in the public domain at the date
hereof) or (b) in any other country where any member of the Financial Group
carries on its business and which, in the reasonable opinion of the
Administrative Agent, might have a Material Adverse Effect; or

         (n) One or more judgments or decrees not fully covered by insurance or
indemnity agreements shall be entered against the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary involving in the aggregate at any time a liability (net of any
insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or
within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in
the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) of Euro 3 million or more,
and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged,
stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof;

<PAGE>   88

                                                                              81

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified
in paragraph (f), (g) and (i) of this Section with respect to the Company, the
Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this
Agreement shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any
other Event of Default, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the
Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the
Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Company declare the Loans hereunder
(with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement
to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due
and payable. Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment,
demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.

                       SECTION 8. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

         8.1 Appointment. Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints
the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under the Loan Documents,
and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such
capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of the Loan
Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly
delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents,
together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the
Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those
expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and
no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or
liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

         8.2 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of
its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through
agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel
concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall
not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or
attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

         8.3 Exculpatory Provisions. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of
its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates
shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it
or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan
Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final
and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted
from its or such Person's own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (b)
responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements,
representations or warranties made by the Company or any officer thereof
contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate,
report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received
by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any
other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness,
enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
for any failure of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder or
thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any
Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of
the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Company.

<PAGE>   89

                                                                              82

         8.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be
entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any Note,
writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy,
telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation
believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made
by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel
(including, without limitation, counsel to the Company), independent accountants
and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent
may deem and treat the payee of any Loans as the owner thereof for all purposes
unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall
have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be
fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement
or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or
concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all
Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its
satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may
be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The
Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in
refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in
accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this
Agreement, all Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act
pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of
the Loans.

         8.5 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to
have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default
hereunder unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or
the Company referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of
Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default". In the event that
the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall
give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such
action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably
directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all
Lenders); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have
received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be
obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect
to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best
interests of the Lenders.

         8.6 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender
expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its
officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made
any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative
Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Company or
any Affiliate of the Company, shall be deemed to constitute any representation
or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to
the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon
the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and
investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other
condition and creditworthiness of the Company and its Affiliates and made its
own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each
Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the
Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and
information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own
credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as
it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations,

<PAGE>   90

                                                                              83

property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Company and
its Affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly
required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder,
the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide
any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business,
operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or
creditworthiness of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company which may come
into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers,
directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

         8.7 Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative
Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Company and
without limiting the obligation of the Company to do so), ratably according to
their respective Commitment Percentages in effect on the date on which
indemnification is sought under this Section 8.7 (or, if indemnification is
sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the
Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with their Commitment
Percentages immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time
(including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the Loans)
be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any
way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the
other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or
therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken
or omitted by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with any of the
foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any
portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements which are found by a final
and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted
from the Administrative Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The
Administrative Agent shall have the right to deduct any amount owed to it by any
Lender under this Section from any payment made by it to such Lender hereunder.
The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all
other amounts payable hereunder.

         8.8 Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity. The Administrative
Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally
engage in any kind of business with the Company as though the Administrative
Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. With respect to the Loans
made or renewed by it, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and
powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may
exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms
"Lender" and "Lenders" shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual
capacity.

         8.9 Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign
as Administrative Agent upon ten (10) days' notice to the Lenders and the
Company. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall
appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which
successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section 7(a) or Section
7(e) with respect to the Company shall have occurred and be continuing) be
subject to the approval of the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers
and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term "Administrative Agent"
shall mean such successor agent effective upon such

<PAGE>   91

                                                                              84

appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent's rights, powers
and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or
further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of
the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. If no successor agent
has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date that is 10 days
following a retiring Administrative Agent's notice of resignation, the retiring
Administrative Agent's resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective
and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative
Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a
successor agent as provided for above. After any retiring Administrative Agent's
resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 shall
inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while
it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

                            SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1 Amendments and Waivers. Neither this Agreement nor any Loan Note,
nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except
in accordance with the provisions of this Section and in accordance with the
terms of the Bank Intercreditor Agreement. The Required Lenders may, or, with
the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, from
time to time, (a) enter into with the Company written amendments, supplements or
modifications hereto and to the Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any
provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any
manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Company hereunder or thereunder or
(b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the
Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of
the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or
Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that no such waiver
and no such amendment, supplement, or modification shall (i) (A) reduce the
amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or of any mandatory
prepayment thereof, (B) reduce the stated rate of any interest thereon or fee
payable hereunder or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof or
increase the aggregate amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender's
Commitment, (C) restrict on the right of each Lender to exchange Term Loans, or
Initial Loans on the Initial Maturity Date, for Exchange Notes or amend the rate
of such exchange, (ii) (A) amend, modify, or waive any provision of this Section
9.1, (B) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders,
(C) consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company of any of its rights
and obligations under the Loan Documents except as expressly permitted hereby,
or (D) amend, modify or waive any provision in the Exchange Notes that requires
(or would, if any Exchange Notes were outstanding, require) the approval of all
holders of Exchange Notes, in each case without the consent of all of the
Lenders, (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 8 without the
written consent of the then Administrative Agent or (iv) amend, modify or waive
Section 6.10 with respect to any acquisitions other than the Permitted
Acquisitions, without the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders. Any such
waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to
each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Company, the Lenders, the
Administrative Agent, and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any
waiver, the Company, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored
to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be
cured and not continuing; no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

<PAGE>   92

                                                                              85

         9.2 Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the
respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by
facsimile transmission), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall
be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three (3) days
after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy
notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Company and the
Administrative Agent, and as set forth on its signature pages hereto in the case
of the other parties hereto, or to such other address as may be hereafter
notified by the respective parties hereto:

         the Company:                   PrimaCom AG
                                        Hegelstrasse 61
                                        55122 Mainz
                                        Attention: Paul Thomason
                                        Telecopy: +49 6131 9310 109

               with a copy to:          Baker & McKenzie
                                        100 New Bridge Street
                                        London EC4V 6JA
                                        Attention: Mitchell Gitin
                                        Telecopy: +44 (0)207 919 1999

         The Administrative Agent:      Chase Manhattan International Limited
                                        125 London Wall
                                        London EC2Y 5AJ
                                        Attention: Ann B. Kearns
                                        Telecopy: +44 (0)207 777 7493

               with a copy to:          Chase Agency and Loan Services
                                        125 London Wall
                                        London EC2Y 5AJ
                                        Attention: Steve Clarke

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent
or the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.5 shall not be effective until
received.

         9.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay
in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right,
remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the Loan Notes, shall operate as a
waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy,
power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or
the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights,
remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive
of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

         9.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and
warranties made hereunder, in the Loan Notes and in any document, certificate or
statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

<PAGE>   93

                                                                              86

         9.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes. The Company agrees (a) to pay or
reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution
of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, the Loan Documents and any
other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the
consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel to the Administrative Agent, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and the
Administrative Agent for all its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses
incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under
the Loan Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation,
the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent
and, at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, of one
counsel to all the Lenders, and (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and
the Administrative Agent (and their respective directors, officers, employees
and agents) harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all
liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp,
excise and other similar taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be
payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or
administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment,
supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of,
the Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and
hold each Lender and the Administrative Agent (and their respective directors,
officers, employees and agents) harmless from and against any and all other
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect
to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of the
Transaction Documents or the use of the proceeds of the Loans in connection with
the Transactions and any such other documents (all the foregoing in this clause
(d), collectively, the "indemnified liabilities"), provided that the Company
shall have no obligation hereunder to the Administrative Agent, or any Lender
(or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents) with respect to
indemnified liabilities arising from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct
of the indemnified party or, in the case of indemnified liabilities arising
under the Loan Documents, from material breach by the indemnified party of the
Loan Documents, as the case may be. The agreements in this Section shall survive
repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

         9.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.

         (a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the Company the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and their respective
successors and assigns, except that the Company may not assign or transfer any
of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written
consent of each Lender and any assignment or transfer by any Lender of its
rights or obligations under the Loan Documents must be made in compliance with
this Section 9.6 (and any purported assignment in violation of this Section
shall be null and void).

         (b) Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its lending or investment
business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more
financial institutions or other entities ("Loan Participants") participating
interests in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Commitment of such Lender or any
other interest of such Lender under the Loan Documents. In the event of any such
sale by a Lender of a participating interest to a Loan

<PAGE>   94

                                                                              87

Participant, (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement to the other
parties to this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain
solely responsible for the performance thereof, (iii) such Lender shall remain
the holder of any such Loan (and any Note evidencing such Loan) for all purposes
under the Loan Documents, (iv) the Company and the Administrative Agent shall
continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such
Lender's rights and obligations under the Loan Documents, and (v) no Loan
Participant under any participation shall have any right to approve any
amendment or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document, or any consent to any
departure by the Company therefrom, except with respect to the matters described
in clauses (i) and (ii) of the proviso to the second sentence of Section 9.1.
The Company agrees that each Loan Participant shall be entitled to the benefits
of Sections 2.9 and 2.10 with respect to its participation in the Commitments
and the Loans outstanding from time to time as if it was a Lender; provided
that, in the case of Section 2.10 such Loan Participant shall have complied with
the requirements of said Section and provided, further, that no Loan Participant
shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to any such Section
than the transferor Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the
amount of the participation transferred by such transferor Lender to such Loan
Participant had no such transfer occurred.

         (c) Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its lending or investment
business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time and from time to
time assign to any other Lender or any affiliate thereof or to an additional
bank or financial institution (an "Assignee") all or any part of its rights and
obligations under the Loan Documents pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance,
substantially in the form of Exhibit D, executed by such Assignee, such
assigning Lender (and, in the case of an Assignee that is not then a Lender or
an affiliate thereof, by the Company and the Administrative Agent) and delivered
to the Administrative Agent for its acceptance and recording in the Register,
provided that if such assignment is of less than all of the rights and
obligations of the assigning Lender, the sum of the aggregate principal amount
of the Loans, and the aggregate amount of the unused Commitments (i) being
assigned to such additional bank or financial institution and (ii) remaining
with the assigning Lender are not, in each case, less than [EURO] 2,000,000 (or
such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Company and the Administrative
Agent). Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after
the effective date determined pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, (x)
the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in
such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender
hereunder with a Commitment as set forth therein, and (y) the assigning Lender
thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, be
released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an
Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning
Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such assigning Lender
shall cease to be a party hereto).

         (d) The Administrative Agent, which for purposes of this Section 9.6(d)
only shall be deemed an agent of the Company, shall maintain at the address of
the Administrative Agent referred to in Section 9.2 a copy of each Assignment
and Acceptance delivered to it and a register (the "Register") for the
recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitments of,
and principal amounts of the Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time. The
entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error,
and the Company, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, shall treat each
Person whose name is

<PAGE>   95

                                                                              88

recorded in the Register as the owner of a Loan or other obligation hereunder as
the owner thereof for all purposes of the Loan Documents.

         (e) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by an
assigning Lender and an Assignee together with payment to the Administrative
Agent of a registration and processing fee of [EURO] 4,000 (only a single 4,000
such fee shall be payable for all such contemporaneous assignments), the
Administrative Agent shall (i) promptly accept such Assignment and Acceptance
and (ii) on the effective date determined pursuant thereto record the
information contained therein in the Register and give notice of such acceptance
and recordation to the Lenders and the Company. On or prior to such effective
date, the assigning Lender shall surrender any outstanding Loan Notes held by it
all or a portion of which are being assigned, and the Company, at its own
expense, shall, upon a request to the Administrative Agent by the assigning
Lender or the Assignee, as applicable, execute and deliver to the Administrative
Agent (in exchange for outstanding Loan Notes of the assigning Lender, if any) a
new Loan Note to the order of such Assignee in an amount equal to the amount of
such Assignee's Loans after giving effect to such Assignment and Acceptance and,
if the assigning Lender has retained a Loan hereunder, a new Loan Note, to the
order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to the amount of such Lender's
Loans after giving effect to such Assignment and Acceptance. Any such new Loan
Notes shall be dated the Closing Date and shall otherwise be in the form of the
Loan Note replaced thereby. Any Loan Notes surrendered by the assigning Lender
shall be returned by the Administrative Agent to the Company marked "cancelled."

         (f) To the extent requested by any Lender, the Company shall execute
and deliver to such Lender an Initial Note dated the Closing Date substantially
in the form of Exhibit E-1 hereto to evidence the portion of the Initial Loan
made by such Lender and with appropriate insertions ("Original Initial Notes").
On each Interest Payment Date, to the extent requested by any Lender, the
Company shall execute and deliver to such Lender on such Interest Payment Date a
note dated such Interest Payment Date substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1
hereto in a principal amount equal to such Lender's pro rata portion of such PIK
Interest Amount and with other appropriate insertions (each a "Subsequent
Initial Note" and, together with the Original Initial Notes, the "Initial
Notes"). A Subsequent Initial Note shall bear interest from the date of its
issuance at the same rate borne by all Initial Notes at the date of issuance and
from time to time thereafter.

         (g) Unless converted to an Exchange Note and, to the extent requested
by any Lender, the Company shall execute and deliver to such Lender a Term Note
dated the Initial Maturity Date substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 hereto
to evidence the Term Loan made on such date, in the principal amount of the
Initial Notes held by such Lender on such date and with other appropriate
insertions (collectively, the "Original Term Notes"). On or after the Initial
Maturity Date, on each Interest Payment Date, to the extent requested by any
Lender, the Company shall execute and deliver to such Lender on such Interest
Payment Date a Term Note dated such Interest Payment Date substantially in the
form of Exhibit E-2 hereto in a principal amount equal to such Lender's pro rata
portion of such PIK Interest Amount and with other appropriate insertions (each
a "Subsequent Term Note" and, together with the Original Term Notes, the "Term
Notes"). A Subsequent Term Note shall bear interest from the date of its
issuance at the same rate borne by all Term Notes at the date of issuance and
from time to time thereafter.

<PAGE>   96

                                                                              89

         (h) The Company authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Loan
Participant or Assignee (each, a "Transferee") and any prospective Transferee
any and all financial information in such Lender's possession concerning the
Company and its Affiliates which has been delivered to such Lender by or on
behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement or which has been delivered to
such Lender by or on behalf of the Company in connection with such Lender's
credit evaluation of the Company and its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to
this Agreement.

         (i) For avoidance of doubt, the parties to this Agreement acknowledge
that the provisions of this Section concerning assignments of Loans and Notes
relate only to absolute assignments and that such provisions do not prohibit
assignments creating security interests, including, without limitation, any
pledge or assignment by a Lender of any Loan or Note to any Federal Reserve Bank
in accordance with applicable law, provided that no such assignment, whether to
a Federal Reserve Bank or other entity, shall release a Lender from any of its
obligations hereunder or substitute any such Federal Reserve Bank or other
entity for such Lender as a party hereto or permit an absolute assignment to
occur other than in accordance with such provisions of this Section.

         9.7 Adjustments; Set-off.

         (a) If any Lender (a "Benefitted Lender") shall at any time receive any
payment of all or part of its Loans or interest thereon, or receive any
collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off,
pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 7(e), or
otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral
received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender's Loans or
interest thereon, such Benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash from the other
Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lender's
Loan, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such
collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such
Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or
proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any
portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such
Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and
benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

         (b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by
law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Company, any
such notice being expressly waived by the Company to the extent permitted by
applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Company
hereunder (allowing for any applicable grace periods) to set-off and appropriate
and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or
demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits,
indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or
indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or
owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the
account of the Company. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Company and
the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such
Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the
validity of such set-off and application.

         9.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the
parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by
facsimile transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be
deemed to constitute one and

<PAGE>   97

                                                                              90

the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the
parties shall be lodged with the Company and the Administrative Agent.

         9.9 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited
or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without, to
the extent permitted by law, invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and
any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not, to the
extent permitted by law, invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in
any other jurisdiction.

         9.10 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent
the agreement of the Company, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with
respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings,
representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative
to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in
the other Loan Documents.

         9.11 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF
THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE
CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

         9.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers. The Company hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally:

         (a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or
proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it
is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect
thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of
New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District
of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

         (b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such
courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue
of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or
proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court or forum and agrees not to plead
or claim the same;

         (c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may
be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any
substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Company, at the
address specified in Section 9.2 or at such other address of which the
Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

         (d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service
of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue
in any other jurisdiction; and

         (e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it
may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in
this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

<PAGE>   98

                                                                              91

         9.13 Judgment Currency. The obligation of the Company hereunder to make
payments in euro shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender or recovery
pursuant to any judgment expressed in or converted into any currency other than
euro, as the case may be, except to the extent to which such tender or recovery
shall result in the effective receipt by the Lenders of the full amount of euro
expressed to be payable hereunder, and the Company shall indemnify the Lenders
(as an alternative or additional cause of action) for the amount (if any) by
which such effective receipt shall fall short of the full amount of euro, as the
case may be, expressed to be payable hereunder and such obligation to indemnify
shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due
hereunder.

         9.14 Appointment of Agent for Service of Process. The Company
irrevocably appoints CT Corporation, at 1633 Broadway, New York, New York 10019,
as its authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be
served in any legal action or proceeding, and agrees that service of process
upon such agent, and written notice of said service to the Company by the person
serving the same to the address provided in Section 9.2, shall be deemed in
every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or
proceeding. The Company further agrees to take any and all action as may be
necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full
force and effect until the Final Maturity Date.

         9.15 Acknowledgements. The Company hereby acknowledges that:

         (a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and
delivery of the Loan Documents;

         (b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary
relationship with or duty to the Company arising out of or in connection with
the Loan Documents, and the relationship between Administrative Agent and
Lenders, on one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, in connection herewith
or therewith is solely that of creditor and debtor; and

         (c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents
or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the
Lenders or among the Company and the Lenders.

         9.16 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL. THE COMPANY, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND
THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT
AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

         9.17 Confidentiality. Each Lender shall hold all non-public information
obtained pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement which has been
identified as confidential by the Company in accordance with such Lender's
customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature, it
being understood and agreed by the Company that in any event a Lender may make
disclosures reasonably required by any bona fide assignee, transferee or
participant in connection with the contemplated assignment or transfer by such
Lender of any Loans or any participation therein or as required or requested by
any governmental agency or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process
or by the National Association of Insurance

<PAGE>   99

                                                                              92

Commissioners or in connection with the exercise of any remedy under the Loan
Documents; provided that, unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or
court order, each Lender shall notify the Company of any request by any
governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in
connection with any examination of the financial condition of such Lender by
such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information
prior to disclosure of such information; and provided, further that in no event
shall any Lender be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

                  [REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

<PAGE>   100

                                                                              93

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of
the day and year first above written.

                                        PRIMACOM AG

                                        By: /s/ Paul Thomason
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title: Chief Financial Officer

                                        By: /s/ Ernst Uhlig
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title: Procurist

                                        CHASE MANHATTAN INTERNATIONAL
                                        LIMITED, as Administrative Agent

                                        By: /s/ Eric Capp
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title: Vice President

                                        THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                                        as a Lender

                                        By: /s/ John Malet De Carteret
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Title: Vice President

<PAGE>   101

                                                                 SCHEDULE 1.1 TO
                                                          SENIOR WORKING CAPITAL
                                                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                   COMMITMENTS

LENDERS                                                               COMMITMENT
-------                                                              -----------

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK                                           E 375,000,000

<PAGE>   102

                                                                 SCHEDULE 1.2 TO
                                                          SENIOR WORKING CAPITAL
                                                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                        EXISTING MULTIKABEL INDEBTEDNESS

<PAGE>   103

                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                              TO
                                                                  SENIOR WORKING
                                                               CAPITAL AGREEMENT

================================================================================

                                    Indenture

                                     Between

                                   PRIMACOM AG

                                       and

                                   [        ]

                                   as Trustee

                               dated as of [    ],

                        --------------------------------

================================================================================

<PAGE>   104

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE

ARTICLE I Definitions and Incorporation by Reference...........................1
     SECTION 1.1.   Definitions................................................1
     SECTION 1.2.   Other Definitions..........................................7
     SECTION 1.3.   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act..........7
     SECTION 1.4.   Rules of Construction......................................7

ARTICLE II The Notes...........................................................8
     SECTION 2.1.   Principal Amount and Maturity..............................8
     SECTION 2.2.   Interest Rates.............................................8
     SECTION 2.3.   Transferability; Notice of Intent to Transfer..............9
     SECTION 2.4.   Procedure for Exchange.....................................9
     SECTION 2.5.   Form and Dating............................................9
     SECTION 2.6.   Execution and Authentication..............................11
     SECTION 2.7.   Registrar and Paying Agent................................11
     SECTION 2.8.   Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.......................12
     SECTION 2.9.   Noteholder Lists..........................................12
     SECTION 2.10.  Transfer and Exchange.....................................12
     SECTION 2.11.  Replacement Notes.........................................19
     SECTION 2.12.  Outstanding Notes.........................................19
     SECTION 2.13.  Temporary Notes...........................................19
     SECTION 2.14.  Cancellation..............................................19
     SECTION 2.15.  CUSIP Numbers.............................................20

ARTICLE III Redemption........................................................20
     SECTION 3.1.   Redemption................................................20
     SECTION 3.2.   Notices to Trustee........................................22
     SECTION 3.3.   Selection of Term Loans and Notes To Be Redeemed;
                    Procedure for Optional Redemption.........................23
     SECTION 3.4.   Effect of Notice of Redemption............................23
     SECTION 3.5.   Deposit of Redemption Price...............................23
     SECTION 3.6.   Notes Redeemed in Part....................................23

ARTICLE IV Affirmative Covenants..............................................23
     SECTION 4.1.   Payment of Notes..........................................23
     SECTION 4.2.   SEC Reports...............................................24
     SECTION 4.3.   Payment of Obligations....................................24
     SECTION 4.4.   Compliance Certificate....................................24
     SECTION 4.5.   Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence..........24
     SECTION 4.6.   Maintenance of Property; Insurance........................24
     SECTION 4.7.   Notices...................................................24
     SECTION 4.8.   Compliance with Laws......................................25
     SECTION 4.9.   Further Assurances........................................25
     SECTION 4.10.  Payment of Additional Amounts.............................25
     SECTION 4.11.  Financial Statements......................................26

ARTICLE V Negative Covenants..................................................26
     SECTION 5.1.   Limitation on Indebtedness................................26

                                      -i-

<PAGE>   105

     SECTION 5.2.   Limitation on Restricted Payments.........................26
     SECTION 5.3.   Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from
                    Restricted Subsidiaries...................................26
     SECTION 5.4.   Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock........26
     SECTION 5.5.   Limitation on Liens.......................................26
     SECTION 5.6.   Limitation on Affiliate Transactions......................26
     SECTION 5.7.   Change of Control.........................................27
     SECTION 5.8.   Limitation on Lines of Business...........................27
     SECTION 5.9.   Limitation on Amendment, Waiver and Termination
                    of Relevant Contracts.....................................27
     SECTION 5.10.  Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by
                    Restricted Subsidiaries...................................27

ARTICLE VI Successor Company..................................................27
     SECTION 6.1.   Merger, Consolidation, Etc................................27

ARTICLE VII Defaults and Remedies.............................................27
     SECTION 7.1.   Events of Default.........................................27
     SECTION 7.2.   Acceleration..............................................29
     SECTION 7.3.   Other Remedies............................................29
     SECTION 7.4.   Waiver of Past Defaults...................................29
     SECTION 7.5.   Control by Majority.......................................29
     SECTION 7.6.   Limitation on Suits.......................................30
     SECTION 7.7.   Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment..................30
     SECTION 7.8.   Collection Suit by Trustee................................30
     SECTION 7.9.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim..........................30
     SECTION 7.10.  Priorities................................................30
     SECTION 7.11.  Undertaking for Costs.....................................31
     SECTION 7.12.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws..........................31

ARTICLE VIII Trustee..........................................................31
     SECTION 8.1.   Duties of Trustee.........................................31
     SECTION 8.2.   Rights of Trustee.........................................32
     SECTION 8.3.   Individual Rights of Trustee..............................33
     SECTION 8.4.   Trustee's Disclaimer......................................33
     SECTION 8.5.   Notice of Defaults........................................33
     SECTION 8.6.   Reports by Trustee to Noteholders.........................34
     SECTION 8.7.   Compensation and Indemnity................................34
     SECTION 8.8.   Replacement of Trustee....................................35
     SECTION 8.9.   Successor Trustee by Merger...............................35
     SECTION 8.10.  Eligibility; Disqualification.............................36
     SECTION 8.11.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.........36

ARTICLE IX Discharge of Indenture: Defeasance.................................36
     SECTION 9.1.   Discharge of Liability On Notes; Defeasance...............36
     SECTION 9.2.   Conditions to Defeasance..................................37
     SECTION 9.3.   Application of Trust Money................................38
     SECTION 9.4.   Repayment to Company......................................38
     SECTION 9.5.   Indemnity for Government Obligations......................38
     SECTION 9.6.   Reinstatement.............................................38

                                      -ii-

<PAGE>   106

ARTICLE X Amendments..........................................................39
     SECTION 10.1.  Without Consent of Noteholders............................39
     SECTION 10.2.  With Consent of Noteholders...............................39
     SECTION 10.3.  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.......................40
     SECTION 10.4.  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.............40
     SECTION 10.5.  Notation on or Exchange of Notes..........................40
     SECTION 10.6.  Trustee To Sign Amendments................................41

ARTICLE XI Miscellaneous......................................................41
     SECTION 11.1.  Trust Indenture Act Controls..............................41
     SECTION 11.2.  Notices...................................................41
     SECTION 11.3.  Communication by Noteholders with Other Noteholders.......42
     SECTION 11.4.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent........42
     SECTION 11.5.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.............42
     SECTION 11.6.  When Notes Disregarded....................................43
     SECTION 11.7.  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar..............43
     SECTION 11.8.  Business Days.............................................43
     SECTION 11.9.  Governing Law.............................................43
     SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others................................43
     SECTION 11.11. Successors................................................43
     SECTION 11.12. Multiple Originals........................................43
     SECTION 11.13. Table of Contents; Headings...............................43

                                     -iii-

<PAGE>   107

                                                                               1

         INDENTURE dated as of [             ], between PRIMACOM AG, a company
organized under the laws of Germany (the "Company"), and [            ]
(the "Trustee").

         Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for
the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Company's Senior Notes due
(the "Exchange Notes") and, when and if issued as provided in Section 2 of the
Registration Rights set forth in Exhibit E hereto, the Company's Senior Notes
Series A due 200_ (the "Substitute Exchange Notes", and together with the
Exchange Notes and any Subsequent Exchange Notes, the "Notes").

                                   ARTICLE I
                   Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

         SECTION 1.1. Definitions. With respect to terms set forth below which
are not defined below the corresponding definition in the Working Capital
Agreement will be inserted except that references therein to "Loans" will be
changed to "Notes" and references therein to "this Agreement" will be changed to
"this Indenture" or "the Working Capital Agreement," as appropriate, and Section
cross references therein will be revised to reflect the Sections herein.

         "Additional Amounts" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
Section 4.10.

         "Additional Assets"

         "Adjusted Margin"

         "Adjusted Rate"

         "Affiliate"

         "Affiliate Transaction" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
Section 5.5.

         "Agent" shall mean the Administrative Agent as defined in the Working
Capital Agreement.

         "Asset Disposition"

         "Average Life"

         "Bank Indebtedness"

         "Board of Governors"

         "Business Day"

         "Cable Business"

         "Capital Stock"

<PAGE>   108

                                                                               2

         "Cash Cap"

         "Cash Equivalents"

         "Change in Tax Law" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in 3.1(f).

         "Change of Control"

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.

         "Commonly Controlled Entity"

         "Company" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of
any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on
the indenture securities.

         "Consolidated Coverage Ratio"

         "Consolidated Interest Expense"

         "Consolidated Net Income"

         "Contractual Obligation"

         "Credit Documents" means the collective reference to this Indenture,
the Working Capital Agreement and the Notes.

         "Currency Agreement"

         "Default" means any event or condition which is, or after notice or
passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

         "Definitive Notes" means Notes the faces of which are in the form of
Exhibit A or Exhibit C attached hereto that do not include the information
called for by footnote 1 thereof.

         "Depository" means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in
whole or in part in global form, the person specified in Section 2.7 as the
Depository with respect to the Notes, until a successor shall have been
appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture, and thereafter, "Depository" shall mean or include such successor.

         "Designated Senior Indebtedness"

         "Disqualified Stock"

         "euros" and "#eu#" means the currency unit of the euro as defined in
the EMU Legislation.

         "EBITDA"

<PAGE>   109

                                                                               3

         "EMU Legislation"

         "Environmental Laws"

         "Equity Offering" means an offering for cash by the Company of its
common stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect to its common stock.

         "Event of Default" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
7.1, provided that all requirements for the giving of notice, the lapse of time,
or both, and any other conditions, have been satisfied.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         "Exchange Date" means as to each Note, the date upon which that Note
was exchanged for Term Loans.

         "Exchange Note" means Exchange Note as defined in the Recitals hereto.

         "Exchange Request" means a request by a Lender to exchange Term Loans
for a like principal amount of Notes as provided for in Section 2.4.

         "Final Maturity Date" means the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date.

         "Finance Leases"

         "Fixed Rate Note" means a Note bearing a fixed rate of interest as
provided under Section 2.2(b) hereof.

         "GAAP"

         "Global Note" means a Note the face of which is in the form of Exhibit
A or Exhibit C hereto that includes the information called for by footnote 1
thereof.

         "Governmental Authority"

         "Guarantee"

         "Hedging Obligations"

         "Holder" or "Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Note is
registered.

         "Increasing Rate Note" means a Note bearing an increasing rate of
interest as provided under Section 2.2(a) hereof.

         "Incur"

         "Indebtedness"

         "Indenture" means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time
to time.

         "Index Rate"

<PAGE>   110

                                                                               4

         "Initial Loan"

         "Initial Maturity Date" means September 18, 2001.

         "Insolvency"

         "Interest Payment Date" means each March 31, June 30, September 30 and
December 31 to occur after the Loans are made and the Final Maturity Date.

         "Interest Rate Agreement"

         "Investment"

         "Lenders"

         "Loans"

         "Management Board"

         "Material Adverse Effect"

         "Materials of Environmental Concern"

         "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

         "Net Available Cash"

         "Net Cash Proceeds"

         "Noteholder" means a Holder.

         "Notes" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the second paragraph
of this Indenture.

         "Notes Custodian" means the custodian with respect to the Global Note
(as appointed by the Depository), or any successor entity thereto, and shall
initially be the Trustee.

         "Obligations"

         "Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice
President, the Treasurer, the Secretary or the Controller of the Company or the
equivalent thereof.

         "Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed by an Officer.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or
counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

         "Paying Agent" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.7.

         "Permitted Holders"

<PAGE>   111

                                                                               5

         "Permitted Investment"

         "Permitted Liens"
         "Person"

         "PIK Interest Amount" means the aggregate amount equal to the amount of
interest borne by the Notes in excess of the Cash Cap.

         "Preferred Stock"

         "Principal" of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium,
if any, payable on the Note that is due or overdue or is to become due at the
relevant time.

         "Refinancing Indebtedness"

         "Registered Exchange Offer" shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit
E hereto.

         "Registrar" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.7.

         "Relevant Tax Jurisdiction" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
Section 4.10.

         "Requirement of Law"

         "Responsible Officer"

         "Restricted Payment"

         "Restricted Notes Legend" means the legend set forth in Section 2.10(g)
hereof.

         "Restricted Subsidiary"

         "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental
Authority which succeeds to the powers and functions thereof.

         "Securities"

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Senior Bank Credit Agreement"

         "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, a division of The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

         "Stated Maturity"

         "Subordinated Obligation"

<PAGE>   112

                                                                               6

         "Subsequent Exchange Notes" shall mean Exchange Notes issued by the
Company for the payment of PIK Interest Amounts under the terms of Section
2.2(a)(ii) hereof.

         "Subsequent Substitute Exchange Notes" shall mean Substitute Exchange
Notes issued by the Company for the payment of PIK Interest Amounts under the
terms of Section 2.2(a)(ii) hereof.

         "Subsidiary"

         "Subsidiary Guarantee"

         "Successor Company" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
Section 6.1(a).

         "Supervisory Board"

         "Take-Out Debt"

         "Term Loan"

         "Term Loanholder" means any registered holder of a Term Loan or Term
Loans under the terms of the Working Capital Agreement.

         "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15
U.S.C.ss.ss.77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

         "Transaction Documents"

         "Transactions"

         "Transfer Restricted Notes" means Notes that bear or are required to
bear the legend set forth in Section 2.10(g) hereof.

         "Transfer Date" means, for any transfer or sale of Notes, the date upon
which that transfer or sale is completed.

         "Trustee" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

         "Trust Officer" means any officer or assistant officer of the Trustee
assigned to and working in the corporate trust department of the Trustee, and
also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter
is referred because of such officer's knowledge and familiarity with the
particular subject.

         "Unrestricted Subsidiary"

         "Voting Stock"

         "Warrant Agreement"

         "Wholly Owned Subsidiary"

<PAGE>   113

                                                                               7

         "Working Capital Agreement" means the Senior Working Capital Agreement,
dated as of September 18, 2000, among the Company, the several banks and other
financial institutions from time to time parties thereto and Chase Manhattan
International Limited, as Administrative Agent thereunder, as the same may be
amended, waived or otherwise modified.

         SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions.

Term                                                          Defined in Section
----                                                          ------------------

"Accepting Noteholder" .....................................        3.1

"covenant defeasance option"................................        9.1(b)

"Custodian".................................................        7.1

"legal defeasance option"...................................        9.1(b)

"Payor".....................................................        3.1

"Redeemed Holder" ..........................................        3.1

         SECTION 1.3 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This
Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are
incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following
TIA terms have the following meanings:

         "Commission" means the SEC.

         "indenture securities" means the Notes.

         "indenture security holder" means a Noteholder.

         "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

         "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

         "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company and any other
obligor on the indenture securities.

         All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the
meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

         SECGTION 1.4 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise
requires:

                  (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                  (2) as used herein, accounting terms relating to the Company
         and its Subsidiaries not defined in subsection 1.1 and accounting terms
         partly defined in subsection 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have
         the respective meanings given

<PAGE>   114

                                                                               8

         to them under GAAP;

                  (3) "or" is not exclusive;

                  (4) "including" means including without limitation;

                  (5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the
         plural include the singular; and

                  (6) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be
         subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its
         nature as unsecured Indebtedness.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                    The Notes

         SECTION 2.1. Principal Amount and Maturity. (a) The principal amount of
the Notes received by each Noteholder will equal 100.0% of the aggregate
principal amount (including any accrued interest not required to be paid in
cash) of the Initial Loans or Term Loans for which they are exchanged pursuant
to Section 2.4 hereof. If a Default (but not an Event of Default) shall have
occurred and be continuing on the date of such exchange, any notices given or
cure periods commenced while the Initial Loans or Term Loans were outstanding
shall be deemed given or commenced (as of the actual dates thereof) for all
purposes with respect to the Exchange Note (with the same effect as if the
Exchange Note had been outstanding as of the actual dates thereof).

         (a) All Notes will mature on the Final Maturity Date.

         SECTION 2.2. Interest Rates. (a) (i) Except as provided in Section
2.2(b) below, Notes shall bear interest for the period from and including the
Exchange Date for such Note to, but excluding, the Final Maturity Date, at a
rate per annum equal to the Adjusted Rate plus the Adjusted Margin.

                  (i) Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (i), the interest
         rate borne by the Notes shall not exceed the Cash Cap plus 2% per
         annum. The Company may elect to pay interest exceeding the Cash Cap (or
         any portion thereof) by paying the appropriate PIK Interest Amount
         through the issuance of Subsequent Exchange Notes in an aggregate
         principal amount equal to all or a portion of such PIK Interest Amount
         to be paid. Subsequent Exchange Notes shall be in a form substantially
         similar to Exhibits A and B hereto (if issued for payment of interest
         on Increasing Rate Notes) or Exhibits C and D hereto (if issued for
         payment of interest on Fixed Rate Notes). Subsequent Substitute
         Exchange Notes shall be in the same form as the corresponding
         Subsequent Exchange Notes, but without the legend found in Section
         2.10(g) (collectively, the Subsequent Exchange Notes and Subsequent
         Substitute Exchange Notes are referred to herein as "Subsequent
         Notes").

         (b) In the event that a Noteholder transfers or sells a Note or Notes
to a third party pursuant to the terms of Section 2.3, the Noteholder so selling
shall have the

<PAGE>   115

                                                                               9

option at the Transfer Date to require that the Note or Notes sold thenceforth
bear interest at a rate equal to a fixed rate per annum equal to the greater of
(i) the rate being paid on that Note or Notes on the Transfer Date or (ii) upon
the representation of a transferring Noteholder that a higher rate ( the
"Transfer Rate") is necessary in order to permit such transferring Noteholder to
transfer such Note or Notes to a third party and receive consideration equal to
the principal amount thereof plus all accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
such transfer, the Transfer Rate; provided, however, that such Transfer Rate
shall not exceed the Cash Cap plus 2%. If the Noteholder elects such option, the
fixed rate shall be noted on the form of the Note and notice thereof shall be
given to the Company and the Trustee by the Noteholder who sold the Note.

         (c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any of the Notes
or (ii) any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (whether at the
stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, but taking into account any
applicable grace period under Section 7.1(1)) such overdue amount shall, without
limiting the rights of the Noteholders under Article 7, bear interest at a rate
per annum that is 2% above the Adjusted Rate plus the Adjusted Margin from the
date of such nonpayment until the amount not so paid is paid in full (as well
after as before judgment).

         (d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date.
Payments made on the first Interest Payment Date after the Exchange Date with
respect to any Note shall include any interest accrued but not paid on the Loan
exchanged for such Note.

         SECTION 2.3. Transferability; Notice of Intent to Transfer. (a) Each
Noteholder shall have an unconditional and absolute right to sell its Notes
subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture; but

         (a) Notwithstanding Section 11.2, the Company must receive notice from
each Noteholder intending to sell or transfer a Note or Notes and to fix the
interest rate thereon at least five Business Days' prior to the date of such
intended sale. Such notice shall specify the intended dates of sale and the
interest rate to be effective thereafter.

         SECTION 2.4. Procedure for Exchange. (a) On the fifth Business Day
following a written request (an "Exchange Request"), made pursuant to the terms
of clause (b) below, of a Lender to exchange some or all of that Lender's Loans,
the Company shall exchange such Loans for Notes registered in the name of such
Lender or the name(s) designated in writing by such Lender in the same principal
amount as the Loans (or portion thereof) being exchanged.

         (a) The Exchange Request shall specify the principal amount of the
Loans to be exchanged pursuant to this Section 2.4, which if less than all of a
holder's Loans shall be at least #eu#1,000,000 and integral multiples of
#eu#100,000 in excess thereof.

         SECTION 2.5. Form and Dating. The face of the Increasing Rate Notes and
the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form
of Exhibit A (unless the interest rate borne by the Note has been fixed pursuant
to Section 2.2(b) hereof, in which case the face of the Note shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto). The reverse of the Notes shall
be substantially in the form of Exhibit B (unless the interest rate borne by the
Substitute Note has been fixed pursuant to Section 2.2(b) hereof, in which case
the reverse of the Note shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit

<PAGE>   116

                                                                              10

D hereto). The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by
law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or
usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form
acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its
authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibits A, B, C and D are
hereby expressly incorporated in and made a part of this Indenture. Substitute
Exchange Notes shall be in the form of Exhibits A and B, or C and D, as
applicable, but shall not bear the legend found in Section 2.10(g).

         (a) Global Notes. Exchange Notes which are issued to Noteholders who
are "qualified institutional buyers" (as defined in Rule 144A under the
Securities Act) ("QIBs") in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act
(Rule 144A), shall be issued initially in the form of a single, permanent Global
Note in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons with the
legend set forth in footnote 1 to Exhibit A hereto (or footnote 1 to Exhibit C
hereto, as the case may be) (the "Restricted Global Note"), which shall be
deposited on behalf of the Noteholder of the Exchange Notes represented thereby
with the Trustee, as Notes Custodian for the Depository, and registered in the
name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the
Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate
principal amount of the Restricted Global Note may from time to time be
increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as
Notes Custodian, and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided.

         (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.5(b) shall apply only to
Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.

         The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with
this Section 2.5(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes
that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note
or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository and (ii) shall be held by the
Trustee as custodian for the Depository. After the issuance of Substitute
Exchange Notes under a Registered Exchange Offer, the Trustee shall have no duty
to hold any Global Note as custodian for the Depository or any other Note
registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository.

         Members of, or participants in, the Depository ("Agent Members") shall
have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on
their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the
Depository or under such Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the
Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute
owner and Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the
Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any
written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository
or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of
customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a
holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

         (c) Certificated Notes. Except as otherwise provided herein, owners of
beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical
delivery of certificated Notes. Noteholders of Exchange Notes who are not QIBs
(referred to herein as the "Non-Global Holders") will receive certificated
Exchange Notes ("Restricted Certificated Notes") bearing the Restricted Notes
Legend (as such term is defined in

<PAGE>   117

                                                                              11

Section 2.10(g)); provided, however, that upon transfer of such Restricted
Certificated Notes to a QIB or in accordance with Regulation S, such Restricted
Certificated Notes will, unless the relevant Global Note has previously been
exchanged, be exchanged for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to the
provisions of Section 2.10 hereof. Certificated Notes will include the
Restricted Notes Legend set forth above unless removed in accordance with this
Section 2.5(c) or Section 2.10(g) hereof.

         After a transfer of any Exchange Notes during the period of the
effectiveness of, and pursuant to, a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in
Exhibit E hereto) with respect to the Exchange Notes, all requirements
pertaining to legends on such Exchange Notes will cease to apply, the
requirements requiring that any such Exchange Notes issued to certain
Noteholders be issued in global form will cease to apply, and certificated
Exchange Notes without legends will be made available to such Noteholders. Upon
the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Substitute
Exchange Notes pursuant to which Noteholders are offered Substitute Exchange
Notes in exchange for their Exchange Notes, all requirements pertaining to such
Exchange Notes that Exchange Notes issued to certain Noteholders be issued in
global form will cease to apply and certificated Exchange Notes with the
Restricted Notes Legend set forth above will be available to Noteholders that do
not exchange their Exchange Notes, and Substitute Exchange Notes in certificated
form will be available to Noteholders that exchange such Exchange Notes in such
Registered Exchange Offer.

         SECTION 2.6. Execution and Authentication. Two Officers shall sign the
Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. The Company's seal shall
be impressed, affixed, imprinted or reproduced on the Notes and may be in
facsimile form.

         If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office
at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid
nevertheless.

         A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee
manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature
shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this
Indenture.

         Notes will be authenticated and delivered from time to time on the
Exchange Dates upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by
an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the
Company. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated,
the date on which the issue of Notes is to be authenticated, and whether the
Notes are to be Exchange Notes or Substitute Exchange Notes.

         The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable
to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such
appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee
may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee
includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same
rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and
demands.

         SECTION 2.7. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an
office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or
for exchange (the "Registrar") and an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for payment (the "Paying Agent"). The Registrar shall keep a register
of the Notes and of

<PAGE>   118

                                                                              12

their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and
one or more additional paying agents. The term "Paying Agent" includes any
additional paying agent.

         The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any
Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to this Indenture, which
shall incorporate the terms of the TIA to the extent applicable. The agreement
shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The
Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If
the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act
as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to
Section 8.7. The Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as
Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent.

         The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying
Agent in connection with the Notes.

         The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as
Depository with respect to the Global Notes.

         SECTION 2.8.Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. On or prior to each
due date of the principal and interest on any Note, the Company shall deposit
with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when
so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the
Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the
benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the
payment of principal of or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of
any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a
Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as
Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account
for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section,
the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the
Trustee.

         SECTION 2.9. Noteholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current
a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the
names and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the
Company shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days
before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may
request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may
reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders.

         SECTION 2.10. Transfer and Exchange. (a) Transfer and Exchange of
Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar or a
co-registrar with a request:

                  (x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or

                  (y) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal
         amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

the Registrar or co-registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange
as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met;
provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or
exchange:

<PAGE>   119

                                                                              13

                  (i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written
         instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company
         and the Registrar or co-registrar, duly executed by the Noteholder
         thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and

                  (ii) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes that are
         Definitive Notes, are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an
         effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant
         to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following
         additional information and documents, as applicable:

                           (A) if such Transfer Restricted Notes are being
                  delivered to the Registrar by a Noteholder for registration in
                  the name of such Noteholder, without transfer, a certification
                  from such Noteholder to that effect (in substantially the form
                  set forth on the reverse of the Note); or

                           (B) if such Transfer Restricted Notes are being
                  transferred to the Company or to a "qualified institutional
                  buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in
                  accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a
                  certification to that effect (in substantially the form set
                  forth on the reverse of the Note); or

                           (C) if such Transfer Restricted Notes are being
                  transferred (w) pursuant to an exemption from registration in
                  accordance with Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities
                  Act; or (x) to an institutional "accredited investor" within
                  the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
                  Securities Act that is acquiring the security for its own
                  account, or for the account of such an institutional
                  accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal
                  amount of the Notes of #eu#250,000 for investment purposes and
                  not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with,
                  any distribution in violation of the Securities Act; or (y) in
                  reliance on another exemption from the registration
                  requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a certification to
                  that effect (in substantially the form set forth on the
                  reverse of the Note), (ii) if the Company or Registrar so
                  requests, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the
                  Company and to the Registrar to the effect that such transfer
                  is in compliance with the Securities Act and (iii) in the case
                  of clause (x), a signed letter substantially in the form of
                  Exhibit F hereto.

         (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial
Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a
beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the
requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note,
duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form
satisfactory to the Trustee, together with:

                  (i) if such Definitive Note is a Transfer Restricted Note,
         certification, substantially in the form set forth on the reverse of
         the Note, that such Definitive Note is being transferred to a
         "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the
         Securities Act) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act;
         and

<PAGE>   120

                                                                              14

                  (ii) whether or not such Definitive Note is a Transfer
         Restricted Note, written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or
         to direct the Notes Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and
         records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the
         aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note,

then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the
Notes Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and
procedures existing between the Depository and the Notes Custodian, the
aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be
increased accordingly. If no Global Notes are then outstanding, the Company
shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the
Company in the form of an Officers' Certificate, a new Global Note in the
appropriate principal amount.

         (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of
Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the
Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions
on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository
therefor.

         (d) Transfer of a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note for a Definitive
Note.

                  (i) Any person having a beneficial interest in a Global Note
         that is being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective
         registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to clause
         (A), (B) or (C) below may upon request, and if accompanied by the
         information specified below, exchange such beneficial interest for a
         Definitive Note of the same aggregate principal amount. Upon receipt by
         the Trustee of written instructions or such other form of instructions
         as is customary for the Depository from the Depository or its nominee
         on behalf of any Person having a beneficial interest in a Global Note
         and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written order or such other form
         of instructions as is customary for the Depository or the Person
         designated by the Depository as having such a beneficial interest in a
         Transfer Restricted Note only, the following additional information and
         documents (all of which may be submitted by facsimile):

                           (A) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
                  to the Person designated by the Depository as being the owner
                  of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, a certification
                  from such Person to that effect (in substantially the form set
                  forth on the reverse of the Note); or

                           (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
                  to a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A
                  under the Securities Act) in accordance with Rule 144A under
                  the Securities Act, a certification to that effect (in
                  substantially the form set forth on the reverse of the Note);
                  or

                           (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
                  (w) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance
                  with Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act; or (x)
                  to an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning
                  of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act
                  that is acquiring the security for its own account, or for the
                  account of such an institutional accredited investor, in each
                  case in a minimum principal amount of the Notes of euro
                  250,000 for investment

<PAGE>   121

                                                                              15

                  purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in
                  connection with, any distribution in violation of the Notes;
                  or (y) in reliance on another exemption from the registration
                  requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a certification to
                  that effect from the transferee or transferor (in
                  substantially the form set forth on the reverse of the Note),
                  (ii) if the Company or Registrar so requests, an Opinion of
                  Counsel from the transferee or transferor reasonably
                  acceptable to the Company and to the Registrar to the effect
                  that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act,
                  and (iii) in the case of clause (x), a signed letter
                  substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto,

then the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, will
cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing
between the Depository and the Notes Custodian, the aggregate principal amount
of the Global Note to be reduced on its books and records and, following such
reduction, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and
deliver to the transferee a Definitive Note.

                  (ii) Definitive Notes issued in exchange for a beneficial
         interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.10(d) shall be
         registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the
         Depository, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect
         participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. The Trustee
         shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the persons in whose names such
         Notes are so registered in accordance with the instructions of the
         Depository.

         (e) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the
provisions set forth in subsection (f) of this Section 2.10), a Global Note may
not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the
Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another
nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a
successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

         (f) Authentication of Definitive Notes in Absence of Depository. If at
any time:

                  (i) the Depository for the Notes notifies the Company that the
         Depository is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for the
         Global Notes and a successor Depository for the Global Notes is not
         appointed by the Company within 90 days after delivery of such notice;
         or

                  (ii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee
         in writing that the Company elects to cause the issuance of Definitive
         Notes under this Indenture,

then the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officers'
Certificate requesting the authentication and delivery of Definitive Notes to
the Persons designated by the Company, will authenticate and deliver Definitive
Notes, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Global
Notes, in exchange for such Global Notes.

         (g) Legend.

<PAGE>   122

                                                                              16

                  (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraph (ii), each
         Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes
         (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof)
         shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the
         "Restricted Notes Legend"):

                  THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
                  1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). NO OFFER, SALE,
                  HYPOTHECATION, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE
                  (OTHER THAN TO THE ISSUER THEREOF) MAY BE MADE UNLESS EITHER
                  (A) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
                  SECURITIES ACT OR (B) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE
                  REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF
                  THIS NOTE HAS LIMITED RIGHTS TO REQUIRE THE COMPANY TO
                  REGISTER THIS NOTE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

                  THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO
                  OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE
                  (THE "RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE") WHICH IS TWO YEARS
                  AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST
                  DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS
                  THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) ONLY
                  (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                  THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C)
                  FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO
                  RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY
                  BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN
                  RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN
                  ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
                  TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN
                  RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT
                  OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF
                  REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
                  ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A)(1),
                  (A)(2), (A)(3) OR (A)(7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
                  THAT IS ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE
                  ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR", IN
                  EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF
                  #eu#250,000 FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR
                  FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN
                  VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER
                  AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
                  SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY'S AND THE TRUSTEE'S
                  RIGHT

<PAGE>   123

                                                                              17

                  PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE
                  (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF
                  COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO
                  EACH OF THEM, AND IN THE CASE OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING CLAUSES
                  (A)-(F), A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON
                  THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE
                  TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON
                  THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION
                  TERMINATION DATE."

                  (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note
         (including any Transfer Restricted Note represented by a Global Note)
         pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or an effective
         registration statement under the Securities Act:

                           (A) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Note that
                  is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the
                  Noteholder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note
                  for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Restrictive Notes
                  Legend set forth above and rescind any restriction on the
                  transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note; and

                           (B) any such Transfer Restricted Note represented by
                  a Global Note shall not be subject to the provisions set forth
                  in clause (i) of this Section 2.10(g) (such sales or transfers
                  being subject only to the provisions of Section 2.10(c)
                  hereof); provided, however, that with respect to any request
                  for an exchange of a Transfer Restricted Note that is
                  represented by a Global Note for a Definitive Note that does
                  not bear the Restrictive Notes Legend, which request is made
                  in reliance upon Rule 144, the Noteholder thereof shall
                  certify in writing to the Registrar that such request is being
                  made pursuant to Rule 144 (such certification to be
                  substantially in the form set forth on the reverse of the
                  Note).

         (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all
beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive
Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to
the Depository for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any
time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is
exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal
amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an
adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then
the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by
the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

         (i) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.

                  (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the
         Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive
         Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar's or co-registrar's request.

                  (ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of
         transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum
         sufficient to cover any

<PAGE>   124

                                                                              18

         transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in
         connection therewith.

                  (iii) The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to
         register the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Definitive Note
         selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3,
         except the unredeemed portion of any Definitive Note being redeemed in
         part, or (b) any Note for a period beginning 15 Business Days before
         the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes or 15
         Business Days before an interest payment date (whether or not an
         Interest Payment Date or other date determined for the payment of
         interest), and ending on such mailing date or interest payment date, as
         the case may be.

                  (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of
         transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the
         Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in whose
         name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the
         purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note
         and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is
         overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the
         Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the
         contrary.

                  (v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to
         the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be
         entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes
         surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

         (j) No Obligation of the Trustee.

                  (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to
         any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in
         the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the
         records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or
         member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or
         with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial
         owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice
         (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount,
         under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to
         be given to the Noteholders and all payments to be made to Noteholders
         under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the
         registered Noteholders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in
         the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any
         Global Note in global form shall be exercised only through the
         Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the
         Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in
         relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to
         its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

                  (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor,
         determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer
         imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to
         any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers
         between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners
         in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates
         and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and
         to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this
         Indenture, and to
<PAGE>   125
                                                                              19

examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express
requirements hereof.

         SECTION 2.11. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to
the Registrar or if a Noteholder claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed
or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate
a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform
Commercial Code are met, such that the Noteholder (i) notifies the Company and
the Trustee of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking within a reasonable
time after such Noteholder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful
taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such
notification, (ii) so requests a replacement Note from the Company and the
Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a bona fide purchaser and (iii)
satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Company and the Trustee. If
required by the Trustee or the Company, such Noteholder shall furnish an
indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to
protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any
co-registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.
The Company and the Trustee may charge the Noteholder for their expenses in
replacing a Note. The provisions of this Section shall preclude (to the extent
lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment
of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.

         SECTION 2.12. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all
Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those
delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not
outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

         If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.11, it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to
them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

         If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with
this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay
all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or
portions thereon) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying
Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes
(or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to
accrue.

         SECTION 2.13. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for
delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary
Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes
but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary
Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee
shall authenticate Definitive Notes and deliver them in exchange for temporary
Notes.

         SECTION 2.14. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes
to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall
forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of
transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel and
destroy (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all
Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or
cancellation unless the Company directs the Trustee to

<PAGE>   126
                                                                              20

deliver canceled Notes to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to
replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled
Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

         SECTION 2.15. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use
"CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use
"CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders;
provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made
as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on
the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption
shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

                                  ARTICLE III
                                   Redemption

         SECTION 3.1. Redemption. (a) (i) If the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (A) shall issue the Take-Out Debt or any Indebtedness (other than
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 5.1(b)) or Capital Stock (other than
shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary issued to the Company or any
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company), or (B) if the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries shall be required to apply any Net Available Cash pursuant to
Section 5.4 , an amount equal to 100% of such Net Available Cash or such Net
Cash Proceeds thereof, as the case may be, shall be promptly applied to the
prepayment of the Term Loans and the Notes as provided in (iv) below ; provided,
however, that in the case of clause (a)(i)(B), such Net Available Cash need not
be applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans and the Notes to the extent that
such Net Available Cash are required to be and are applied pursuant to the
Senior Bank Credit Agreement in satisfaction of obligations thereunder.

         (ii) The Company shall give the Trustee (which shall promptly notify
     each Noteholder) and the Agent (which shall promptly notify each Term
     Loanholder) at least three Business Days' prior notice of each prepayment
     in whole or in part pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) setting forth the date
     and amount thereof.

         (iii) Accrued interest on the amount of principal of Notes prepaid
     under this Section 3.1(a) shall be paid on the date of such.

         (iv) As promptly as practicable after the Trustee and the Agent receive
     notice of a prepayment pursuant to (i) above, the Trustee and the Agent
     shall give notice to each Noteholder and each Term Loanholder,
     respectively, of the pro rata amount that would be payable to such holder
     in respect of such holder's Note or Term Loan and the expected date of such
     prepayment. Any Noteholder of noncallable Notes that wishes to accept such
     prepayment (each, an "Accepting Noteholder" and together with the Term
     Loanholders and Noteholders of callable Notes, the "Redeemed Holders")
     shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Agent in writing. The entire
     prepayment shall be made by the Company to the Agent. After the Agent
     receives the prepayment amount, such prepayment amount shall be distributed
     by the Agent, in cooperation with the Trustee, in the following order,

<PAGE>   127

                                                                              21

     with appropriate adjustments being made to account for the receipt by the
     Trustee of any prepayment in respect of the Notes: First, to the payment of
     all amounts described in clauses "First" and "Second" of Section 2.8(b)(i)
     of the Working Capital Agreement; Second, to the payment of interest then
     due and payable on the Term Loans and Notes of Redeemed Holders, ratably
     among the Redeemed Holders in accordance with the aggregate amount of
     interest owed to each; and Third, to the payment of the principal amount of
     the Term Loans and Notes of Redeemed Holders that is then due and payable,
     ratably among such Redeemed Holders in accordance with the aggregate
     principal amount owed to each such Redeemed Holder. Amounts offered to and
     rejected by any Noteholder shall be ratably applied to prepay the Term
     Loans and the Notes held by Redeemed Holders.

         (b) Subject to the terms of subsection (c) below, the Company may
redeem the Notes, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on the
basis provided for in Section 3.3 herein at a redemption price equal to 100% of
their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date;
provided that Term Loans are ratably prepaid or redeemed.

         (c) (i) If any Note is sold by a Noteholder to a third party pursuant
to Section 2.3, and the interest rate paid on that Note thereafter becomes fixed
pursuant to the terms of Section 2.2(b), then such Note shall not be redeemable
by the Company for a period of the longer of (i) four years beginning on the
Transfer Date and (ii) such period as shall equal one-half of the remaining life
of such Note at the Transfer Date;

         (ii) Beginning on the later of (i) the four-year anniversary of the
     Transfer Date and (ii) the period equal to one-half of the remaining life
     of such Note at the Transfer Date, such Note shall be redeemable by the
     Company at a redemption price equal to the sum of (A) 100% of the principal
     of the Note, (B) accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of
     redemption and (C) a premium equal to one-half the coupon in effect on the
     Transfer Date, which premium shall (y) decline ratably on each yearly
     anniversary of the Transfer Date to zero one year prior to the Final
     Maturity Date, and (z) fall to zero immediately upon the date one year
     prior to the Final Maturity Date if the non-redemption period has not ended
     on such date.

         (d) The period of call protection provided for in (c) above shall not
apply in the event that the Company has given notice pursuant to Section 3.2
below to the Trustee before the transfer or sale has been completed, and the
Company duly complies with its redemption obligations thereunder.

         (e) At any time prior to the date that is two years after the Initial
Maturity Date, the Company may redeem an aggregate amount of up to 35% of the
principal amount of the Fixed Rate Notes with the proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings received by or invested in the Company, at a redemption price for each
Fixed Rate Note being redeemed equal to 100% plus the interest rate then in
effect for such Fixed Rate Note, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any to the
redemption date; provided that at the time of such redemption Fixed Rate Notes
having an aggregate principal amount equal to at least 65% of the principal
amount of such Fixed Rate Notes remain outstanding.

<PAGE>   128
                                                                              22

         (f) The Company or a successor thereof (the "Payor") may redeem the
Fixed Rate Notes, in whole, but not in part, at any time or from time to time on
not less than 30 days' nor more than 60 days' prior written notice, at par plus
accrued and unpaid interest plus any applicable premiums to the redemption date,
in the event that as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws,
regulations or rulings of the Relevant Tax Jurisdiction or any change in the
official application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, or
any change in the official application or interpretation of, or any execution of
or amendment to, any treaty or treaties affecting taxation to which such
Relevant Tax Jurisdiction is a party (a "Change in Tax Law") the Payor is or
would be required on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date to pay Additional
Amounts with respect to the Fixed Rate Notes and the payment of such Additional
Amounts cannot be avoided by the use of any reasonable measures available to the
Payor; provided that (i) the Payor simultaneously exercises its right under
3.1(b) to redeem the other Notes in whole and prepays the outstanding Term
Loans, (ii) in the case of the Company, the Change in Tax Law became effective
on or after the date of this Indenture or, in the case of a successor of the
Company, the Change in Tax Law became effective after the date that such entity
first made payment on the Fixed Rate Notes and (iii) the Payor has delivered to
the Trustee at least 30 days before the redemption date an opinion of
independent legal counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the Payor
has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of such
Change in Tax Law.

         SECTION 3.2. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Term
Loans and Notes pursuant to Section 3.1(b) of this Indenture, it shall notify
the Trustee in writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of Term
Loans and Notes to be redeemed.

         The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section to the
Trustee and the Agent at least three Business Days prior to the redemption date
in the case of a redemption of Notes in whole or in part unless the Trustee and
the Agent consent to a shorter period. If fewer than all the Notes are to be
redeemed, a record date relating to such redemption may be selected by the Agent
and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be prior to the date of notice
of such redemption by the Company to the Trustee. Any such notice may be
canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any
Noteholder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

         SECTION 3.3. Selection of Term Loans and Notes To Be Redeemed;
Procedure for Optional Redemption. If the Company chooses to make an optional
redemption of the Term Loans and the Notes under Section 3.1(b), and fewer than
all the Term Loans and Notes are to be redeemed, the redemption payments shall
be made ratably among the Term Loanholders and the Noteholders. Once the Agent
receives notice of the prepayment, the Agent, in cooperation with the Trustee,
shall give notice as quickly as reasonably practicable to each Noteholder and
each Term Loanholder of the pro rata amount that would be payable to such
Noteholder or Term Loanholder in respect of such Term Loanholder or Noteholder's
Note or Term Loan and the expected date of such prepayment. Any holder of
noncallable Notes that wishes to accept such prepayment shall promptly notify
the Agent in writing. After the Agent receives the prepayment amount, such
prepayment amount shall be distributed by the Agent, in cooperation with the
Trustee, subject to Section 2.8(b) of the Working Capital Agreement, in the
following order, with appropriate adjustments being made to account for the
receipt by the Trustee of any prepayment in respect of the Notes: First, to the
payment of all amounts described

<PAGE>   129
                                                                              23

in clauses "First" and "Second" of Section 2.8(b)(i) of the Working Capital
Agreement; Second, to the payment of interest then due and payable on the Term
Loans and Notes of Redeemed Holders, ratably among the Redeemed Holders in
accordance with the aggregate amount of interest owed to each such Redeemed
Holder; and Third, to the payment of the principal amount of the Term Loans and
Notes of Redeemed Holders that is then due and payable, ratably among such
Redeemed Holders in accordance with the aggregate principal amount owed to each
such Redeemed Holder.

         SECTION 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of an offer of
redemption has been mailed by the Agent under Section 3.3, Notes and Term Loans
of Redeemed Holders that are to be redeemed in accordance with such notice and
the terms of this Article 3 shall become due and payable on the redemption date.
Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes and Term Loans shall be paid
under the terms stated in Section 3.3; provided that if the redemption date is
after a record date for the payment of interest and on or prior to the related
interest payment date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Loanholder
or Term Noteholder of the redeemed Notes or Term Loans registered on the
relevant record date.

         SECTION 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m. on the
redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the
Company or a Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust)
money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all
Notes and Term Loans to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of
Notes called for redemption which have been delivered by the Company to the
Trustee for cancellation.

         SECTION 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of Note that is
redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate
for the Noteholder or Term Noteholder (at the Company's expense) a new Note
equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                              Affirmative Covenants

         SECTION 4.1. Payment of Notes. The Company shall promptly pay the
principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided
in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered
paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in
accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and
interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is
not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date pursuant
to the terms of this Indenture.

         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture,
the Company may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or
withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by any Governmental Authority
from principal or interest payments hereunder provided that the provisions of
Section 4.10 shall apply.

         The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate
specified in Article 2 hereof, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments
of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

<PAGE>   130
                                                                              24

         SECTION 4.2. SEC Reports. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be
required to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act, the Company shall file (if then permitted to do so) with the
SEC, and provide (whether or not so filed with the SEC) the Trustee and
Noteholders within 15 days after it files them with the SEC (or within 15 days
of the respective dates on which the Company would have been required to file
them with the SEC, if the Company had been subject to such reporting
requirements and had so filed them), copies of its annual report and the
information, documents and other reports which are specified in Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, following a Public Equity Offering, the
Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the Noteholders, promptly upon their
becoming available, copies of the annual report to shareholders and any other
information provided by the Company to its public shareholders generally. The
Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA ss. 314(a). The
Company will be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth above if
Holdings files and provides reports, documents and information of the types
otherwise so required, in each case within the applicable time periods, and the
company is not required to file such reports, documents and information
separately under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (after giving
effect to any exemptive relief) because of the filings by Holdings.

         SECTION 4.3. Payment of Obligations. The Company and each of its
Restricted Subsidiaries shall pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before
maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its material
obligations of whatever nature, except where the amount, applicability or
validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings diligently conducted and reserves in conformity with GAAP with
respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, as the case may be.

         SECTION 4.4. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the
Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company
subsequent to the date hereof an Officers' Certificate complying with Section
314(a)(4) of the TIA, and to the effect that a review of its activities and the
activities of its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made
under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether
the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under
this Indenture and further stating, as to each Officer signing such certificate,
whether or not the signer knows of any failure by the Company or any Subsidiary
of the Company to comply with any conditions or covenants in this Indenture,
and, if such signer does know of such a failure to comply, the certificate shall
describe such failure with particularity and describe what actions, if any, the
Company proposes to take with respect to such failure.

         SECTION 4.5. Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence. [This
covenant shall conform to the corresponding covenant contained in the Working
Capital Agreement in effect after the Initial Maturity Date.]

         SECTION 4.6. Maintenance of Property; Insurance. [This covenant shall
conform to the corresponding covenant contained in the Working Capital Agreement
in effect after the Initial Maturity Date. ]

         SECTION 4.7. Notices. [This covenant shall conform to the corresponding
covenant contained in the Working Capital Agreement in effect after the Initial
Maturity Date.]

<PAGE>   131
                                                                              25

         SECTION 4.8. Compliance with Laws. [This covenant shall conform to the
corresponding covenant contained in the Working Capital Agreement in effect
after the Initial Maturity Date.]

         SECTION 4.9. Further Assurances. [This covenant shall conform to the
corresponding covenant contained in the Working Capital Agreement in effect
after the Initial Maturity Date.]

         SECTION 4.10. Payment of Additional Amounts. (a) If any taxes,
assessments or other governmental charges are imposed by the jurisdiction where
the Payor is organized or otherwise considered to be a resident for tax
purposes, any jurisdiction from or through which the Payor makes a payment on
the Notes, or, in each case, any political organization or governmental
authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (the "Relevant Tax
Jurisdiction") in respect of any payments under the Notes, the Payor will pay to
each holder of a Note, to the extent it may lawfully do so, such additional
amounts ("Additional Amounts") as may be necessary in order that the net amounts
paid to such holder will be not less than the amount specified in such Note to
which such holder is entitled; provided, however, that the Payor will not be
required to make any payment of Additional Amounts for or on account of:

         (i) Any tax, assessment or other governmental charge which would not
     have been imposed but for (a) the existence of any present or former
     connection between such holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor,
     beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such
     holder, if such holder is an estate, trust, partnership, limited liability
     company or corporation) and the Relevant Tax Jurisdiction including such
     holder (or such fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, shareholder or
     possessor) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof or being or
     having been present or engaged in trade or business therein or having had a
     permanent establishment therein or (b) the presentation of a Note (where
     presentation is required) for payment on a date more than 30 days after (x)
     the date on which such payment became due and payable or (y) the date on
     which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later;

         (ii) Any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property
     or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

         (iii) Any tax, assessment or other governmental charge which is payable
     otherwise than by withholding from payment of principal of, premium, if
     any, or any interest on, the Notes;

         (iv) Any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed
     or withheld by reason of the failure by the holder or the beneficial owner
     of a Note to comply with a request of the Payor addressed to the holder to
     provide information, documents or other evidence concerning the
     nationality, residence or identity of the holder or such beneficial owner
     which is required by a statute, treaty, regulation or administrative
     practice of the taxing jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all
     or part of such tax, assessment or other governmental charge; or

         (v) Any combination of the above;

<PAGE>   132
                                                                              26

         Nor will Additional Amounts be paid with respect to any payment of
principal of, or any premium or interest on, any Note to any holder who is a
fiduciary or partnership or limited liability company or other than the sole
beneficial owner of such payment to the extent such payment would be required by
the laws of the Relevant Tax Jurisdiction to be included in the income for tax
purposes of a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary or a member
of such partnership, limited liability company or beneficial owner who would not
have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had it been the holder of such
Note.

         (b) The Payor will provide the Trustee with the official acknowledgment
of the Relevant Tax Authority (or, if such acknowledgment is not available, a
certified copy thereof) evidencing the payment of the withholding taxes by the
Payor. Copies of such documentation will be made available to the holders of the
Notes or the Paying Agents, as applicable, upon request therefor.

         (c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all references in
this Indenture to principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will
include any Additional Amounts payable by the Payor in respect of such principal
of, such premium, if any, and such interest.

         SECTION 4.11. Financial Statements. [This covenant shall conform to the
corresponding covenant contained in the Working Capital Agreement in effect
after the Initial Maturity Date.]

                                   ARTICLE V
                               Negative Covenants

         SECTION 5.1. Limitation on Indebtedness. [This covenant shall conform
to the corresponding covenant contained in the Working Capital Agreement in
effect after the Initial Maturity Date.]

         SECTION 5.2. Limitation on Restricted Payments. [This covenant shall
conform to the corresponding covenant contained in the Working Capital Agreement
in effect after the Initial Maturity Date.]

         SECTION 5.3. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from
Restricted Subsidiaries. [This covenant shall conform to the corresponding
covenant contained in the Working Capital Agreement in effect after the Initial
Maturity Date.]

         SECTION 5.4. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. [This
covenant shall conform to the corresponding covenant contained in the Working
Capital Agreement in effect after the Initial Maturity Date.]

         SECTION 5.5. Limitation on Liens. [This covenant shall conform to the
corresponding covenant in the Working Capital Agreement.]

         SECTION 5.6. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions. [This covenant shall
conform to the corresponding covenant contained in the Working Capital Agreement
in effect after the Initial Maturity Date.]

<PAGE>   133
                                                                              27

         SECTION 5.7. Change of Control. [This covenant shall conform to the
corresponding covenant contained in the Working Capital Agreement in effect
after the Initial Maturity Date.]

         SECTION 5.8. Limitation on Lines of Business. [This covenant shall
conform to the corresponding covenant contained in the Working Capital Agreement
in effect after the Initial Maturity Date.]

         SECTION 5.9. Limitation on Amendment, Waiver and Termination of
Relevant Contracts. [This covenant shall conform to the corresponding covenant
contained in the Working Capital Agreement in effect after the Initial Maturity
Date.]

         SECTION 5.10. Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted
Subsidiaries. [This covenant shall conform to the corresponding covenant
contained in the Working Capital Agreement in effect after the Initial Maturity
Date.]

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                Successor Company

         SECTION 6.1. Merger, Consolidation, Etc. [This covenant shall conform
to the corresponding covenant contained in the Working Capital Agreement in
effect after the Initial Maturity Date with references therein to "Loans" and
"Agreement" being changed to "Notes" and "Indentures".]

                                  ARTICLE VII
                              Defaults and Remedies

         SECTION 7.1. Events of Default. The following events shall be "Events
of Default":

         (1) default in the payment of any principal of any Note when due in
     accordance with the terms thereof or hereof, or the failure to redeem or
     purchase Notes when required pursuant to this Indenture or any Note; or the
     failure to pay any interest on any Note, or any other amount payable
     hereunder, within ten (10) days after any such interest or other amount
     becomes due in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof; or

         (2) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Company
     herein or in any other Credit Document or which is contained in any
     certificate, document, or financial or other statement furnished by it at
     any time under or in connection with this Indenture or any such other
     Credit Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect
     on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

         (3) the Company shall default in the observance or performance of any
     agreement contained in Article 5 or Article 6; or

<PAGE>   134
                                                                              28

         (4) the Company shall default in the observance or performance of any
     other agreement contained in this Indenture (other than as provided in
     paragraphs (1) through (3) of this Section 7.1), and such default shall
     continue unremedied for a period of 21 days; or

         (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which
     there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
     Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any
     of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the
     Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or
     guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, which
     default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or premium, if any,
     on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided
     in such Indebtedness unless being contested in good faith by appropriate
     proceedings ("Payment Default") or (b) has resulted in the acceleration of
     such Indebtedness prior to its maturity and, in each case, the principal
     amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any
     other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the
     maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates euro 10 million or
     more; or

         (6) (a) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall commence any
     case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of
     any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief
     entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or
     insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up,
     liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or
     its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian,
     conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial
     part of its assets, or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall make
     a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (b) there shall
     be commenced against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary any case,
     proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above
     which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such
     adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or
     unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (c) there shall be commenced against
     the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other
     action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or
     similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which
     results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have
     been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days
     from the entry thereof; or (d) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
     shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to,
     approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i),
     (ii), or (iii) above; or (e) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall
     be generally unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its
     debts as they become due; or

         (7) One or more judgments or decrees not fully covered by insurance or
     indemnity agreements shall be entered against the Company or any Restricted
     Subsidiary involving in the aggregate at any time a liability (net of any
     insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior
     to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect
     thereof in the event any

<PAGE>   135
                                                                              29

     appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) of euro 1 million or more, and all
     such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed
     or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof.

         SECTION 7.2.

         Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in clauses (a) or (b) of Section 7.1(6) with respect to the Company)
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the
Noteholders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to
the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid
interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such
principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of
Default specified in clauses (a) or (b) of Section 7.1(6) with respect to the
Company occurs, the principal of and interest on all the Notes shall ipso facto
become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act
on the part of the Trustee or any Noteholders. The Noteholders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustee may rescind an
acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any
judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or
waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely
because of acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default
or impair any right consequent thereto.

         SECTION 7.3. Other Remedies.. If an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment
of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any
provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

         The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any
of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy
accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is
exclusive of any other remedy. Except as provided in Section 2.11, all available
remedies are cumulative.

         SECTION 7.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Noteholders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on
behalf of the Noteholders waive an existing Default and its consequences except
(i) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note or (ii) a
Default in respect of a provision that under Section 10.2 cannot be amended
without the consent of each Noteholder affected. When a Default is waived, it
ceases to exist and is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.

         SECTION 7.5. Control by Majority. The Noteholders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may
refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or,
subject to Section 8.1, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the
rights of other Noteholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability;
provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by
the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any
action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory
to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or
not taking such action.

<PAGE>   136
                                                                              30

         SECTION 7.6. Limitation on Suits. A Noteholder may not pursue any
remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

         (1) the Noteholder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an
     Event of Default is continuing;

         (2) the Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
     outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the
     remedy;

         (3) such Noteholder or Noteholders offer to the Trustee reasonable
     security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

         (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after
     receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

         (5) the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes do
     not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such
     60-day period.

         A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of
another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Noteholder.

         SECTION 7.7. Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Noteholder to receive
payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such Noteholder, on or
after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of such Noteholder.

         SECTION 7.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default
specified in Section 7.1(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the
Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any
unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section
8.7.

         SECTION 7.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file
such proofs of claim and other papers or documents and take such other actions,
including participating as a member, voting or otherwise, of any committee of
creditors appointed in the matter, as may be necessary or advisable in order to
have the claims of the Trustee and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial
proceedings relative to the Company, any Subsidiary, their creditors or their
property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on
behalf of the Noteholders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other
Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such Judicial
proceeding is hereby authorized by each Noteholder to make payments to the
Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such
payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it
for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 8.7.

         SECTION 7.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property
pursuant to this Article 7, it shall pay out the money or property in the
following order:

<PAGE>   137
                                                                              31

         First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 8.7;

         Second: to Noteholders and holders of Loans for amounts due and unpaid
     on the Notes and Loans for principal and interest, ratably, without
     preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
     payable on the Notes and Loans for principal and interest, respectively;
     and

         Third: to the Company.

         The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to
Noteholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date,
the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder and the Company a notice that states
the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

         SECTION 7.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of
any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for
any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may
require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay
the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable
costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the
suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses
made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the
Company, a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Noteholder pursuant to Section 7.7
or a suit by Noteholders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes.

         SECTION 7.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Company (to the
extent it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in
any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or
extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may
affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to
the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or
advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution
of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the
execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                     Trustee

         SECTION 8.1. Duties of Trustee.

         (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the
same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person's own
affairs.

         (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

         (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties
     as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or
     obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

<PAGE>   138
                                                                              32
         (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
     conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
     the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to
     the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However,
     the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine
     whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

         (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own wilful misconduct,
except that:

         (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
     Section;

         (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
     good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was
     negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

         (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes
     or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by
     it pursuant to Section 7.5.

         (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the
Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

         (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received
by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

         (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law.

         (g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend
or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance
of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or
powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such
funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably
assured to it.

         (h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or
affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.

         SECTION 8.2. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 8.1: (a) The Trustee
may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or
matter stated in the document.

         (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable
for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the
Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

         (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for
the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

<PAGE>   139
                                                                              33

         (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or
powers; provided, however, that the Trustee's conduct does not constitute wilful
misconduct or negligence.

         (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of
counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes
shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in
respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith
and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

         (f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture,
note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the
Noteholders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the
time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further
inquiry or investigation into such Acts or matters as it may see fit, and, if
the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it
shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company,
personally or by agent or attorney, during reasonable business hours and subject
to executing a confidentiality undertaking in customary form with respect to
confidential and/or proprietary information of the Company; provided, however,
that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs,
expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such
investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the
Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the
Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expense or liability as a
condition to so proceeding.

         (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any default or
fact the occurrence of which requires the Trustee to take any action (other than
a payment default hereunder) unless a Trust Officer knows of such default or
fact.

         SECTION 8.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and
may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or
co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must
comply with Sections 8.10 and 8.11.

         SECTION 8.4. Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible
for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture
or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds
from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company
in the Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the
Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee's certificate of authentication.

         SECTION 8.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing
and if it is known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to
each Noteholder notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in
the case of a Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Note
(including payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption provisions of such
Note, if any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee
of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in
the interests of Noteholders.

<PAGE>   140
                                                                              34

         SECTION 8.6. Reports by Trustee to Noteholders. As promptly as
practicable after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of
this Indenture, but only upon the occurrence within the previous 12 months of
any events specified in TIA ss. 313(a), the Trustee shall mail to each
Noteholder a brief report dated as of May 15 that complies with TIA ss. 313(b).

         A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall
be filed with the SEC (if applicable) and each stock exchange (if any) on which
the Notes are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever
the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

         SECTION 8.7. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the
Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar from time to time reasonable compensation
for its services. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on
compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the
Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made
by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its
services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee's agents, counsel, accountants and
experts. The Company shall indemnify the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar, and
each of their officers, directors, agents and employees (each in their
respective capacities), for and hold each of them harmless against any and all
loss, liability or expense (including attorneys' fees) incurred by them without
negligence or bad faith on their part in connection with the administration of
this trust and the performance of their duties hereunder. The Trustee, Paying
Agent and Registrar shall notify the Company of any claim for which they may
seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided that
any failure so to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its
indemnity obligations hereunder except to the extent the Company shall have been
adversely affected thereby. The Company shall defend the claim and the
indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Company's expense
in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the
Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of one such counsel; provided
that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it
assumes such indemnified parties' defense and, in such indemnified parties'
reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and
such parties in connection with such defense. The Company need not pay for any
settlement made without its written consent. The Company need not reimburse any
expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an
indemnified party through such party's own wilful misconduct, negligence or bad
faith (or wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith of any of such party's
officers, directors, agents or employees).

         To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 8.7, the
Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or
collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay
principal of and interest on particular Notes.

         The Company's payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall
survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee, Paying Agent or
Registrar incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section
7.1(7) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute
expenses of administration under the bankruptcy law.

<PAGE>   141
                                                                              35

         SECTION 8.8. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time
by so notifying the Company in writing. The Noteholders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Company
and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee with the consent of the
Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall remove the
Trustee if:

         (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 8.10;

         (2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

         (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or
     its property; or

         (4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

         If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Noteholders
of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Noteholders do not
reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the
office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to
herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee.

         A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Noteholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all
property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien
provided for in Section 8.7.

         If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Noteholders
of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

         If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 8.10, any Noteholder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and
the appointment of a successor Trustee.

         Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section, the Company's obligations under Section 8.7 shall continue for the
benefit of the retiring Trustee.

         SECTION 8.9. Successor Trustee by Merger.

         If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers
all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another
corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee
corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

         In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion
or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this
Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any
such successor to the Trustee

<PAGE>   142
                                                                              36

may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and
deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes
shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate
such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the
successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the
full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that
the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

         SECTION 8.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

         The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA ss.
310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least euro
500,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA ss. 310(b); provided, however, that
there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA ss. 310(b)(1) any indenture or
indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or
participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the
requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA ss. 310(b)(1) are met.

         SECTION 8.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

         The Trustee shall comply with TIA ss. 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA ss. 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                       Discharge of Indenture: Defeasance

         SECTION 9.1. Discharge of Liability On Notes; Defeasance. (a) When (i)
the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes (other than Notes
replaced pursuant to Section 2.11) for cancellation or (ii) all outstanding
Notes have become due and payable, whether at maturity or as a result of the
mailing of a notice of redemption pursuant to Article 3 hereof and the Company,
subject to Section 9.2(4), irrevocably deposits with the Trustee funds or U.S.
Government Obligations on which payment of principal and interest when due will
be sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all outstanding Notes,
including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date (other than Notes
replaced pursuant to Section 2.11), and if in either case the Company pays all
other sums then payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall,
subject to Section 9.1(c), cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall
acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the
Company accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at
the cost and expense of the Company.

         (b) Subject to Sections 9.1(c) and 9.2, the Company at any time may
terminate (i) all its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture ("legal
defeasance option") or (ii) its obligations under Article 4 (with the exception
of Sections 4.1 and 4.9), Article 5 (with the exception of Section 5.7), 6.1(c)
and 6.1(d) and the operation of Section 7.1(4), 7.1(7), 7.1(8) (with respect to
Subsidiaries of the Company only) and 7.1(9) ("covenant defeasance option"). The
Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior
exercise of its covenant defeasance option.

<PAGE>   143
                                                                              37

         If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the
Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company
exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be
accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(4), 7.1(7),
(with respect to Subsidiaries of the Company only) or because of the failure of
the Company to comply with (c) and (d) of Section 6.1.

         Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request
of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those
obligations that the Company terminates.

         (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company's rights and
obligations in Sections 8.7, 8.8, 9.4, 9.5 and 9.6 shall survive until the Notes
have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company's rights and obligations in
Sections 8.7, 9.4 and 9.5 shall survive.

         SECTION 9.2. Conditions to Defeasance. The Company may exercise its
legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

         (1) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money or
     U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium (if any)
     and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

         (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally
     recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion to the
     effect that the payments of principal and interest when due and without
     reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any
     deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in
     such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due
     on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

         (3) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other material
     agreement binding on the Company;

         (4) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
     effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is
     qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company
     Act of 1940;

         (5) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have
     delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) the
     Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal
     Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there
     has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case
     to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm
     that, the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
     income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to
     federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
     times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred;

         (6) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall
     have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the

<PAGE>   144
                                                                              38

     Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
     purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to
     federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
     times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not
     occurred; and

         (7) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an
     Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent to the
     defeasance and discharge of the Notes as contemplated by this Article 9
     have been complied with.

         Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Notes at a future date in
accordance with Article 3.

         SECTION 9.3. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in
trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this
Article 9. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government
Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to
the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes. Money and securities so
held in trust are not subject to Article 11.

         SECTION 9.4. Repayment to Company. The Trustee and the Paying Agent
shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or
securities held by them at any time.

         Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the
Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for
the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and,
thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for
payment as general creditors.

         SECTION 9.5. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Company shall
pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed
on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal
and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

         SECTION 9.6. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to
apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 9
by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any
court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting
such application, the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes
shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
this Article 9 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to
apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this
Article 9; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of
interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its
obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Noteholders of
such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations
held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

<PAGE>   145
                                                                              39

                                   ARTICLE X
                                   Amendments

         SECTION 10.1. Without Consent of NoteholdersNotwithstanding Section
10.2, the Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without
notice to or consent of any Noteholder:

         (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

         (2) to comply with Article 6;

         (3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
     certificated Notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are
     issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in
     a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section
     163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

         (4) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes;

         (5) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the
     Noteholders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the
     Company;

         (6) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with
     qualifying this Indenture under the TIA;

         (7) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights
     hereunder of any Noteholder; or

         (8) to provide for the issuance and authorization of the Substitute
     Exchange Notes.

         After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company
shall mail or cause to be mailed to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such
amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect
therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this
Section.

         SECTION 10.2. With Consent of Noteholders. The Company and the Trustee
may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Noteholder but with
the written consent of the Noteholders of at least a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes. However, without the consent of each
Noteholder affected, an amendment may not:

         (1) reduce the amount of Notes whose Noteholders must consent to an
     amendment;

         (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on
     any Note;

         (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

<PAGE>   146
                                                                              40

         (4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or
     change the time at which any Note may be redeemed in accordance with
     Article 3;

         (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

         (6) make any change in Section 7.4 or 7.6 or the second sentence of
     this Section 10.2.

         It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders under this
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall
be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

         After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company
shall mail or cause to be mailed to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such
amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect
therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this
Section.

         SECTION 10.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to
this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

         SECTION 10.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent
to an amendment or a waiver by a Noteholder of a Note shall bind the Noteholder
and every subsequent Noteholder of that Note or portion of the Note that
evidences the same debt as the consenting Noteholder's Note, even if notation of
the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Noteholder or
Subsequent Noteholder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Noteholder's
Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation
before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or
waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder. An amendment or waiver
becomes effective once the requisite number of consents are received by the
Company or the Trustee.

         The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for
the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled to give their consent or
take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken
pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the
immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such
record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be
entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to
take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Noteholders
after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more
than 120 days after such record date.

         SECTION 10.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment changes
the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Noteholder of the Note to
deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the
Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Noteholder. Alternatively,
if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the
Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the
changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note
shall not affect the validity of such amendment.
<PAGE>   147
                                                                              41

         SECTION 10.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any
amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 10 if the amendment does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.
If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and
to receive, and (subject to Section 8.1) shall be fully protected in relying
upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such
amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and complies with the
provisions hereof (including Section 10.3).

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                  Miscellaneous

         SECTION 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this
Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is
required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision
shall control.

         SECTION 11.2. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing
and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

                           if to the Company:
                                            ------------
                                            ------------
                                            ------------
                                            ------------
                                            Attention:
                                            Telecopy:

                           with copies to:
                                            --------------
                                            --------------
                                            --------------
                                            --------------
                                            Attention:
                                            Telecopy:

                           with copies to:
                                            --------------
                                            --------------
                                            --------------
                                            --------------
                                            Attention:
                                            Facsimile:

                           if to the Trustee:
                                            --------------
                                            --------------
                                            --------------
                                            --------------
                                            Attention:
                                            Facsimile:

<PAGE>   148
                                                                              42

         The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

         Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to
the Noteholder at the Noteholder's address as it appears on the registration
books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the
time prescribed.

         Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect
in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a
notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly
given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

         SECTION 11.3. Communication by Noteholders with Other Noteholders.
Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA ss. 312(b) with other Noteholders
with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the
Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA ss.
312(c).

         SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon
any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from
taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee:

         (1) an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that, in the opinion of the
     signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture
     relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

         (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
     to the Trustee to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such
     conditions precedent have been complied with.

         SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each
certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition
provided for in this Indenture, other than a certificate provided pursuant to
TIA Section 314(a)(4) (provided that such certificate is not provided in lieu of
or substitution for a certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture),
shall include:

         (1) a statement to the effect that the individual making such
     certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

         (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
     investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
     certificate or opinion are based;

         (3) a statement to the effect that, in the opinion of such individual,
     he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him
     to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or
     condition has been complied with; and

         (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
     individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided
     that an Opinion of Counsel can rely as to matters of Act on an Officers'
     Certificate or certificates of public officials.
<PAGE>   149
                                                                              43

         SECTION 11.6. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the
Noteholders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any
direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by any Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be
outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee
shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only
Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also,
subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered
in any such determination.

         SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee
may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Noteholders. The
Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

         SECTION 11.8. Business Days. If a payment date is not a Business Day,
payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no
interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is
not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.

         SECTION 11.9. Governing Law. This Indenture and the Notes shall be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York
but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the
extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be
required thereby.

         SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer,
employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company , or of any stockholder of the
company, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company, either
directly or through the Company, as the case may be, under the Notes or this
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation whether by virtue of any rule of law, statute or
constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal
or equitable proceeding or otherwise. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall
waive and release all and all such liability. The waiver and release shall be
part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

         SECTION 11.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company in this
Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee
in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

         SECTION 11.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of
copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this
Indenture.

         SECTION 11.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents,
cross reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this
Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended
to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms
or provisions hereof.

<PAGE>   150
                                                                              44

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first written above.

Attest:                             [Issuer]

Name:                               Name:
Title:                              Title:

                                    [Trustee]

                                     by

                                    Name:
                                    Title:

<PAGE>   151
                                                                              45

STATE OF NEW YORK          )
                           ) SS
COUNTY OF NEW YORK         )

         On [ ], 2000, before me personally came [ ], to me known, who, being by
me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a [ ] of PrimaCom AG, a company
organized under the laws of Germany, and that he signed his name thereto on
behalf of such corporation.

                                -----------------------------
                                Notary Public

                                Name:
                                My commission expires:

                                -----------------------------

<PAGE>   152
                                                                              46

STATE OF NEW YORK          )
                           ) SS
COUNTY OF NEW YORK         )

         On [ ], 200_, before me personally came [ ], to me known, who, being by
me duly sworn, did depose and say that she is the [ ] [ ], a [ ] banking
corporation and that she signed her name thereto on behalf of such corporation.

-----------------------------
Notary Public in and for the
State of New York

Name:
My commission expires:

-----------------------------

<PAGE>   153

                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                              TO
                                                                       INDENTURE

                     [FORM OF FACE OF INCREASING RATE NOTE]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE "SECURITIES ACT"). NO OFFER, SALE, HYPOTHECATION, TRANSFER OR OTHER
DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN TO THE ISSUER THEREOF) MAY BE MADE UNLESS
EITHER (A) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OR (B) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE HAS LIMITED RIGHTS TO REQUIRE THE
COMPANY TO REGISTER THIS NOTE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.1

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE "RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE") WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE
HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY
WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) ONLY (A) TO THE
COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED
EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE
FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A

---------------------------
1.    (Only to be printed on Global Notes)

                  UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR
                  SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE
                  TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE
                  OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE
                  DEPOSITORY OR BY ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR
                  A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. UNLESS THIS
                  CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
                  THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY ("DTC") TO THE COMPANY OR ITS
                  AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OR TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND
                  ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO
                  OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
                  REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.
                  OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
                  REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER , PLEDGE OR OTHER USE
                  HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
                  INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
                  INTEREST HEREIN.

                                       A-1
<PAGE>   154

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT
PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON
RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES
WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN
INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A)(l),
(A)(2), (A)(3) OR (A)(7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING
THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL
ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF
EURO 250,000 FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR
SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR
(F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY'S AND THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHT PRIOR TO
ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE
THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND OTHER INFORMATION
SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN THE CASE OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING CLAUSES
(A)-(F), A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF
THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS
LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE."

No.                             CUSIP/CINS: ______________                  euro

                  Increasing Rate Senior Note Due

         PRIMACOM AG, a company organized under the laws of Germany promises to
pay to ______________________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of euros
on , .

         Interest Payment Dates: March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31

         Record Dates: March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15

         Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of
this Note.

                                       A-2
<PAGE>   155

Dated:
                                   PRIMACOM AG

                                       by

                                    President

                                    ------------
                                    Secretary

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION

[TRUSTEE,]                          [Seal]

         as Trustee, certifies that this is
one of the Notes referred to in the
Indenture.

by____________________________
  Authorized Signatory

                                      A-3
<PAGE>   156

                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                                                                              TO
                                                                       INDENTURE

                 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INCREASING RATE NOTE]

                         Increasing Rate Senior Note Due

     1. Interest

         PRIMACOM AG, a company organized under the laws of Germany (such
company, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred
to, being herein called the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the unpaid
principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum equal to the Adjusted Rate
plus the Adjusted Margin from the most recent Interest Payment Date on the Notes
to which interest has been paid. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the
interest rate shall not exceed the Cash Cap plus 2% per annum. The Company may
elect to pay interest exceeding the Cash Cap (or portion thereof) by paying the
appropriate PIK Interest Amount through the issuance of Subsequent Exchange
Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to all or a portion of such PIK
Interest Amount to be paid.

         The Company will pay interest on each Interest Payment Date. "Interest
Payment Date" shall mean each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31
and the Final Maturity Date.

         Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual
days elapsed. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate
borne by the Notes plus 2% per annum, and it shall pay interest on overdue
installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

         "Adjusted Margin" [Definition to be conformed with corresponding
definition in Indenture].

         "Adjusted Rate" [Definition to be conformed with corresponding
definition in Indenture].

         "Cash Cap" [Definition to be conformed with corresponding definition in
Indenture].

     2. Method of Payment

         The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest)
to the Persons who are registered Noteholders at the close of business on the
applicable Record Date next preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date even
if Notes are canceled after the Record Date and on or before such Interest
Payment Date. Noteholders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect
principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in currency of
the European Monetary Union that at the time of payment is legal tender for
payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay principal and
interest by check payable in such money. It may mail an interest check to a
Noteholder's registered address.

                                      B-1
<PAGE>   157

     3. Paying Agent and Registrar

         Initially, , a corporation ("Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or
co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries
may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

     4. Indenture

         This Note is one of the Increasing Rate Notes issued by the Company
under an Indenture dated as of __________, ____ ("Indenture"), between the
Company and the Trustee. The terms of this Note include those stated in the
Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. ss.ss. 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date
of the Indenture (the "Act"). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined
herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are
subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the
Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note
conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the
Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

         The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company. The
Indenture imposes certain limitations on the Incurrence of Indebtedness by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, investments, the payment of dividends
and other distributions and acquisitions or retirements of the Capital Stock of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, certain repayments, purchases or
redemptions of Subordinated Obligations, the sale or transfer of assets and
Subsidiary stock, transactions with Affiliates and the ability of the Company to
merge with or into or sell all or substantially all of its assets to another
entity. In addition, the Indenture limits the ability of the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries to restrict distributions and dividends from Restricted
Subsidiaries and requires the Company, under certain circumstances, to offer to
purchase Notes. The limitations are subject to a number of important
qualifications and exceptions.

     5. Optional Redemption

         Subject to provisions governing and restricting redemptions of Fixed
Rate Notes, the Company may redeem the Notes in whole at any time or in part
from time to time at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount
plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of
Noteholders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
related interest payment date).

     6. Offer to Purchase

         In some cases, and subject to the terms and conditions contained in the
Indenture, an initial public offering of equity or a sale of assets by the
Company may result in the Company making an offer to repurchase the Notes at
100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase.

     7. Notice of Redemption

         Notice of a redemption must be given at least __ days prior to such
redemption. Notes in denominations larger than euro 1,000 may be redeemed in
part but only

                                      B-2
<PAGE>   158

in whole multiples of euro 1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption
price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed
on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the
redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such
date interest will cease to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof)
called for redemption.

     8. Put Provisions

         Upon a Change of Control, any Noteholder will have the right, subject
to certain conditions, to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the
Notes of such Noteholder at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal
amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued interest to the date of
repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record
date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) as provided
in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

     9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

         The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of
euro 1,000 and whole multiples of euro 1,000. A Noteholder may transfer or
exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee
may require a Noteholder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be
required to register the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Definitive Note
selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3 of the
Indenture, except the unredeemed portion of any Definitive Note being redeemed
in part, or (b) any Note for a period beginning 15 Business Days before the
mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes (the date of such
mailing, the "mailing date") or 15 Business Days before an interest payment date
(whether or not an Interest Payment Date or other date determined for the
payment of interest), and ending on such mailing date or interest payment date,
as the case may be.

     10. Persons Deemed Owners

         Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note,
the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar
may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute
owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and
interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such
Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the
Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     11. Unclaimed Money

         Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the
Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for
the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and,
thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for
payment as general creditors.

     12. Discharge and Defeasance

                                      B-3
<PAGE>   159

         Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate
some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company
deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment
of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case
may be.

     13. Amendment, Waiver

         Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the
Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes without notice to
any Noteholder but with the written consent of the Noteholders holding at least
a majority in principal amount of the Notes and (ii) any default or
noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the
Noteholders holding a majority in principal amount outstanding of the Notes.
Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Company and the
Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any
Noteholder to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to
comply with Article 6 of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes
in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to add further guarantees
with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes, or to add additional covenants
of the Company for the benefit of the noteholders or surrender any right or
power conferred upon the Company, or to comply with any requirements of the SEC
in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Act, or to provide for the
issuance and authorization of the Substitute Exchange Notes, or to make any
change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder.

     14. Defaults and Remedies

         Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) default in payment
of principal on the Notes when due or failure to redeem or purchase Notes when
required; (ii) default for 2 Business Days in payment of any interest on the
Notes; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with other agreements in the
Indenture, in certain cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (iv) failure to
pay principal or interest on, or acceleration of, other Indebtedness of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if the amount accelerated (or in respect of
which there is a payment default) exceeds euro 10,000,000; (v) certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; and (vi) certain judgments or decrees for payment of money in excess
of euro 3,000,000;. If an Event of Default (other than certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee, with the consent of Noteholders holding at least a majority in
principal amount of the Notes, may declare all of the Notes to be due and
payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of
Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon
the occurrence of such Events of Default.

         Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as
provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, including the right
of the Trustee to refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it
receives reasonable indemnity or security, Noteholders holding a majority in
principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any
trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any
continuing Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it
determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Noteholders.

     15. Trustee Dealings with the Company

                                      B-4
<PAGE>   160

         Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under
the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with
the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

     16. No Recourse Against Others

         A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company,
or of any stockholder of the Company, shall not have any liability for any
obligations of the Company, either directly or through the Company, as the case
may be, under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect
of or by reason of such obligations or their creation whether by virtue of any
rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any
assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise. By accepting a
Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release any and all such liability. The
waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the
Notes.

     17. Authentication

         This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Note.

     18. Abbreviations

         Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors
Act).

     19. CUSIP NUMBERS

         Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be
printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in
notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made
as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon.

         THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH TO ANY NOTEHOLDER UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND
WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE NOTEHOLDER A COPY OF THE INDENTURE. REQUESTS MAY BE MADE
TO:

                  ATTENTION OF:

                  --------------
                  --------------
                  --------------
                  --------------
                  ATTENTION:  ________
                  TELECOPY:  _________

                                      B-5
<PAGE>   161

         ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to

(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint      agent to transfer this Security on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

_____________________________________

Date:____________________ Your Signature:________________________

--------------------------------
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED
NOTES

This certificate relates to euro_____________ principal amount of Notes held in
(check applicable space) ____ book-entry or ____ definitive form by the
undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

[  ]     has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for
         its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a
         Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized
         denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial
         interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above);

[  ]     has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the
         transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by
this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later
of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on
which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the
undersigned confirms and certifies that such Notes are being:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

          (1)     [  ]     Acquired for the undersigned's own account, without
                           transfer (in satisfaction of Section 2.10(a)(ii)(A)
                           or Section 2.10(d)(i)(A) of the Indenture); or

                                      B-6
<PAGE>   162

          (2)     [  ]     transferred to the Company; or

          (3)     [  ]     transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule
                           144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

          (4)     [  ]     transferred pursuant to and in compliance with
                           Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as
                           amended; or

          (5)     [  ]     transferred to an institutional "accredited investor"
                           (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under
                           the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), that has
                           furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing
                           certain representations and agreements (the form of
                           which letter appears as Exhibit F to the Indenture);
                           or

          (6)     [  ]     transferred pursuant to another available exemption
                           from the registration requirements of the Securities
                           Act of 1933, as amended.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of
the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the
registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4), (5) or (6) is
checked, the Trustee or the Company may require, prior to registering any such
transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such legal opinions,
certifications and other information as the Trustee or Company has reasonably
requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption
from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144
under such Act.

                                                  ------------------------------
                                                              Signature

Signature Guarantee:

---------------------               ------------------------------
Signature

(Signature must be guaranteed by a
participant in a signature guarantee
medallion program)

------------------------------------------------

                                      B-7
<PAGE>   163

                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

         IF YOU WANT TO ELECT TO HAVE THIS SECURITY PURCHASED BY THE COMPANY
PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.7 OF THE INDENTURE, CHECK THE BOX:

             [   ]    Section 5.7

         IF YOU WANT TO ELECT TO HAVE ONLY PART OF THIS SECURITY PURCHASED BY
THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.7 OF THE INDENTURE, STATE THE AMOUNT IN
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT (MUST BE INTEGRAL MULTIPLE OF EURO 1,000): EURO

DATE:    _________________ YOUR SIGNATURE __________________________________
                                          (SIGN EXACTLY AS YOUR NAME APPEARS ON
                                           THE OTHER SIDE OF THE SECURITY)

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE: ______________________________
                     (SIGNATURE MUST BE GUARANTEED)

<PAGE>   164

                      [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]
              SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

  The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:

<TABLE>
<S>                     <C>                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Date of Exchange        Amount of decrease    Amount of increase    Principal Amount of   Signature of
                        in Principal Amount   in Principal Amount   this Global           authorized officer
                        of this Global        of this Global        Security following    of Trustee or
                        Security              Security              such decrease or      Securities Custodian
                                                                    increase

</TABLE>

                                      B-9
<PAGE>   165

                                                                       EXHIBIT C
                                                                              TO
                                                                       INDENTURE

                                         [FORM OF FACE OF FIXED RATE NOTE]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE "SECURITIES ACT"). NO OFFER, SALE, HYPOTHECATION, TRANSFER OR OTHER
DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN TO THE ISSUER THEREOF) MAY BE MADE UNLESS
EITHER (A) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OR (B) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE HAS LIMITED RIGHTS TO REQUIRE THE
COMPANY TO REGISTER THIS NOTE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.1

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE "RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE") WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE
HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY
WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) ONLY (A) TO THE
COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED
EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE
FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE

---------------------------
1.    (Only to be printed on Global Notes)

                  UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR
                  SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE
                  TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE
                  OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE
                  DEPOSITORY OR BY ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR
                  A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. UNLESS THIS
                  CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
                  THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY ("DTC") TO THE COMPANY OR ITS
                  AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OR TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND
                  ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO
                  OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
                  REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.
                  OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
                  REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER , PLEDGE OR OTHER USE
                  HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
                  IN AS MUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
                  INTEREST HEREIN.

                                       C-1
<PAGE>   166

ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE
TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND
SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN
THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A)(l), (A)(2), (A)(3) OR (A)(7) OF RULE 501 UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE
ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF EURO 250,000 FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT
WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN
VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION
FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE
COMPANY'S AND THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER
PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND
IN THE CASE OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING CLAUSES (A)-(F), A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED
BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST
OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE."

No.                                                  CUSIP/CINS:__________euro

         [ ] % Senior Note Due

         PRIMACOM AG, a company organized under the laws of Germany, promises to
pay to _________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of euros on , .

         Interest Payment Dates: March 31, June 30, September 30 and December
31.

         Record Dates: March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15.

         Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of
this Note.

                                      C-2
<PAGE>   167

Dated:

                                   PRIMACOM AG

                                       By:

                                    ------------------------
                                    President

                                    -------------------
                                    Secretary

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION

[TRUSTEE,]                                  [Seal]

         as Trustee, certifies that this is
one of the Notes referred to in the
Indenture.

by____________________________
  Authorized Signatory

                                      C-3
<PAGE>   168

                                                                       EXHIBIT D
                                                                              TO
                                                                       INDENTURE

                    [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF FIXED RATE NOTE]

                              [ ]% Senior Note Due

         Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings
assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

     1. Interest

         PRIMACOM AG, a company organized under the laws of Germany (such
company, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred
to, being herein called the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the unpaid
principal amount of this Note at [__] per annum from the most recent Interest
Payment Date on the Notes to which Interest has been paid. The Company may elect
to pay interest exceeding the Cash Cap (or portion thereof) by paying the
appropriate PIK Interest Amount through the issuance of Subsequent Exchange
Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to all or a portion of such PIK
Interest Amount to be paid.

         The Company will pay interest on each Interest Payment Date. "Interest
Payment Date" shall mean each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31
and the Final Maturity Date.

         Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual
days elapsed. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate
borne by the Notes plus 2% per annum, and it shall pay interest on overdue
installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

     2. Method of Payment

         The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest)
to the Persons who are registered Noteholders at the close of business on the
applicable Record Date next preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date even
if Notes are canceled after the Record Date and on or before such Interest
Payment Date. Noteholders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect
principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in currency of
the European Monetary Union that at the time of payment is legal tender for
payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay principal and
interest by check payable in such money. It may mail an interest check to a
Noteholder's registered address.

     3. Paying Agent and Registrar

         Initially, , a corporation ("Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or
co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated
Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

                                      D-1
<PAGE>   169

     4. Indenture

         This Note is one of the Fixed Rate Notes issued by the Company under an
Indenture dated as of __________, ____ ("Indenture"), between the Company and
the Trustee. The terms of this Note include those stated in the Indenture and
those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
(15 U.S.C. ss.ss. 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the
"Act"). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to
the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any
provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture,
the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

         The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company. The
Indenture imposes certain limitations on the Incurrence of Indebtedness by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, investments, the payment of dividends
and other distributions and acquisitions or retirements of the Capital Stock of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, certain repayments, purchases or
redemptions of Subordinated Obligations, the sale or transfer of assets and
Subsidiary stock, transactions with Affiliates, and the ability of the Company
to merge with or into or sell all or substantially all of its assets to another
entity. In addition, the Indenture limits the ability of the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries to restrict distributions and dividends from Restricted
Subsidiaries and requires the Company, under certain circumstances, to offer to
purchase Notes. The limitations are subject to a number of important
qualifications and exceptions.

     5. Optional Redemption

         For a period of the greater of (i) four years and (ii) such period as
shall equal one-half of the remaining life of this Fixed Rate Note, beginning on
the date the interest rate on this Fixed Rate Note (or any predecessor Fixed
Rate Note) became fixed, the Company may not redeem this Fixed Rate Note. After
such period has passed, the Company may redeem this Fixed Rate Note at a
redemption price equal to 100% of its principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Noteholders of record
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest
payment date) plus a premium equal to the coupon in effect on the Transfer Date,
which premium shall (i) decline ratably on each yearly anniversary of the
Transfer Date to zero one year prior to the Final Maturity Date, and (ii) fall
to zero immediately upon the date one year prior to the Final Maturity Date if
the non-redemption period has not ended on such date.

     6. Offer to Purchase

         In some cases, and subject to the terms and conditions contained in the
Indenture, an initial public offering of equity or a sale of assets by the
Company may result in the Company making an offer to repurchase the Notes at
100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase.

     7. Notice of Redemption

         Notice of a redemption must be given at least days prior to such
redemption. Notes in denominations larger than euro 1,000 may be redeemed in
part but only

                                      D-2
<PAGE>   170

in whole multiples of euro 1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption
price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed
on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the
redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such
date interest will cease to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof)
called for redemption.

     8. Put Provisions

         Upon a Change of Control, any Noteholder will have the right, subject
to certain conditions, to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the
Notes of such Noteholder at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal
amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued interest to the date of
repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record
date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) as provided
in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

     9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

         The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of
euro 1,000 and whole multiples of euro 1,000. A Noteholder may transfer or
exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee
may require a Noteholder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be
required to register the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Definitive Note
selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3 of the
Indenture, except the unredeemed portion of any Definitive Note being redeemed
in part, or (b) any Note for a period beginning 15 Business Days before the
mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes (the date of such
mailing, the "mailing date") or 15 Business Days before an interest payment date
(whether or not an Interest Payment Date or other date determined for the
payment of interest), and ending on such mailing date or interest payment date,
as the case may be.

     10. Persons Deemed Owners

         Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note,
the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar
may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute
owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and
interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such
Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the
Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     11. Unclaimed Money

         Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the
Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for
the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and,
thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for
payment as general creditors.

     12. Discharge and Defeasance

                                      D-3
<PAGE>   171

         Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate
some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company
deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment
of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case
may be.

     13. Amendment, Waiver

         Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the
Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes without notice to
any Noteholder but with the written consent of the Noteholders holding at least
a majority in principal amount of the Notes and (ii) any default or
noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the
Noteholders holding a majority in principal amount outstanding of the Notes.
Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Company and the
Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any
Noteholder to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to
comply with Article 6 of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes
in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to add further guarantees
with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes, or to add additional covenants
of the Company for the benefit of the noteholders or surrender any right or
power conferred upon the Company, or to comply with any requirements of the SEC
in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Act, or to provide for the
issuance and authorization of the Substitute Exchange Notes, or to make any
change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder.

     14. Defaults and Remedies

         Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) default in payment
of principal on the Notes when due or failure to redeem or purchase Notes when
required; (ii) default for 2 Business Days in payment of any interest on the
Notes or any other amount payable under the Indenture; (iii) failure by the
Company to comply with other agreements in the Indenture, in certain cases
subject to notice and lapse of time; (iv) failure to pay principal or interest
on, or acceleration of, other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary if the amount accelerated (or unpaid) exceeds euro 10,000,000; (v)
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary; and (vi) certain judgments or decrees for payment of
money in excess of euro 3,000,000. If an Event of Default (other than certain
events of bankruptcy or insolvency) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, with
the consent of Noteholders holding at least a majority in principal amount of
the Notes, may declare all of the Notes to be due and payable immediately.
Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will
result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of
such Events of Default.

         Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as
provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, including the right
of the Trustee to refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it
receives reasonable indemnity or security, Noteholders holding a majority in
principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any
trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any
continuing Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it
determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Noteholders.

     15. Trustee Dealings with the Company

                                      D-4
<PAGE>   172

         Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under
the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with
the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

     16. No Recourse Against Others

         A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company
or of any stockholder of the Company, shall not have any liability for any
obligations of the Company, either directly or through the Company, as the case
may be, under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect
of or by reason of such obligations or their creation whether by virtue of any
rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any
assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise. By accepting a
Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release any and all such liability. The
waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the
Notes.

     17. Authentication

         This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Note.

     18. Abbreviations

         Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors
Act).

     19. CUSIP NUMBERS

         Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be
printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in
notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made
as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon.

         THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH TO ANY NOTEHOLDER UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND
WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE NOTEHOLDER A COPY OF THE INDENTURE. REQUESTS MAY BE MADE
TO:

                  ATTENTION OF:

                  -------------
                  -------------
                  -------------
                  -------------
                  ATTENTION:  ________
                  TELECOPY:  _________

                                      D-5
<PAGE>   173

                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to

         (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

         (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint      agent to transfer this Security on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

--------------------------------

Date:____________________ Your Signature:________________________

--------------------------------
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED
NOTES

This certificate relates to euro_____________ principal amount of Notes held in
(check applicable space) ____ book-entry or ____ definitive form by the
undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

[  ]     has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for
         its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a
         Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized
         denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial
         interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above);

[  ]     has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the
         transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by
this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later
of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on
which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the
undersigned confirms and certifies that such Notes are being:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

                                      D-6
<PAGE>   174

         (1)     [  ]      acquired for the undersigned's own account, without
                           transfer (in satisfaction of Section 2.10(a)(ii)(A)
                           or Section 2.10(d)(i)(A) of the Indenture); or

         (2)     [  ]      transferred to the Company; or

         (3)     [  ]      transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule
                           144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

         (4)     [  ]      transferred pursuant to and in compliance with
                           Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as
                           amended; or

         (5)     [  ]      transferred to an institutional "accredited
                           investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
                           (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended),
                           that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter
                           containing certain representations and agreements
                           (the form of which letter appears as Exhibit F to
                           the Indenture); or

         (6)     [  ]      transferred pursuant to another available exemption
                           from the registration requirements of the Securities
                           Act of 1933, as amended.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of
the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the
registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4), (5) or (6) is
checked, the Trustee or the Company may require, prior to registering any such
transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such legal opinions,
certifications and other information as the Trustee or Company has reasonably
requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption
from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144
under such Act.

                                                     ---------------------------
                                                              Signature

Signature Guarantee:

-------------------------                   -----------------------------
                                                       Signature

(Signature must be guaranteed by a
participant in a signature guarantee
medallion program)

                                      D-7
<PAGE>   175

             OPTION OF HOLDER OF NONCALLABLE NOTES TO ELECT PURCHASE

         If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 5.7 of the Indenture, check the box:

                   [ ]Section 3.1          [ ]Section 5.7

         If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by
the Company pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 5.7 of the Indenture, state the
amount:
euro

Date:___________________Your Signature:__________________________

                                      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the
                                       other side of this Security)

                                   Tax Identification No: ______________________

Signature Guarantee:______________________________

                    (Signature must be guaranteed by a member
                    firm of the New York Stock Exchange or a
                    commercial bank or trust company)

                                      D-8
<PAGE>   176

                      [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]
              SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

         The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been
made:
<TABLE>

<S>                     <C>                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Date of Exchange        Amount of decrease    Amount of increase    Principal Amount of   Signature of
                        in Principal Amount   in Principal Amount   this Global           authorized officer
                        of this Global        of this Global        Security following    of Trustee or
                        Security              Security              such decrease or      Securities Custodian
                                                                    increase
</TABLE>

                                      D-9

<PAGE>   177
                                                                      EXHIBIT E
                                                                             TO
                                                                      INDENTURE

                  EXCHANGE NOTES REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

         This Exchange Notes Registration Rights Agreement (this "Agreement") is
made and entered into as of _____________, 200_), by and among Primacom AG, a
company organized under the laws of Germany (the "Company") and Chase Manhattan
International Limited, a ________ company, as representative of the Noteholders
(as such term is defined herein) (the "Representative").

         This Agreement is made pursuant to the Indenture dated _____________,
200__ between the Company and _________, as Trustee (the "Indenture") governing
certain notes of the Company due __________ (the "Exchange Notes"). Capitalized
terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to
them in the Indenture.

         Section 1. Shelf Registration. (a) Except as provided in Section 2,
within 30 days after the Initial Maturity Date, the Company shall file with the
Commission and thereafter shall use its best efforts to cause to be declared
effective as soon thereafter as practicable a registration statement on an
appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the
Exchange Notes by the Noteholders from time to time in accordance with the
methods of distribution timely elected by such Noteholders and set forth in such
registration statement (hereafter, a "Shelf Registration Statement" and,
together with any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a "Registration
Statement").

         (b) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf
Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus
forming part thereof to be usable by Noteholders for a period of three years
from the Initial Maturity Date or such shorter period that will terminate when
all the Exchange Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been
sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. Subject to Section 4, the
Company shall be deemed not to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep the
Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it
voluntarily takes any action that would result in holders of Exchange Notes
covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Exchange Notes during that
period, unless such action is required by applicable law.

         (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will
ensure that, except as to any information provided by any Noteholder, the
Trustee, any Lender, the Agent or any underwriter and any statement made or
omitted in reliance on such information, (i) any Shelf Registration Statement
and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any
supplement thereof complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and
the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and
any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and
(iii) subject to Section 4, any prospectus forming part of any Shelf
Registration Statement, and any

                                      E-1

<PAGE>   178

supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading.

         Unless the Noteholders holding a majority of the Exchange Notes shall
otherwise consent in writing, no other person (including the Company), other
than another Noteholder, shall be permitted to offer any securities under any
registration pursuant to this Section 1.

         Section 2. Registered Exchange Offer. In lieu of filing the Shelf
Registration Statement described in Section 1, the Company may effect a
registered exchange offer ("Registered Exchange Offer"). To effect a Registered
Exchange Offer, the Company must: (i) file with the SEC and cause to be declared
effective a registration statement with respect to the Registered Exchange
Offer; (ii) offer to deliver, in exchange for the Exchange Notes, a like
principal amount of debt securities ("Substitute Exchange Notes") of the Company
identical in all material respects (except for transfer restrictions) to the
Exchange Notes; and (iii) consummate such exchange for all then outstanding
Exchange Notes the holders of which elect to participate in such exchange. If
any Noteholder sends a notice to the Company prior to the consummation of such
Registered Exchange Offer stating that in such Noteholder's reasonable belief
(as confirmed by accompanying written advice of counsel reasonably satisfactory
to the Company) it cannot rely on the no-action position of the SEC to the
effect that such Noteholder's Substitute Exchange Notes would be freely saleable
(i.e., without registration or prospectus delivery), the Company shall file with
the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 1 herein as
promptly as practicable relating to the offer and sale of such Noteholder's
Exchange Notes.

         Section 3. Liquidated Damages. If within 120 days from the Initial
Maturity Date, a Shelf Registration Statement for the Exchange Notes has not
been declared effective and the Company has not effected the Registered Exchange
Offer, then the Company will pay liquidated damages of $0.192 per week per
$1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes to Noteholders who are unable to
freely transfer Exchange Notes from and including the date that is 121 days from
the date of issuance of such Exchange Notes until but excluding the earlier of
the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (other than any
Suspension Period) or the date of consummation of such Registered Exchange
Offer. The Company will also pay such liquidated damages for any period of time
following the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement that such Shelf
Registration Statement is not available for resales thereunder, unless at such
time the Company is using its best efforts to make such Shelf Registration
Statement available for such resales or the use of the Shelf Registration
Statement has been suspended in accordance with Section 4. Payments of such
liquidated damages shall be made at the same time and in the same manner as
interest payments are made on the Exchange Notes and Term Notes. Such payments
shall be made in the form of additional Exchange Notes if the Company is then
paying PIK Interest Amounts.

         Section 4.  Effective Registration Statement. A registration pursuant
to the sections above will not be deemed to have been effected unless the
registration statement relating thereto has become effective under the
Securities Act. The Company may, at any time, delay the filing or suspend the
effectiveness of such registration statement, or without suspending such
effectiveness, instruct the Noteholders not to sell Notes included in any such
registration statement if the Company shall have determined in good faith and

                                      E-2

<PAGE>   179

for valid reasons that the Company would be required to disclose any actions
taken or proposed to be taken by the Company in good faith and for valid
business reasons, including without limitation, the acquisition or divestiture
of assets, which disclosure would be materially detrimental to the Company or
such actions (a "Suspension Period"), by providing the Noteholders with written
notice of such Suspension Period and the reasons therefor; provided, however,
that the Company will not be required to disclose such reasons with
particularity if an Officer certifies that (i) the Company believes it is
required by law to delay the filing or suspend the effectiveness of any such
registration; provided, further, the Suspension Periods do not exceed 60 days in
any calendar year and each of which Suspension Periods do not exceed 60 days in
duration or (ii) there may be facts surrounding a proposed or pending material
corporate transaction that are not reflected in such registration statement. The
Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide such notice as soon as
practicable and in any event contemporaneous with or prior to the commencement
of such a Suspension Period. In the event of a Suspension Period, the period
during which such registration statement is to remain effective pursuant to
Section 1 shall be tolled until the end of any such Suspension Period or
Supplemental Period.

         Section 5. Registration Statement Form. If a registration (i) is
requested pursuant to Section 1 which is proposed by the Company to be effected
by the filing of a registration statement on a form believed to be appropriate,
(ii) shall be in connection with any underwritten public offering and (iii) the
sole underwriter, managing underwriter or co-managing underwriter, as the case
may be, shall advise the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the use of
another form of registration statement is of material importance to the success
of such proposed offering, then such registration shall be effected on such
other form if permitted by applicable law.

         Section 6. Expenses. The Company will pay all expenses incident to the
Company's performance of its obligations hereunder, including registration and
filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws,
printing expenses, internal expenses (including all salary and expenses of its
officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), fees and
disbursements of one firm of attorneys designated by the Noteholders pursuant to
Section 10(a) and fees and disbursements of the Company's independent public
accountants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto hereby agree that
in an underwritten offering of Notes, the underwriting discount shall be for the
account of the Noteholders, and the underwriter's expenses shall be payable by
the underwriters and Noteholders to the extent customarily provided in an
underwritten offering.

         Section 7. Selection of Underwriters. If any registration is in the
form of an underwritten offering, the Noteholders may select one or more other
internationally recognized firms of investment bankers reasonably acceptable to
the Company to act as manager or co-managers to administer the offering. Under
no circumstances shall (i) there be more than three underwritten offerings of
Notes pursuant to this Exchange Notes Registration Rights Agreement or (ii) any
underwritten offering of Notes which includes less than 25% of the aggregate
Notes owned by all Noteholders.

         Section 8. Pro Rata Participation in Requested Registrations. If a
registration involves an underwritten offering and the sole underwriter,
managing underwriter or co-managing underwriter, as the case may be, shall
advise the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the aggregate principal
amount of the Exchange Notes

                                      E-3

<PAGE>   180

requested by Noteholders (the "Requesting Noteholders") to be included in such
registration exceeds the aggregate principal amount of securities which can be
sold without having an adverse effect on such offering, including the price at
which such securities can be sold, the Company will include in such registration
the largest aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes as determined by
such underwriter that may be included in such offering without an adverse effect
and the Exchange Notes included in such registration shall be allocated pro rata
among all Requesting Noteholders on the basis of the relative aggregate
principal amount of the Exchange Notes each such Requesting Noteholder has
requested to be included in such registration.

         Section 9. Piggy-Back Registration. (a) If the Shelf Registration has
not been declared effective and the Company has not effected the Registered
Exchange Offer, at any time the Company proposes to file a registration
statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering by the Company
for its own account or for the account of any of its securityholders of any
class of its debt securities (other than a Registration Statement on Form F-4
(or any substitute form that may be adopted by the SEC and other than any
registration statement with respect to which all of the Exchange Notes will be
redeemed)), then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing
to the Noteholders as soon as practicable (but in no event fewer than 15 days
before the anticipated filing date), and such notice shall offer such
Noteholders the opportunity to register such principal amount of Exchange Notes
as each such Noteholder may request in writing within 20 days after receipt of
such written notice from the Company (which request shall specify the principal
amount of the Exchange Notes intended to be disposed of by such Noteholder and
the intended method of distribution thereof) (a "Piggy-Back Registration"). The
Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Piggy-Back
Registration continuously effective under the Securities Act until the earlier
of (A) an aggregate of 90 days after the effective date thereof, or (B) the
consummation of the distribution by the Exchange Notes of all of the Exchange
Notes covered thereby, (C) the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration or (D) the
consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer. If such registration is pursuant
to an underwritten offering, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to
cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of such proposed offering to
permit the Exchange Notes requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration
to be included on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the
Company or any other securityholder included therein and to permit the sale or
other disposition of such Exchange Notes in accordance with the intended method
of distribution thereof. Any Noteholder shall have the right to withdraw its
request for inclusion of its Exchange Notes in any such registration statement
pursuant to this Section 9 by giving written notice to the Company of its
request to withdraw prior to the time that such registration statement becomes
effective. The Company may withdraw a Piggy-Back Registration at any time prior
to the time it becomes effective or the Company may elect to delay the
registration; provided, however, that the Company shall give prompt written
notice thereof to participating Noteholders. The Company will pay all
registration expenses (including any described in Section 6) in connection with
each registration of Exchange Notes requested pursuant to this Section 9, and
each Noteholder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and
transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Noteholder's
Exchange Notes pursuant to a registration statement effected pursuant to this
Section 9.

         No registration effected under this Section 9 (except any such
registration under which all then outstanding Exchange Notes are distributed),
and no failure to effect

                                      E-4
<PAGE>   181

a registration under this Section 9, shall relieve the Company of its obligation
to effect a registration pursuant to Section 1 or 2 hereof, and no failure to
effect a registration under this Section 9 and to complete the sale of
securities registered thereunder in connection therewith shall relieve the
Company of any other obligation under this Indenture.

         (b) In a registration pursuant to Section 9(a) involving an
underwritten offering, if the managing underwriter or underwriters of such
underwritten offering have informed, in writing, the Company and the Noteholders
requesting inclusion in such offering that in such underwriter's or
underwriters' opinion the total number of securities which the Company, the
Noteholders and any other Persons desiring to participate in such registration
intend to include in such offering is such as to adversely affect the success of
such offering, including the price at which such securities can be sold, then
the Company will be required to include in such registration only the amount of
securities which it is so advised should be included in such registration. In
such event: (x) in cases involving the registration for sale of securities for
the Company's own account, securities shall be registered in such offering in
the following order of priority: (i) first, the securities which the Company
proposes to register, (ii) second, the securities which have been requested to
be included in such registration by the Noteholders pursuant to this Agreement,
(pro rata based on relative aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes
each such Noteholder has requested to be included in such registration) and
(iii) third, provided that no Exchange Notes sought to be included by the
Noteholder have been excluded from such registration, the securities of other
Persons entitled to exercise "piggy-back" registration rights pursuant to
contractual commitments of the Company (pro rata based on the amount of
securities sought to be registered by such Persons); and (y) in cases not
involving the registration for sale of securities for the Company's own account,
securities shall be registered in such offering as follows: (i) first, the
securities of any Person whose exercise of a "demand" registration right
pursuant to a contractual commitment of the Company is the basis for the
registration (provided that if such Person is a Noteholder, there shall be no
priority as among Noteholders, and Exchange Notes sought to be included by
Noteholders shall be included pro rata based on relative aggregate principal
amount of the Exchange Notes each such Noteholder has requested to be included
in such registration), (ii) second, the securities requested to be included in
such registration by the Noteholders pursuant to this Agreement (pro rata based
on relative aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes each such
Noteholder has requested to be included in such registration) and (iii) third,
securities of other Persons entitled to exercise "piggy back" registration
rights pursuant to contractual commitments (pro rata based on the amount of
securities sought to be registered by such Persons).

         If, as a result of the provisions of this Section 9(b), any Noteholder
shall not be entitled to include all Exchange Notes in a Piggy-Back Registration
that such Noteholder has requested to be included, such Noteholder may elect to
withdraw its request to include Exchange Notes in such registration (a
"Withdrawal Election") by giving written notice to the Company of such
Withdrawal Election prior to the time that such registration statement becomes
effective; provided, however, that a Withdrawal Election shall be irrevocable
and, after making a Withdrawal Election, a Noteholder shall no longer have any
right to include Exchange Notes in the registration as to which such Withdrawal
Election was made.

                                      E-5
<PAGE>   182

         Section 10. Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is
required to effect or cause the registration of any Exchange Notes under the
Securities Act as provided in this Indenture, the Company will, as promptly as
practicable:

         (a) file as promptly as practicable a registration statement on any
form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall
deem appropriate, as the case may be, and which form shall be available for the
sale of the Exchange Notes in accordance with the intended methods of
distribution thereof, and cause such registration statement to become and remain
effective as promptly as practicable; provided, however, that before filing with
the SEC a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements
thereto, the Company will (i) furnish to one counsel selected by the Noteholders
holding a majority in aggregate principal amount, and one counsel selected by
the sole underwriter, managing underwriter or co-managing underwriter, as the
case may be, of the Exchange Notes covered by such registration statement,
copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be
subject to the review of each such counsel, and (ii) notify each Noteholder and
each underwriter, if any reasonable and timely review, of the Exchange Notes
covered by each registration statement of any stop order issued or threatened by
the SEC and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such
stop order or to remove it if entered;

         (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to
such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as
may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for the period
specified in Section 1 above, subject to Section 4 above, and comply with the
provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all
securities covered by such registration statement during such period in
accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set
forth in such registration statement;

         (c) furnish to each Noteholder and each underwriter, if any, of the
Exchange Notes covered by such registration statement such number of copies of
such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case
including all exhibits thereto) and the prospectus included in such registration
statement (including each preliminary prospectus), in conformity with the
requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as any such
Noteholder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the
disposition of the Exchange Notes owned by such Noteholder;

         (d) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such
Exchange Notes under such other securities or blue sky laws of such
jurisdictions as any Noteholder and each underwriter, if any, of the Exchange
Notes covered by such registration statement reasonably requests and do any and
all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to
enable such Noteholder and each such underwriter, if any, to consummate the
disposition in such jurisdictions of the Exchange Notes owned by such Noteholder
or underwritten by such underwriter; provided, however, that the Company will
not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction
where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph (d),
(ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to
general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

         (e) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Notes covered
by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other
governmental

                                      E-6
<PAGE>   183

agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and
operations of the Company to enable the Noteholder or Noteholders and each
underwriter, if any, thereof to consummate the disposition of such Exchange
Notes; subject, however, to the proviso set forth in paragraph (d) above;

         (f) subject to Section 4, promptly notify each Noteholder and each
underwriter, if any, of the Exchange Notes, at any time when a prospectus
relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the
happening of any event if as a result of such event the prospectus included in
such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or
omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading, and promptly prepare and furnish to each such
Noteholder and underwriter a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that,
as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Exchange Notes, such
prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading;

         (g) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement in
customary form) as are customary in connection with an underwritten
registration;

         (h) in the case of an underwritten offering, obtain an opinion of
counsel for the Company covering such matters of the type customarily covered in
such opinions and a "cold comfort" letter from the Company's independent public
accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily
covered by "cold comfort" letters as the Noteholders holding a majority (in
aggregate principal amount) of the Exchange Notes being sold and each
underwriter, if any, reasonably request;

         (i) not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration
Statement, provide a CUSIP number for the Exchange Notes, and provide the
applicable trustee with printed certificates in a form eligible for deposit with
the Depositary Trust Company; and

         (j) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules
and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its securityholders, as soon
as reasonably practicable, an earning statement covering a period of at least 12
months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the
registration statement (as the term "effective date" is defined in Rule 158(c)
under the Securities Act), which earning statement shall satisfy the provisions
of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

         The Company may require each Noteholder holding Exchange Notes as to
which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Company such
information regarding such Noteholder and the distribution of such Exchange
Notes as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

         Each Noteholder by accepting any Note agrees that, upon receipt of any
notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in
subdivision (f) or Section 4 hereof, such Noteholder will forthwith discontinue
disposition of Exchange Notes pursuant to the registration statement covering
such Exchange Notes until such Noteholder's receipt of the copies of the
supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by subdivision (f) hereof, and,
if so directed by the Company, such

                                      E-7
<PAGE>   184

Noteholder will deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies,
other than permanent file copies, then in such Noteholder's possession of the
prospectus covering such Exchange Notes current at the time of receipt of such
notice.

         Section 11. Indemnification. (a) Indemnification by the Company. In the
event of any registration of any securities of the Company under the Securities
Act pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement, the Company will, and it
hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law,
each of the Noteholders of any Exchange Notes covered by such registration
statement, its directors and officers, general partners, limited partners and
managing directors (and directors, officers, general partners, limited partners
and managing directors thereof), each other person, if any, who controls, is
controlled by or is under common control with such Noteholder within the meaning
of the Securities Act, against any and all losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several, and expenses (including any amounts paid in any
settlement effected with the Company's consent) to which such Noteholder, any
such director or officer or general or limited partner or managing director or
any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, state
securities or blue sky laws, common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) or
expenses arise out of or are based upon (a) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement
under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act, any
preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or
supplement thereto or (b) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, and the Company will reimburse such Noteholder and each
such director, officer, general partner, limited partner, managing director,
underwriter and controlling person for any legal or any other expenses
reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending such
loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding; provided, however, that the
Company shall not be liable in any such case to an indemnified party to the
extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in
respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such
registration statement or amendment or supplement thereto or in any such
preliminary, final or summary prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by such indemnified party
specifically stating that it is for use in the preparation thereof; and provided
further, however, that the Company will not be liable to any person (i) who
participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of Exchange Notes or any
other person, if any, under the indemnity agreement in this Section 11 with
respect to any preliminary prospectus as amended or supplemented as the case may
be, to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such other
person results from the fact that such person sold Exchange Notes to a person to
whom there was not sent or given, at or prior to the written confirmation of
such sale, a copy of the final prospectus or of the final prospectus as then
amended or supplemented (including any documents incorporated by reference
therein), whichever is most recent, if the Company has previously furnished
copies thereof to such person and such final prospectus as then amended or
supplemented has corrected any such misstatement or omission unless there is no
legal obligation to deliver such final prospectus or (ii) related to such
person's sale of Exchange Notes during a Suspension Period so long as such
person received notice of such Suspension Period prior to such sale. Such
indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation
made by or on behalf of any Noteholder or any such director, officer, general
partner, limited

                                      E-8
<PAGE>   185

partners, managing director, underwriter or controlling person and shall survive
the transfer of such securities by such Noteholder.

         (b) Indemnification by the Noteholders. The Company may require, as a
condition to including any Exchange Notes in any registration statement filed in
accordance with Section 1 hereof, that the Company shall have received an
undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from the Noteholders of such Exchange
Notes or any underwriter, to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and
to the same extent as set forth in subdivision (a) of this Section 11) the
Company and its directors, officers and controlling persons and all other
prospective sellers and their respective directors, officers, general and
limited partners, managing directors and their respective controlling persons
against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several,
and expenses (including any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the
relevant Noteholder's consent) to which the Company, any such director or
officer or controlling person or any other prospective seller or any of such
seller's directors, officers, general and limited partners, managing directors
or controlling persons may become subject under the Securities Act, state
securities or blue sky laws, common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) or
expenses arise out of or are based upon (a) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement
under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act, any
preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or
supplement thereto or (b) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or
alleged omission (i) was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished to the Company or its representatives by or on behalf of
such Noteholder or underwriter specifically stating that it is for use in the
preparation of such registration statement, preliminary, final or summary
prospectus or amendment or supplement, or a document incorporated by reference
into any of the foregoing, or (ii) relates to such Noteholder's or underwriter's
sale of Exchange Notes during a Suspension Period so long as such Noteholder or
underwriter, as the case may be, received notice of such Suspension Period prior
to such sale. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of
any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any of the Noteholders
of any of their respective directors, officers, general or limited partners,
managing directors or controlling persons and shall survive the transfer of such
securities by such Noteholder.

         (c) Notices of Claims, etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified
party hereunder of written notice of the commencement of any action or
proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made
pursuant to this Section 11, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect
thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, promptly give written
notice to the latter of the commencement of such action; provided, however, that
the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not
relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding
subsections of this Section 11, except to the extent the indemnifying party is
prejudiced thereby. In case any such claim or action is brought against an
indemnified party, unless in such indemnified party's reasonable judgment a
conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties exists in
respect of such claim, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in
and, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the
defense thereof, to the extent that it may wish, with

                                      E-9
<PAGE>   186

counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from
the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume
the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such
indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the
latter in connection with the defense thereof, unless in such indemnified
party's reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and
indemnifying parties arises in respect of such claim after the assumption of the
defense thereof, and the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability
for any settlement made without its consent (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld). No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any
judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional
term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party
of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. An
indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense
of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one
counsel for all parties indemnified by an indemnifying party with respect to
such claim.

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first
written above.

                                       PRIMACOM AG

                                       By:
                                          -------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                       CHASE MANHATTAN
                                       INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

                                       By:
                                          -------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                      E-10

<PAGE>   187

                                                                     EXHIBIT F
                                                                            TO
                                                                     INDENTURE

                       Transferee Letter of Representation

PrimaCom AG
[Trustee]

Attention:        Corporate Trust
                  Administration

Dear Sirs:

         This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of euro ___
principal amount of the Senior Notes due 200_ (the "Notes") of PRIMACOM AG (the
"Company").

         Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new
beneficial owner as follows:

                  Name: ______________________________________________

                  Address: ___________________________________________

                  Taxpayer ID Number: ________________________________

                  The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

(1)      We are an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in
         Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the
         "Securities Act")) purchasing for our own account or for the account of
         such an institutional "accredited investor," at least euro250,000
         principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with
         a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in
         violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience
         in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the
         merits and risk of our investment in the Notes and invest in or
         purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our
         business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to
         bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

(2)      We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the
         Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as
         permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on
         behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to
         offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date which is
         two years after the later of the date of original

                                      F-1

<PAGE>   188

         issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the
         Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the
         "Resale Restriction Termination Date") only (a) to the Company, (b)
         pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective
         under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the
         requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we
         reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A
         (a "QIB") that purchases for its own account or for the account of a
         QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in
         reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur
         outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the
         Securities Act, (e) to an institutional "accredited investor" within
         the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act
         that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an
         institutional "accredited investor", in each case in a minimum
         principal amount of Notes of euro250,000 or (f) pursuant to any other
         available exemption from the registration requirements of the
         Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any
         requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property
         of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or
         their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities
         laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to
         the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other
         transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e)
         above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor
         shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of
         this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among
         other things, that the transferee is an institutional "accredited
         investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under
         the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment
         purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act.
         Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve
         the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the
         Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or
         (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel,
         certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and
         the Trustee.

TRANSFEREE:______________________________

BY_______________________________________

                                      F-2

<PAGE>   189

                                                                    EXHIBIT D
                                                                           TO
                                                       SENIOR WORKING CAPITAL
                                                             CREDIT AGREEMENT

                        FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

         Reference is made to the Senior Working Capital Credit Agreement, dated
as of September 18, 2000 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time, the "Loan Agreement"), among PRIMACOM AG, a company organized
under the laws of Germany (the "Company"), the several banks and other financial
institutions from time to time parties thereto, and Chase Manhattan
International Limited, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such
capacity, the "Administrative Agent"). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms
defined in the Loan Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings assigned
to them in the Loan Agreement.

         The Assignor identified on Schedule l hereto (the "Assignor") and the
Assignee identified on Schedule l hereto (the "Assignee") agree as follows:

         1. The Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee
without recourse to the Assignor, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases
and assumes from the Assignor without recourse to the Assignor, as of the
Transfer Effective Date (as defined below), the interest described in Schedule 1
hereto (the "Assigned Interest") in and to the Assignor's rights and obligations
under the Loan Agreement with respect to those credit facilities contained in
the Loan Agreement as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto (the "Assigned Facility")
in a principal amount as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.

         2. The Assignor (a) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations
made in or in connection with the Loan Agreement or with respect to the
execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value
of the Loan Agreement, any Loan Note or any other instrument or document
furnished pursuant thereto, other than that the Assignor has not created any
adverse claim upon the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such
interest is free and clear of any such adverse claim; (b) makes no
representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the
financial condition of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any other obligor
or the performance or observance by the Company or any other obligor of any of
their respective obligations under the Loan Agreement or any Loan Note or any
other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; (c) attaches
any Loan Notes held by it evidencing the Assigned Facility and requests that the
Administrative Agent exchange the attached Loan Notes for a new Loan Note or
Loan Notes payable to the Assignee and (if the Assignor has retained any
interest in the Assigned Facility) a new Loan Note or Loan Notes payable to the
Assignor (if requested by the Assignor) in the respective amounts which reflect
the assignment being made hereby (and after giving effect to any other
assignments which have become effective on the Transfer Effective Date); and (d)
represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this
Assignment and Acceptance.

<PAGE>   190

                                                                               2

         3. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that it is legally
authorized to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (b) confirms that it
has received a copy of the Loan Agreement, together with copies of the Company's
most recent annual audited and interim unaudited consolidated financial
statements delivered pursuant to the Loan Agreement and such other documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and
decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (c) agrees that it will,
independently and without reliance upon the Assignor, the Administrative Agent
or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking action under the Loan Agreement, the Loan Notes or any other
instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; (d) appoints and
authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf
and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Loan Agreement, the Loan
Notes or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto
as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with
such powers as are incidental thereto; and (e) agrees that it will be bound by
the provisions of the Loan Agreement and will perform in accordance with its
terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Agreement are required
to be performed by it as a Lender including, if it is organized under the laws
of a jurisdiction outside the United States, its obligations pursuant to Section
2.10 of the Loan Agreement.

         4. The effective date of this Assignment and Acceptance shall be the
Effective Date of Assignment described in Schedule 1 hereto (the "Transfer
Effective Date"). Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance, it
will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for acceptance by it and recording
by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.6(d) of the Loan Agreement,
effective as of the Transfer Effective Date (which shall not, unless otherwise
agreed to by the Administrative Agent, be earlier than five Business Days after
the date of such acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent).

         5. Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Transfer
Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of
the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other
amounts) to the Assignee and Assignor as their interests appear on Schedule 1
attached hereto.

         6. From and after the Transfer Effective Date, (a) the Assignee shall
be a party to the Loan Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment
and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under
the Loan Notes and shall be bound by the provisions thereof and (b) the Assignor
shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its
rights and be released from its obligations under the Loan Agreement.

<PAGE>   191

                                                                               3

         7. THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment and
Acceptance to be executed as of the date first above written by their respective
duly authorized officers on Schedule 1 hereto.

                                   Schedule 1
                          to Assignment and Acceptance

Name of Assignor:
                  -----------------------------------------------------------

Name of Assignee:
                  -----------------------------------------------------------

Effective Date of Assignment:
                              -----------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             Principal
Assigned Facility                         Amount Assigned

                                             euro
                                                 -------

-----------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
[Name of Assignee]                     [Name of Assignor]

By:                                    By:
   --------------------------------       ------------------------------------
    Title:                                 Title:

Accepted:

CHASE MANHATTAN INTERNATIONAL LIMITED,
as Administrative Agent

By:
   ---------------------------------
    Title:

<PAGE>   192

                                                              EXHIBIT E-1 TO
                                                      SENIOR WORKING CAPITAL
                                                            CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                                                      London
                                                         _________ ___, 2000

                       SENIOR WORKING CAPITAL INITIAL NOTE

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, PRIMACOM AG, a company organized
under the laws of Germany (the "Company"), hereby promises to pay to the order
of ________________, or registered assigns (the "Lender"), at the office of
Chase Manhattan International Limited ("Chase"), 125 London Wall, London EC2Y
5AJ, in immediately available funds, the principal amount of ___________ EUROS
(euro ______________ ), or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
all Initial Loans made by the Lender pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Loan
Agreement referred to below (in either case, to be paid together with any
accrued interest not required to be paid currently in cash), which sum shall be
due and payable in such amounts and on such dates as are set forth in the Senior
Working Capital Credit Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2000, among the
Company, the Lender and certain other entities from time to time parties
thereto, and Chase, as administrative agent (the "Loan Agreement"; terms defined
therein being used herein as so defined). The undersigned further agrees to pay
interest at said office, in like money, from the date hereof on the unpaid
principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and on the
dates specified in Section 2.6 of the Loan Agreement. The holder of this Initial
Note (the "Holder") is authorized to record the date and amount of the Initial
Loan made by the Lender pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the date and amount of
interest added to the principal hereof and the date and amount of each payment
or prepayment of principal hereof on Schedule A annexed hereto and made a part
hereof and any such recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of the
information so recorded; provided that the failure of the Lender or the Holder
to make such recordation (or any error in such recordation) shall not affect the
obligations of the Company hereunder or under the Loan Agreement. Unless this
Initial Loan is repaid with the proceeds of the Take-Out Debt prior to September
18, 2001, the Holder shall then have the option at any time or from time to time
to receive one or more Term Notes or Exchange Notes in place of this Initial
Note to the extent set forth in Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement.

         All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Initial Note,
whether maker, principal, surety, guarantor, endorser or otherwise, hereby waive
diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The
nonexercise by the Holder of this Initial Note of any of its rights hereunder in
any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any
subsequent instance.

         This Initial Note is one of the Loan Notes referred to in the Loan
Agreement, which Loan Agreement, among other things, contains provisions for the
acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for
optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity
hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain provisions of the Loan
Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

<PAGE>   193

                                                                              2

         This Initial Note shall be construed in accordance with and governed by
the laws of the State of New York and any applicable laws of the United States
of America.

         THIS INITIAL NOTE AND THE INITIAL LOANS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE
TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS
OF THIS INITIAL NOTE AND THE INITIAL LOANS REPRESENTED HEREBY MUST BE RECORDED
IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF
THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

                                       PRIMACOM AG

                                       By: ____________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

<PAGE>   194

                                                                    SCHEDULE A
                                                                            TO
                                                                  INITIAL NOTE

                  INITIAL LOANS AND REPAYMENTS OF INITIAL LOANS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

DATE         PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF     AMOUNT OF            AMOUNT OF INTEREST ADDED  UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF     NOTATION
                INITIAL LOANS        PRINCIPAL REPAID     TO PRINCIPAL              INITIAL LOANS                   MADE BY
-----        -------------------     ----------------     ------------------------  ---------------------------     ---------
<S>          <C>                      <C>                 <C>                       <C>                            <C>

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   195

                                                                    EXHIBIT E-2
                                                                             TO
                                                         SENIOR WORKING CAPITAL
                                                               CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                                                         London

                                                              ------- ---, ----

                        SENIOR WORKING CAPITAL TERM NOTE

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, PRIMACOM AG, a company organized
under the laws of Germany (the "Company"), hereby promises to pay to the order
of ____________________, or registered assigns (the "Lender"), at the office of
Chase Manhattan International Limited ("Chase"), 125 London Wall, London EC2Y
5AJ in immediately available funds, the principal amount of ________ EUROS
(euro______), or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Term
Loans made by the Lender pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement referred
to below (in either case, to be paid together with any accrued interest not
required to be paid currently in cash), which sum shall be due and payable in
such amounts and on such dates as are set forth in the Senior Working Capital
Credit Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2000, among the Company, the Lender
and certain other entities from time to time parties thereto, and Chase, as
administrative agent (the "Loan Agreement"; terms defined therein being used
herein as so defined). The undersigned further agrees to pay interest at said
office, in like money, from the date hereof on the unpaid principal amount
hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and on the dates specified in
Section 2.6 of the Loan Agreement. The holder of this Term Note (the "Holder")
is authorized to record the date and amount of the Term Loan made by the Lender
pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the date and amount of interest added to the
principal hereof and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of
principal hereof on Schedule A annexed hereto and made a part hereof and any
such recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of the information so
recorded; provided that the failure of the Lender or Holder to make such
recordation (or any error in such recordation) shall not affect the obligations
of the Company hereunder or under the Loan Agreement. The Holder shall have the
option at any time or from time to time to receive one or more Exchange Notes in
exchange for this Term Note to the extent set forth in Section 2.3(c) of the
Loan Agreement.

         All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Term Note,
whether maker, principal, surety, guarantor, endorser or otherwise, hereby waive
diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The
nonexercise by the Holder of this Term Note of any of its rights hereunder in
any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any
subsequent instance.

         This Term Note is one of the Loan Notes referred to in the Loan
Agreement, which Loan Agreement, among other things, contains provisions for the
acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for
optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity
hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain provisions of the Loan
Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

         This Term Note shall be construed in accordance with and governed by
the laws of the State of New York and any applicable laws of the United States
of America.

<PAGE>   196

         THIS TERM NOTE AND THE TERM LOANS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE
TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS
OF THIS TERM NOTE AND THE TERM LOANS REPRESENTED HEREBY MUST BE RECORDED IN THE
REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE
LOAN AGREEMENT.

                                       PRIMACOM AG

                                       By:__________________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

<PAGE>   197

                                                                    SCHEDULE A
                                                                            TO
                                                                     TERM NOTE

                     TERM LOANS AND REPAYMENTS OF TERM LOANS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

DATE         PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF     AMOUNT OF            AMOUNT OF INTEREST ADDED  UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF     NOTATION
                TERM    LOANS        PRINCIPAL REPAID     TO PRINCIPAL              TERM LOANS                      MADE BY
-----        -------------------     ----------------     ------------------------  ---------------------------     ---------
<S>          <C>                      <C>                 <C>                       <C>                            <C>

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE><PAGE>   1

                        CONTINGENT VALUE RIGHT AGREEMENT

                                   Dated as of

                               September 18, 2000

                                     between

                                   PRIMACOM AG

                                       and

                              CHASE SECURITIES INC.

                                as the CVR Agent

<PAGE>   2

EXHIBIT A    -    Form of CVR Certificate
EXHIBIT B    -    Form of Election to Purchase CVR Certificates
EXHIBIT C    -    Certificate to be Delivered upon Exchange or Registration of
                  Transfer of CVRs
EXHIBIT D    -    Registration Rights

ANNEX A      -    Release Certificate (Sale)
ANNEX B      -    Release Certificate (Earn-In)
ANNEX C      -    Retirement Certificate
ANNEX D      -    Earn-In Progression

<PAGE>   3

         CONTINGENT VALUE RIGHT AGREEMENT, dated as of September 18, 2000 (this
"Agreement"), between PRIMACOM AG, a company organized under the laws of Germany
(the "Company"), and CHASE SECURITIES INC., as CVR Agent (in such capacity, the
"CVR Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS, it is a condition to the obligations of the Lenders under the
Senior Working Capital Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2000 (the "Credit
Agreement"), among the Company, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto
and Chase Manhattan International Limited, as Administrative Agent thereunder
(in such capacity, the "Credit Agreement Agent"), that the Company execute and
deliver this Contingent Value Right Agreement and the Contingent Value Right
Escrow Agreement, dated the date hereof (the "Contingent Value Right Escrow
Agreement"), between the Company and Chase Manhattan International Limited, as
CVR Escrow Agent (in such capacity, the "CVR Escrow Agent"), granting contingent
value rights ("CVRs") and to deposit with the CVR Escrow Agent thereunder
certificates evidencing the CVRs (the "CVR Certificates") to require the Company
until the Expiration Date to make a cash payment to the holder of each CVR equal
to the difference between the market price of a share of Common Stock of the
Company on the date of exercise of such CVR and 110% of the market price of a
share of such Common Stock on the Release Date, as more fully described below;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                            SECTION 1. Defined Terms

         1.1 Definitions.

         All terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall have such defined
meanings when used herein or in any Exhibit unless otherwise defined herein or
therein. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:

         "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly
or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control
with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person means
the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 20% or more of the
securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such
Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of
such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

         "Board" means the Supervisory Board of the Company (Aufsichtsrat).

         "Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day
on which commercial banks in New York City or London are authorized or required
by law to close.

         "Combination" means an event in which the Company consolidates with,
merges with or into, or sells all or substantially all its property and assets
to another Person.
<PAGE>   4

         "Common Stock" means the common stock, no par value, of the Company
together with any other equity securities that may be issued by the Company in
substitution therefor.

         "Contingent Value Payment" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section
3.1.

         "Current Market Price" means, on any date, the greater of (1) the
average of the most recently reported per share sale price of the Company's
shares traded on the Nasdaq National Market for each Business Day during the
period commencing 20 Business Days before such date and ending on the date one
day prior to such date; and (2) the market price called for under a calculation
under Rule 144A(d)(3)(i) of the Securities Act such that the exercise price (as
referred to in Section 3.1) is an effective conversion premium equal to or
greater than 10%.

         "CVR Certificates" means the certificates evidencing the CVRs to be
delivered pursuant to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         "Exchange Notes" means any Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Credit
Agreement and the Indenture.

         "Exercise Date Market Price" means, on any date, the most recently
reported sale price of the Company's shares traded on the Nasdaq National Market
on the date one day prior to such date.

         "Expiration Date" means the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date.

         "Holder" means the duly registered holder of a CVR under the terms of
this Contingent Value Right Agreement and the Contingent Value Right Escrow
Agreement.

         "Initial Maturity Date" means the date which is one year after the
Closing Date.

         "Initial Lenders" means the Lenders parties to the Credit Agreement on
the Closing Date.

         "Initial Loans" means the Initial Loans made pursuant to the Credit
Agreement.

         "Loans" means the Initial Loans and the Term Loans.

         "Noteholders" means the Initial Lenders.

         "Note Purchaser" means any Person who has agreed to purchase Loans or
Exchange Notes from a Noteholder.

         "Officer" means any two members of the executive committee of the
Company (Vorstand).

<PAGE>   5

         "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
limited liability company, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof or any other entity.

         "Release Certificate" means a certificate, substantially in the form
attached hereto as Annex A or B, presented by a Noteholder to the CVR Agent in
order to obtain release from escrow of some or all of the CVRs under the
procedure described herein in Section 4.2 or 4.3.

         "Release Dates" means each date which is three months, six months, nine
months and twelve months after June 30, 2001.

         "Release Ratio" means, for the purposes of any determination thereof on
any date, the ratio of (i) the Commitment by an Initial Lender on the Closing
Date to (ii) the aggregate of all Commitments on the Closing Date.

         "Replacement Warrants": shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 2.9.

         "Retirement Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form
attached hereto as Annex C, presented by the Company to the CVR Agent in order
to obtain release of the CVRs from escrow under the procedure described herein
in Section 4.5.

         "Rule 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such
Rule may be amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation
hereinafter adopted by the SEC.

         "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor
thereto).

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Strike Price" means, of any CVR, 110% of the Current Market Price of
one share of common stock as of the date on which such CVR is released from
escrow (as adjusted pursuant to Article 5 of this Agreement).

         "Term Loans" means any Term Loans made pursuant to the Credit
Agreement.

         "Transfer Restricted Securities" means the CVRs which may be issued to
Holders upon exercise of the CVRs whether or not such exercise has been
effected. Each such security shall cease to be a Transfer Restricted Security
when the legend set forth in Section 2.5 is, or may be, removed pursuant to
Section 2.4(b)(v).

         "Voting Stock" of a corporation means all classes of capital stock of
such corporation then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election
of the Board.

         1.2 Other Definitions.
<PAGE>   6

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Defined in
         Term                                                                           Section
         -----                                                                       -----------
<S>                                                                                  <C>
         "Agreement".................................................                 Preamble
         "Certificate Register"......................................                 2.3
         "Company"...................................................                 Preamble
         "Contingent Value Right Escrow Agreement"...................                 Recitals
         "Credit Agreement"..........................................                 Preamble
         "CSI".......................................................                 4.4
         "Current Market Value"......................................                 5.8
         "CVRs"......................................................                 Recitals
         "CVR Agent".................................................                 Preamble
         "CVR Escrow Agent"..........................................                 Recitals
         "Earn-In Release"...........................................                 4.3
         "Fair Value"................................................                 5.2
         "Release on Sale"...........................................                 4.2
          "Retirement Release".......................................                 4.5
         "Share Settlement Exercise".................................                 3.4
         "Successor Company".........................................                 5.5(a)
         "Time of Determination".....................................                 5.8
</TABLE>

         1.3 Rules of Construction.

         Unless the text otherwise required.

         (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

         (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned
to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect
from time to time;

         (c) "or" is not exclusive;

         (d) "including" means including, without limitation; and

         (e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural
include the singular.

                          SECTION 2. CVR Certificates

         2.1 Issuance and Dating.

         The CVRs shall be initially granted conditionally on the Closing Date
and the relevant CVR Certificates shall be deposited with the CVR Escrow Agent
pursuant to the terms of the Contingent Value Right Escrow Agreement. The CVR
Certificates will be

<PAGE>   7

         issued in registered form as definitive CVR Certificates, substantially
         in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly
         made a part of this Agreement. The CVR Certificates may have notations,
         legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules,
         agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage (provided
         that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable
         to the Company) and shall bear the legend required by Section 2.5. Each
         CVR shall be dated the date of its countersignature.

         2.2 Execution and Countersignature.

         (a) With respect to the CVRs to be granted on the Closing Date, one or
more CVR Certificates as specified by the Administrative Agent representing the
CVRs shall be executed in blank on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile
signature by one Officer. The CVR Agent shall countersign such CVR
Certificate(s) by manual or facsimile signature, and such CVR Certificate(s)
shall be delivered in accordance with Section 2.1 hereof.

         (b) With respect to all other CVRs, the CVR Certificates therefor shall
be executed on behalf of the Company by one Officer. Such signature may be
manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a CVR
Certificate no longer holds that office at the time the CVR Agent countersigns
the CVR Certificate, the CVR Certificate shall be valid nevertheless. A CVR
Certificate shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the CVR Agent
manually countersigns the CVR Certificate. The signature shall be conclusive
evidence that the CVR Certificate has been countersigned under this Agreement.

         (c) Upon written order from the CVR Agent, the Company shall execute
and deliver to the CVR Agent, and the CVR Agent shall countersign and deliver to
the CVR Escrow Agent, CVR Certificates registered in the name or names and for
such number of CVRs as shall be specified by the CVR Agent in such order in
exchange for CVR Certificate(s) then held by the CVR Escrow Agent for a like
number of CVRs. To the extent the CVR Certificate(s) delivered by the CVR Escrow
Agent to the CVR Agent represent a greater number of CVRs than specified in the
order from the CVR Agent, the Company shall execute and deliver to the CVR
Agent, and the CVR Agent shall countersign and deliver to the CVR Escrow Agent,
CVR Certificates in blank for such excess number of CVRs to be held in escrow by
the CVR Escrow Agent pursuant to the CVR Escrow Agreement.

         (d) The CVR Agent may appoint an agent reasonably acceptable to the
Company to countersign the CVR Certificate on behalf of the CVR Agent. Unless
limited by the terms of such appointment, such agent may countersign the CVR
Certificate whenever the CVR Agent may do so. Each reference in this Agreement
to countersignature by the CVR Agent includes by such agent.

         2.3 Certificate Register.

         The CVR Agent shall keep a register ("Certificate Register") of the CVR
Certificates and of their transfer and exchange. The Certificate Register shall
show the names and addresses of the respective Holders and the date and number
of CVRs evidenced on the face of each of the CVR Certificates. The Company and
the CVR Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name a CVR Certificate is
registered as the absolute owner of such CVR Certificate for all purposes
whatsoever and neither the Company nor the CVR Agent shall be affected by notice
to the contrary.

         2.4 Transfer and Exchange.
<PAGE>   8

         (a) When CVRs are presented to the CVR Agent with a request to register
the transfer of such CVRs or to exchange such CVRs for an equal number of CVRs
of other authorized denominations, the CVR Agent shall register the transfer or
make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such
transaction are met; provided, however, that the CVR Certificates representing
such CVRs surrendered for transfer or exchange:

         (i)   shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the CVR Agent, duly
executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing;

         (ii)  shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the CVR Agent, duly
executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and

         (iii) in the case of CVRs that are Transfer Restricted Securities,
shall be accompanied by the following additional information and documents:

            (A) a certificate from such Holder in substantially the form of
                Exhibit C hereto certifying that:

                (1) such securities are being delivered for registration in the
                    name of such Holder without transfer;

                (2) such securities are being transferred to the Company;

                (3) such securities are being transferred pursuant to an
                    effective registration statement under the Securities Act;
                    or

                (4) such securities are being transferred (w) to a "qualified
                    institutional buyer" ("QIB") as defined in Rule 144A under
                    the Securities Act pursuant to such Rule 144A, (x) in an
                    offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 904 under the
                    Securities Act, (y) in a transaction meeting the
                    requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (z)
                    pursuant to another available exemption from the
                    registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

            (B) in the case of any transfer described under clause
                (a)(iii)(A)(4)(x), (y) and (z) of this Section 2.4, evidence
                reasonably satisfactory to the CVR Agent and the Company (which
                may include an opinion of counsel) as to compliance with the
                restrictions set forth in the legend in Section 2.5.
<PAGE>   9

     (b) (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges meeting the
requirements of clause (a) of this Section 2.4, the Company shall execute and
the CVR Agent shall countersign CVR Certificates as required pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 2.4.

         (ii) All CVR Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or
exchange of CVRs shall evidence the valid obligations of the Company, and
benefits conferred under this Agreement, as the CVR Certificates surrendered
upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

         (iii) Prior to due presentment of any CVR Certificate for registration
of transfer of any CVR, the CVR Agent and the Company may deem and treat the
Person in whose name any CVR is registered as the absolute owner of such CVR and
neither the CVR Agent nor the Company shall be affected by notice to the
contrary.

         (iv) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration
of transfer or exchange upon surrender of any CVR Certificate at the office of
the CVR Agent maintained for that purpose. However, the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that
may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of
CVR Certificates.

         (v) Upon any sale or transfer of CVRs pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Rule 144(k) under
the Securities Act or pursuant to an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory
to the Company that no legend is required, the CVR Agent shall permit the Holder
thereof to exchange such CVRs for CVRs represented by CVR Certificates that do
not bear the legend set forth in Section 2.5 and rescind any restriction on the
transfer of such CVRs.

     2.5 Legends.

     Except for CVR Certificates delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v) of this
Agreement, each CVR Certificate evidencing the CVRs (and all CVR Certificates
issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) and each certificate
representing the CVR Shares (unless such CVR are not Transfer Restricted
Securities) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (with any
appropriate modification for the CVR Shares):

     "THE CVRs HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE
     "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS CVR NOR ANY
     INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED,
     TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF
     SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT
     TO, REGISTRATION AND SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS. THE
     HOLDER HEREOF, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE

<PAGE>   10

     HEREOF, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH CVR, UNLESS
     PREVIOUSLY REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY;
     (B) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
     PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE); (C) TO A PERSON IT
     REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE
     144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE
     ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE
     TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A; (D) PURSUANT TO AN
     OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT; OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
     REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

     2.6 Replacement Certificates.

     If a mutilated CVR Certificate is surrendered to the CVR Agent or if the
Holder of a CVR Certificate claims that the CVR Certificate has been lost,
destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the CVR Agent shall
countersign a replacement CVR Certificate if the reasonable requirements of the
CVR Agent and of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in
the State of New York are met. If required by the CVR Agent or the Company, such
Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond in favor of the Company and the CVR Agent
sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the CVR Agent to protect the
Company and the CVR Agent from any loss which either of them may suffer if a CVR
Certificate is replaced. The Company and the CVR Agent may charge the Holder for
their expenses in replacing a CVR Certificate. Every replacement CVR Certificate
is an additional obligation of the Company.

     2.7 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

     2.8 Cancellation.

     (a) In the event the Company shall purchase or otherwise acquire or
extinguish CVRs, the CVR Certificates in respect thereof shall thereupon be
delivered to the CVR Agent for cancellation.

     (b) The CVR Agent and no one else shall cancel and destroy all CVR
Certificates surrendered for transfer, exchange, replacement, exercise or
cancellation and deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company unless
the Company directs the CVR Agent to deliver canceled CVR Certificates to the
Company. The Company may not issue new CVR Certificates to replace CVR
Certificates to the extent they evidence CVRs which have been exercised or CVRs
which the Company has purchased or otherwise acquired.

     2.9 Replacement of CVRs. The Company agrees that as promptly as practicable
after the date hereof, it will convene a shareholders meeting and a meeting of
the Board, in each case, to approve, and do all such other acts that may be
reasonably available to it to procure, the issue to the Holders of warrants (the
"Replacement Warrants") with a

<PAGE>   11

maturity date falling on the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date to purchase
up to an aggregate amount of 5% of the fully diluted Common Stock of the Company
on the Closing Date adjusted in accordance with Section 5 with terms and
conditions analogous in economic form to the terms and conditions hereof. Upon
the issuance of the Replacement Warrants, the Replacement Warrants shall be
substituted for and shall replace the CVRs then in issue at such time. Warrant
certificates representing the Replacement Warrants to the Holders of the CVRs
shall only be delivered against surrender of CVR Certificates.

                           SECTION 3. Exercise Terms

     3.1 Exercise Price.

     Each CVR shall initially entitle the Holder thereof, subject to adjustment
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, to require the Company to pay to it an
amount equal to the difference between (a) the Exercise Date Market Price and
(b) the Strike Price with respect to one share of Common Stock (as the same may
be adjusted pursuant to Article 5) (such difference, the "Contingent Value
Payment").

     3.2 Exercise Periods.

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each CVR shall
entitle the Holder thereof to require the Company to make the Contingent Value
Payment at any time or from time to time on or after the Closing Date and on or
prior to the Expiration Date; provided, however, that CVRs that are held in
escrow pursuant to the terms of the Contingent Value Right Escrow Agreement are
not eligible for exercise unless and until they are released from escrow
pursuant to the terms of the Contingent Value Right Agreement and this
Agreement.

     3.3 Expiration.

     A CVR shall terminate and become void as of the earlier of (a) the close of
business on the Expiration Date and (b) the time and date such CVR is exercised.
The Company shall give notice not less than 90, and not more than 120, days
prior to the Expiration Date to the Holders of all then outstanding CVRs to the
effect that the CVRs will terminate and become void as of the close of business
on the Expiration Date. The CVRs shall terminate and become void after the
Expiration Date, notwithstanding the Company's failure to give such notice.

     3.4 Manner of Exercise.

     CVRs may be exercised by surrender to the CVR Agent of CVR Certificates on
or before the Expiration Date. Immediately following such surrender, the CVR
Agent shall give notice (each, a "Close-out Notice") to the Company of the
surrender of such CVR Certificate. The Company shall either:

(a)  within five days of the Close-out Notice, pay to the CVR Agent, for
     immediate onward transmission to the relevant Holder, the Contingent Value
     Payment, calculated by reference to, and due in respect of, the CVRs to
     which the CVR Certificates surrendered relate; or
<PAGE>   12

(b)  within fifteen days of the Close-out Notice, together with payment of such
     Contingent Value Payment (but subject to the set-off provision below),
     notify the CVR Agent that it wishes to effect settlement of the Contingent
     Value Payment by way of the issue of Common Stock of the Company to the
     relevant Holder, in which case, the Company shall procure the issue to such
     Holder of such number of shares of Common Stock in the Company as have an
     aggregate Exercise Date Market Price (determined as at the date of receipt
     of the Close-out Notice) equal to the Contingent Value Payment with respect
     to the number of shares underlying the CVRs being exercised within fifteen
     Business Days of receipt of the Close-out Notice, in which case, the
     relevant Holder shall (but subject to the set-off provision below) on the
     last day of such period of fifteen Business Days, pay to the Company an
     amount equivalent to the Contingent Value Payment made in respect of such
     CVRs.

Whether the Company shall perform its obligations in the manner described in
paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above shall be entirely at the option of the
Company.

In the event that the Company elects to fulfill its obligations in the manner
prescribed in paragraph (b) the Contingent Value Payment due from the Company to
the relevant Holder may, at the option of the Company but not the Holder, be
set-off against the payment due by the Holder against the issuance of Common
Stock of the Company to the Holder in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

An exercise of a CVR in accordance with these provisions is herein referred to
as a "Share Settlement Exercise". All provisions of this Agreement shall be
applicable with respect to an exercise of CVR Certificates pursuant to a Share
Settlement Exercise for less than the full number of CVRs represented thereby.
Subject to Section 3.2, the rights represented by the CVRs shall be exercisable
at the election of the Holders thereof either in full at any time or from time
to time in part and in the event that a CVR Certificate is surrendered for
exercise in respect of the Contingent Value Payment in respect of less than all
the shares of Common Stock represented by such CVR Certificate at any time prior
to the Expiration Date a new CVR Certificate in respect of the remaining shares
represented thereby will be issued. The CVR Agent shall countersign and deliver
the required new CVR Certificates, and the Company, at the CVR Agent's request,
shall supply the CVR Agent with CVR Certificates duly signed on behalf of the
Company for such purpose.

                     SECTION 4. Release of CVRs from Escrow

     4.1 Terms of Release.

     The CVRs created under the terms of this Agreement shall be released in
whole or in part by the Escrow Agent only through one of the procedures
described below in Section 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5.

     4.2 Release on Transfer of Loans or Exchange Notes (a "Release on Sale").

     In the event that release of the CVRs from escrow becomes necessary to
effectuate the sale by a Noteholder to a Note Purchaser of Loans or Exchange
Notes at a price not greater than the principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, such Noteholder, if it so elects, may, following
communication with the Company, obtain release of a portion of the CVRs in
escrow by presenting the CVR Agent with a Release Certificate, substantially in
the form attached hereto as Annex A. The number of CVRs to be released to

<PAGE>   13

any Noteholder shall not be greater than the product of (a) the total number of
CVRs initially issued under this Agreement (as reduced by CVRs released pursuant
to Section 4.4 hereof) and (b) the Release Ratio applicable to such Noteholder
and subtracting from such product of (a) and (b) the total number of CVRs
theretofore released to such Noteholder up to the time of such release pursuant
to Section 4.2 and 4.3.

     4.3 Earn-In Release (an "Earn-In Release").

     In accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.3, over time, the
Noteholders will become entitled to receive CVRs. The number of CVRs to which
each Noteholder continuing to hold Loans or Exchange Notes will be entitled to
receive under this Section 4.3 on each Release Date will be equal to a number
calculated by taking the product of (a) the product of (i) a percentage, with
credit for any portion of a period, initially 25% on the first Release Date,
increasing on each Release Date thereafter to the applicable percentage set
forth in Annex D hereto and (ii) the Release Ratio applicable to such Noteholder
and (b) the total number of CVRs initially issued under this Agreement (as
reduced by CVRs released pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof), and subtracting from
such product of (a) and (b) the total number of CVRs theretofore released to
that Noteholder up to the time of such Release Date pursuant to Section 4.2 and
4.3. In no event shall any Noteholder receive pursuant to Section 4.2 and this
Section 4.3 an amount of CVRs greater than a number equal to the product of (a)
the Release Ratio applicable to such Noteholder and (b) the total number of CVRs
initially issued under this Agreement reduced by CVRs released pursuant to
Section 4.4 hereof).

     At the time when a Noteholder becomes entitled to CVRs under this Section
4.3, the Noteholder may obtain release of those CVRs from escrow by presenting
the CVR Agent with a Release Certificate, which shall be substantially in the
form attached hereto as Annex B, requesting the release of the proportionate
number of CVRs to the Noteholder. Such Release Certificates may be presented on
any date on or after each Release Date, so long as on such date the Noteholder
continued to hold Loans or Exchange Notes, and will entitle the Noteholder to
receive the number of CVRs accrued as of the date such Release Certificate is
presented to the CVR Agent. In the event that any Noteholder wishes to
automatically receive its accrued CVRs upon each Release Date, it may elect to
do so by checking the appropriate box on the first Release Certificate presented
to the CVR Agent.

     4.4 Take-Out Release (a "Take-Out Release").

     (a) In the event of a refinancing of the Loans and/or Exchange Notes with
the proceeds of the issuance of securities in a public or private offering in
which Chase Securities Inc. ("CSI") or any of its affiliates is lead
underwriter, initial purchaser or placement agent, if it shall be reasonably
determined by CSI based on then prevailing market conditions and following
communication with the Company that it is necessary and advisable to sell such
securities with an equity based return component in order for the Company to
sell such securities at par or otherwise permit the Company to receive net
proceeds from the sale of such securities in an amount sufficient to repay in
full all Initial Loans and Exchange Notes or to terminate the Commitments in
respect thereof, all or any portion of the CVRs then in escrow, subject to any
accrued rights of Noteholders pursuant to Section 4.3, may be released to CSI or
such affiliate for sale with such securities upon delivery to the CVR Agent of a
written certification by CSI or such affiliate stating that the Company and CSI
or such affiliate have entered into an underwriting agreement or purchase
agreement for the issuance of such securities with CVRs and setting forth the
number of CVRs to be released pursuant to

<PAGE>   14

this Section 4.4(a) and stating that the release of such CVRs is necessary to
sell such securities at par or to otherwise permit the Company to receive net
proceeds from the sale of such securities in an amount sufficient to repay in
full all Initial Loans and Exchange Notes or to terminate the Commitments in
respect thereof.

     (b) Upon release of any CVRs pursuant to this Section 4.4, the rights of
the Noteholders and the Company under this Article 4 shall automatically
terminate.

     4.5 Retirement Release (a "Retirement Release").

     In the event that the Company retires or cancels all or any part of the
Loans and Exchange Notes, the Company may obtain the release of all or an
equivalent proportion of the CVRs then held in escrow (other than CVRs to which
Noteholders would then be entitled under Section 4.3) by presenting a Retirement
Certificate to the CVR Agent, substantially in the form affixed hereto as Annex
C, whereupon the rights of each Noteholder and CSI to obtain further release of
any CVRs pursuant to this Article 4 shall terminate proportionately.

     4.6 Release Procedures.

     Upon receipt by the CVR Agent of a Release Certificate or a certificate by
CSI or any of its affiliates pursuant to Section 4.4 or a Retirement Certificate
the CVR Agent will present such Certificate to the CVR Escrow Agent as
contemplated by Section 2 of the Contingent Value Right Escrow Agreement. In the
case of a Release Certificate, CVRs released from escrow will be registered in
the name requested by the Noteholder or, in the case of a release pursuant to
Section 4.2, the Note Purchaser providing such Certificate and in the case of a
certificate by CSI, in the name or names specified by CSI.

                       SECTION 5. Antidilution Provisions

     5.1 Changes in Common Stock.

     In the event that at any time or from time to time after the date hereof
the Company shall (a) pay a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Stock
in shares of its Common Stock or other shares of capital stock, (b) subdivide
its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares of Common
Stock, (c) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number
of shares of Common Stock or (d) increase or decrease the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding, in each case, by reclassification of its Common Stock,
then the Strike Price shall be adjusted so that, after giving affect to such
adjustment, the Holder (or potential Holder, in the case of CVRs still in
escrow) of each CVR shall be entitled to receive a Contingent Value Payment in
an amount equal to the Contingent Value Payment that such holder would have been
entitled to receive had such CVRs been exercised immediately prior to the
happening of the events described above (or, in the case of a dividend or
distribution of Common Stock, immediately prior to the record date therefor). An
adjustment made pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall become effective
<PAGE>   15

immediately after the effective date, retroactive to the record date therefor in
the case of a dividend or distribution in shares of Common Stock, and shall
become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a
subdivision, combination or reclassification.

     5.2 Cash Dividends and Other Distributions.

     In the event that at any time or from time to time after the date hereof
the Company shall distribute to holders of Common Stock (a) any dividend (other
than non-extraordinary dividends payable out of current earnings and profits) or
other distribution of cash, evidences of its indebtedness, shares of its capital
stock or any other properties or securities or (b) any options, warrants or
other rights to subscribe for or purchase any of the foregoing (other than, in
each case set forth in (a) and (b), (i) any such dividend or distribution
described in Section 5.1 or (ii) any rights, options, warrants or securities
described in Section 5.3) then the number of shares of Common Stock with respect
to which the Holder of a CVR shall be entitled to a Contingent Value Payment
shall be increased to a number determined by multiplying the number of shares of
Common Stock with respect to which a Contingent Value Payment would have been
payable upon the exercise of such CVR immediately prior to the record date for
any such dividend or distribution by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be
the Current Market Value per share of Common Stock on the record date for such
distribution, and the denominator of which shall be such Current Market Value
per share of Common Stock less the sum of (x) any cash distributed per share of
Common Stock and (y) the fair value (the "Fair Value") (as determined in good
faith by the Board, whose determination shall be evidenced by a board resolution
filed with the CVR Agent, a copy of which will be sent to Holders upon request)
of the portion, if any, of the distribution applicable to one share of Common
Stock consisting of evidences of indebtedness, shares of stock, securities,
other property, warrants, options or subscription of purchase rights
(notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Fair Value per share of Common Stock in
the above formula equals or exceeds the Current Market Value per share of Common
Stock in the above formula, then the Current Market Value per share of Common
Stock shall be equal to the Fair Value per share of the Common Stock on the
record date as determined in good faith by the Board and described in a Board
resolution filed with the CVR Agent). Such adjustments shall be made whenever
any distribution is made and shall become effective as of the date of
distribution, retroactive to the record date for any such distribution;
provided, however, that the Company is not required to make an adjustment
pursuant to this Section 5.2 if at the time of such distribution the Company
makes the same distribution to Holders of CVRs as it makes to holders of Common
Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock for which such CVRs
are exercisable (whether or not currently exercisable).

     5.3 Rights Issue.

     In the event that at any time or from time to time after the date hereof
the Company shall issue, sell, distribute or otherwise grant any rights to
subscribe for or to purchase, or any options or warrants for the purchase of, or
any securities convertible or exchangeable into, Common Stock, entitling such
holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock or stock or
securities convertible into Common Stock, whether or not immediately
exercisable, convertible or exchangeable, as the case may be, and the price per
share of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof is
lower at the record date for such issuance than the then Current Market Value
per share of Common Stock, then the number of shares of Common Stock thereafter
with respect to which the Holder of a CVR shall be entitled to a Contingent
Value Payment shall be increased to a number determined by multiplying the
number of shares of Common Stock with respect to

<PAGE>   16

which a Contingent Value Payment would have been payable upon the exercise of
such CVR immediately prior to the date of issuance of such rights, options,
warrants or securities by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number
of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights,
options, warrants or securities plus the number of additional shares of Common
Stock offered for subscription or purchase or into or for which such securities
are convertible or exchangeable, and the denominator of which shall be the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the date of issuance of such
rights, options, warrants or securities plus the total number of shares of
Common Stock which could be purchased at the Current Market Value with the
aggregate consideration received through issuance of such rights, warrants,
options, or convertible securities. Such adjustment shall be made whenever such
rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective retroactively
immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled
to receive such rights, options, warrants or securities. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Section 5.3, the number of shares of Common Stock with
respect to which the Holder of a CVR shall be entitled to a Contingent Value
Payment upon exercise of any CVR shall not be adjusted pursuant to this Section
5.3 in connection with the issuance or sale of rights, options, warrants or
convertible or exchangeable securities in connection with: (a) a firm committed
underwritten public offering of rights, or convertible or exchangeable
securities by the Company, (b) a private placement of rights or convertible or
exchangeable securities by the Company in which at least 50% of the securities
being issued are issued to Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company or any
holder of Common Stock or (c) the issuance or grant of rights or options after
the date hereof to the Company's or any of its Subsidiaries' employees,
officers, directors, consultants or advisors under bona fide benefit plans
adopted by the Board and approved by the holders of Common Stock when required
by law, if the number of shares of Common Stock underlying such rights and
options do not exceed 5% of the Common Stock outstanding on the date of this
Agreement.

     If the Company at any time shall issue two or more securities as a unit and
one or more of such securities shall be rights, options or warrants for or
securities convertible or exchangeable into, Common Stock subject to this
Section 5.3, the consideration allocated to each such security shall be
determined in good faith by the Board.

     5.4 Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

     In the event that at any time or from time to time after the date hereof
the Company shall issue or sell any additional shares of Common Stock for
consideration in an amount per additional share of Common Stock less than the
Current Market Value, then the number of shares of Common Stock thereafter with
respect to which the Holder of a CVR shall be entitled to a Contingent Value
Payment upon the exercise of each CVR shall be increased to a number determined
by multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the
Holder of a CVR shall be entitled to a Contingent Value Payment upon the
exercise of each CVR immediately prior to such issue or sale by a fraction the
numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately after such issue or sale, and the denominator of which shall be the
sum of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to
such issue or sale, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock which could be
purchased at the Current Market Value with the aggregate consideration received
from the issuance or sale of the additional shares of Common Stock. For the
purposes of this Section 5.4, the date as of which the Current Market Value per
share of Common Stock shall be computed shall be the earlier of (x) the date on
which the Company shall enter into a firm contract for the issuance of such
additional shares of Common Stock or (y) the date of actual issuance of such
additional shares of

<PAGE>   17

Common Stock. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.4, the
number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Holder of a CVR shall
be entitled to a Contingent Value Payment upon exercise of any CVR shall not be
adjusted pursuant to this Section 5.4 as a result of the issuance or sale of
Common Stock in connection with: (a) a bona fide firm commited underwritten
public offering of Common Stock of the Company, (b) a private placement
transaction in which at least 50% of the shares of Common Stock being issued are
issued to Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company or any holder of Common
Stock, (c) a transaction to which Section 5.1, 5.2 or 5.3 is applicable, (d) the
exercise of the CVRs, (e) the exercise of rights or options issued to the
Company's or any of its Subsidiaries' employees, officers, directors,
consultants or advisors under bona fide benefit plans adopted by the Board and
approved by the holders of Common Stock when required by law, if such Common
Stock would otherwise be covered by this Section 5.4 (but only to the extent, in
the case of rights or options granted after the date hereof, that the aggregate
number of shares excluded hereby does not exceed 5% of the Common Stock
outstanding on the date of this Agreement) or (f) Common Stock issued to
stockholders of any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company and that
merges with the Company in proportion to their stock holdings of such Person
immediately prior to such merger.

     5.5 Combination; Liquidation.

     (a) Except as provided in Section 5.5(b), in the event of any Combination,
the Holders shall have the right to receive upon exercise of the CVRs Contingent
Value Payments with respect to the number of shares of capital stock or other
securities or property which such Holder would have been entitled to receive
upon or as a result of such Combination had such CVR been exercised immediately
prior to such event. Unless paragraph (b) is applicable to a Combination, the
Company shall provide that the surviving or acquiring Person (the "Successor
Company") in such Combination will enter into an agreement with the CVR Agent
confirming the Holders' rights pursuant to this Section 5.5(a) and providing for
adjustments, which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the
adjustments provided for in this Article 5. The provisions of this Section
5.5(a) shall similarly apply to successive Combinations involving any Successor
Company.

     (b) In the event of (i) a Combination where consideration to holders of
Common Stock in exchange for their shares is payable solely in cash, or (ii) the
dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, then the Holders of the
CVRs will be entitled to receive distributions on an equal basis with the
holders of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon exercise of the CVRs,
as if the CVRs had been exercised immediately prior to such event, less clause
(b) of the definition of Contingent Value Payment.

     In case of any Combination described in this Section 5.5(b), the surviving
or acquiring Person and, in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up of the Company, the Company, shall deposit promptly with the CVR
Agent the funds, if any, necessary to pay to the holders of the CVRs the amounts
to which they are entitled as described above. After such funds and the
surrendered CVR Certificates are received, the CVR Agent shall make payment to
the Holders by delivering a check in such amount as is appropriate (or, in the
case of consideration other than cash, such other consideration as is
appropriate) to such Person or Persons as it may be directed in writing by the
Holders surrendering such CVRs.

<PAGE>   18

     5.6 Tender Offers: Exchange Offers.

     In the event that the Company or any subsidiary of the Company shall
purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to a tender offer or an exchange offer
for a price per share of Common Stock that is greater than the then Current
Market Value per share of Common Stock in effect at the end of the trading day
immediately following the day on which such tender offer or exchange offer
expires, then the number of shares of Common Stock thereafter with respect to
which the Holder of a CVR shall be entitled to a Contingent Value Payment upon
the exercise of each CVR shall be increased to a number determined by
multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the
Holder of a CVR shall be entitled to a Contingent Value Payment upon the
exercise of such CVR immediately prior to such purchase by a fraction the
numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the fair market value of the
aggregate consideration payable to stockholders based on the acceptance (up to
any maximum specified in the terms of the tender offer or exchange offer) of all
shares of Common Stock validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the
expiration time of such tender offer or exchange offer (the "Purchased Shares")
and (y) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less
the Purchased Shares) at the expiration time of such offer or exchange offer and
the first reported sales price of the Common Stock on the trading day
immediately following the day on which such tender offer or exchange offer
expires and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding (including any Purchased Shares) at the expiration time of
such tender offer or exchange offer multiplied by the first reported sales price
of the Common Stock on the trading day immediately following the day on which
such tender offer or exchange offer expires, such increase to become effective
immediately prior to the opening of business on the day immediately following
the day on which such tender offer or exchange offer expires.

     5.7 Other Events.

     If any event occurs as to which the foregoing provisions of this Article 5
are not strictly applicable or, if strictly applicable, would not, in the good
faith judgment of the Board, fairly and adequately protect the purchase rights
of the CVRs in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such
provisions, then such Board shall make such adjustments in the application of
such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as
shall be reasonably necessary, in the good faith opinion of such Board, to
protect such purchase rights as aforesaid, but in no event shall any such
adjustment have the effect of decreasing the amount of the Contingent Value
Payments payable upon exercise of this CVR.

     5.8 Current Market Value.

     For the purpose of any computation of Current Market Value under this
Section 5 , the "Current Market Value" per share of Common Stock at any date
shall be the average of the daily closing prices for the shorter of (i) the 20
consecutive trading days ending on the last full trading day on the exchange or
market specified in the second succeeding sentence prior to the Time of
Determination (as defined below) and (ii) the period commencing on the date next
succeeding the first public announcement of the issuance, sale, distribution or
granting in question through such last full trading day prior to the Time of
Determination. The term "Time of Determination" as used herein shall be the time
and date of the earlier to occur of (A) the date as of which the Current Market
Value is to be computed and (B) the last full trading day on such exchange or
market before the commencement of

<PAGE>   19

"ex-dividend" trading in the Common Stock relating to the event giving rise to
the adjustment required by this Section 5. The closing price for any day shall
be the last reported sale price regular way or, in case no such reported sale
takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices regular
way for such day, in each case (1) on the principal national securities exchange
on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or to which such shares are
admitted to trading or (2) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to
trading on a national securities exchange, in the over-the-counter market as
reported by the Nasdaq National Market or any comparable system or (3) if the
Common Stock is not listed on the Nasdaq National Market or a comparable system,
as furnished by two members of the NASD selected from time to time in good faith
by the Board for that purpose. In the absence of all of the foregoing, or if for
any other reason the Current Market Value per share cannot be determined
pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.8, the Current Market
Value per share shall be the (x) the fair market value thereof determined in
good faith in the most recently completed arms'-length transaction between the
Company and a person other than an Affiliate of the Company and the closing of
which occurs on such date or shall have occurred within the three months
preceding such date or (y) if no transaction shall have occurred on such date or
within such three-month period, the fair market value thereof as determined by
an investment bank of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company and
acceptable to the CVR Agent. The Company shall pay the fees and expenses of any
investment bank involved in the determination of Current Market Value.

     5.9 Superseding Adjustment.

     Upon the expiration of any rights, options, warrants or conversion or
exchange privileges which resulted in the adjustments pursuant to this Article
5, if any thereof shall not have been exercised, the number of shares of Common
Stock with respect to a which Contingent Value shall be payable upon the
exercise of each CVR shall be readjusted as if (a) the only shares of Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of such rights, options, warrants, conversion or
exchange privileges were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued
upon the exercise of such rights, options, warrants or conversion or exchange
privileges and (b) shares of Common Stock actually issued, if any, were issuable
for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise plus
the aggregate consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the
issuance, sale or grant of all such rights, options, warrants or conversion or
exchange privileges whether or not exercised; provided, however, that no such
readjustment shall (except by reason of an intervening adjustment under Section
5.1) have the effect of decreasing the number of shares of Common Stock with
respect to a which Contingent Value shall be payable upon the exercise of each
CVR by an amount in excess of the amount of the adjustment initially made in
respect of the issuance, sale or grant of such rights, options, warrants or
conversion or exchange privileges.

     5.10 Minimum Adjustment.

     The adjustments required by the preceding Sections of this Article 5 shall
be made whenever and as often as any specified event requiring an adjustment
shall occur, except that no adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock
with respect to a which Contingent Value shall be payable upon exercise of CVRs
that would otherwise be required shall be made (except in the case of a
subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock, as provided for in Section
5.1) unless and until such adjustment either by itself or with other adjustments
not previously made increases or decreases by at least 1% the number of shares
of Common Stock with respect to a which Contingent Value shall be payable upon
exercise of CVRs immediately prior to the making of such adjustment. Any
adjustment

<PAGE>   20

representing a change of less than such minimum amount shall be carried forward
and made as soon as such adjustment, together with other adjustments required by
this Article 5 and not previously made, would result in a minimum adjustment.
For the purpose of any adjustment, any specified event shall be deemed to have
occurred at the close of business on the date of its occurrence. In computing
adjustments under this Article 5, fractional interests in Common Stock shall be
taken into account to the nearest one-hundredth of a share.

     5.11 Notice of Adjustment.

     Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock and other property, if any,
with respect to which a Contingent Value Payment shall be payable upon exercise
of CVRs is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall deliver to the CVR
Agent a certificate of a firm of independent accountants (who may be the regular
accountants employed by the Company) setting forth, in reasonable detail, the
event requiring the adjustment and the method by which such adjustment was
calculated (including a description of the basis on which the Board determined
the fair market value of any evidences of indebtedness, other securities or
property or warrants or other subscription or purchase rights), and specifying
the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Contingent Value
Payment shall be payable upon exercise of CVRs after giving effect to such
adjustment. The CVR Agent shall promptly mail a copy of such certificate to each
Holder in accordance with Section 8.5. The CVR Agent shall be entitled to rely
on such certificate and shall be under no duty or responsibility with respect to
any such certificate, except to exhibit the same from time to time, to any
Holder desiring an inspection thereof during reasonable business hours. The CVR
Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to
determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the
Contingent Value Payment or any component thereof or the number of shares of
Common Stock or other stock or property, with respect to which a Contingent
Value Payment shall be payable on exercise of the CVRs, or with respect to the
nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method
employed in making such adjustment or the validity or value of any shares of
Common Stock.

     5.12 Notice of Certain Transactions.

     In the event that the Company shall propose (a) to pay any dividend payable
in securities of any class to the holders of its Common Stock or to make any
other distribution to the holders of its Common Stock, (b) to offer the holders
of its Common Stock rights to subscribe for or to purchase any securities
convertible into shares of Common Stock or shares of Common Stock or shares of
stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (c) to effect any
reclassification of its Common Stock, capital reorganization or Combination or
(d) to effect the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up of the Company, or in the event of a tender offer or exchange offer
described in Section 5.6, the Company shall within five Business Days send to
the CVR Agent and the Credit Agreement Agent and the CVR Agent shall within five
Business Days thereafter send the Holders a notice (in such form as shall be
furnished to the CVR Agent by the Company) of such proposed action or offer,
such notice to be mailed by the CVR Agent to the Holders at their addresses as
they appear in the Certificate Register, which shall specify the record date for
the purposes of such dividend, distribution or rights, or the date such issuance
or event is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders
of Common Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and shall briefly indicate the
effect of such action on the Common Stock and on the number and kind of any
other shares of stock and on other property, if any, and the number of shares of
Common Stock and other property, if any, purchasable upon exercise of

<PAGE>   21
each CVR after giving effect to any adjustment which will be required as a
result of such action. Such notice shall be given by the Company as promptly as
possible and, in the case of any action covered by clause (a) or (b) above, at
least ten days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Common
Stock for purposes of such action and, in the case of any other such action, at
least 15 Business Days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action
or the date of participation therein by the holders of Common Stock, whichever
shall be the earlier.

     5.13 Adjustment to CVR Certificate.

     The form of CVR Certificate need not be changed because of any adjustment
made pursuant to this Article 5, and CVR Certificates issued after such
adjustment may state the same number of shares of Common Stock as are stated in
any CVR Certificates issued prior to the adjustment. The Company, however, may
at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of CVR
Certificate that it may deem appropriate to give effect to such adjustments and
that does not affect the substance of the CVR Certificate, and any CVR
Certificate thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or
substitution for an outstanding CVR Certificate or otherwise, may be in the form
as so changed.

                          SECTION 6. RIGHTS OF HOLDERS

     The Holders of the CVRs shall be entitled to the registration rights set
forth in Exhibit D hereto.

                              SECTION 7. CVR Agent

     7.1 Appointment of CVR Agent.

     The Company hereby appoints the CVR Agent to act as agent for the Company
in accordance with provisions of this Agreement and the CVR Agent hereby accepts
such appointment.

     7.2 Rights and Duties of CVR Agent.

     (a) In acting under this Contingent Value Right Agreement and in connection
with the CVR Certificates, the CVR Agent is acting solely as agent of the
Company and does not assume any obligation or relationship or agency or trust
for or with any of the holders of CVR Certificates or beneficial owners of CVRs.

     (b) The CVR Agent may consult with counsel satisfactory to it, and the
advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection
in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good
faith and in accordance with the advice of such counsel.

     (c) The CVR Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in
respect of any action taken or thing suffered by it in reliance upon any CVR
Certificate, notice, direction, consent, certificate, affidavit, statement or
other paper or document

<PAGE>   22

reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been presented or signed by
the proper parties.

     (d) The CVR Agent shall be obligated to perform only such duties as are
herein and in the CVR Certificates specifically set forth and no implied duties
or obligations shall be read into this Agreement or the CVR Certificates against
the CVR Agent. The CVR Agent shall not be under any obligation to take any
action hereunder which may tend to involve it in any expense or liability for
which it does not receive indemnity if such indemnity is reasonably requested.
The CVR Agent shall not be accountable or under any duty or responsibility for
the use by the Company of any of the CVR Certificates countersigned by the CVR
Agent and delivered by it to the Holders or on behalf of the Holders pursuant to
this Agreement or for the application by the Company of the proceeds of the
CVRs. The CVR Agent shall have no duty or responsibility in case of any default
by the Company in the performance of its covenants or agreements contained
herein or in the CVR Certificates or in the case of the receipt of any written
demand from a Holder with respect to such default, including any duty or
responsibility to initiate or attempt to initiate any proceedings at law or
otherwise.

     (e) The CVR Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility
to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist that may require an
adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a
Contingent Value Payment shall be payable upon exercise of each CVR or with
respect to the nature or extent of any adjustment when made, or with respect to
the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental agreement provided to be
employed, in making the same. The CVR Agent shall not be accountable with
respect to the validity or value of any shares of Common Stock or of any
securities or property which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the
exercise of any CVR or upon any adjustment pursuant to Article 5, and it makes
no representation with respect thereto. The CVR Agent shall not be responsible
for any failure of the Company to make any cash payment or to issue, transfer or
deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates upon the surrender of
any CVR Certificate for the purpose of exercise or upon any adjustment pursuant
to Article 5, or to comply with any of the covenants of the Company contained in
Article 5.

     7.3 Individual Rights of CVR Agent.

     The CVR Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the CVR
Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the CVRs or other securities of the
Company or its affiliates or become pecuniarily interested in transactions in
which the Company or its affiliates may be interested, or contract with or lend
money to the Company or its affiliates or otherwise act as fully and freely as
though it were not the CVR Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall
preclude the CVR Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for
any other legal entity.

     7.4 CVR Agent's Disclaimer.

     The CVR Agent shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as
to the validity or adequacy of this Agreement or the CVR Certificates and it
shall not be responsible for any statement in this Agreement or the CVR
Certificates other than its

<PAGE>   23

countersignature thereon.

     7.5 Compensation and Indemnity.

     The Company and the CVR Agent have entered into an agreement pursuant to
which the Company agrees to pay the CVR Agent from time to time reasonable
compensation for its services and to reimburse the CVR Agent upon request for
all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it, including the reasonable
compensation and expenses of the CVR Agent's agents and counsel. The Company
shall indemnify the CVR Agent against any loss, liability or expense (including
agents' and attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred by it without willful
misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith on its part arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or performance of its duties under this
Agreement. The CVR Agent shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for
which it may seek indemnity. The Company need not reimburse any expense or
indemnify against any loss or liability incurred by the CVR Agent through wilful
misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith. The Company's payment obligations
pursuant to this Section 7.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

     7.6 Successor CVR Agent.

     (a) The Company agrees for the benefit of the Holders that there shall at
all times be a CVR Agent hereunder until all the CVRs have been exercised or are
no longer exercisable.

     (b) The CVR Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice to the
Company of such intention on its part, specifying the date on which its desired
resignation shall become effective; provided, however, that such date shall not
be less than 30 days after the date on which such notice is given unless the
Company otherwise agrees. The CVR Agent hereunder may be removed at any time by
the filing with it of an instrument in writing signed by or on behalf of the
Company and specifying such removal and the date when it shall become effective,
which date shall not be less than 30 days after such notice is given unless the
CVR Agent otherwise agrees. Any removal under this Section 7.6 shall take effect
upon the appointment by the Company as hereinafter provided of a successor CVR
Agent (which shall be a bank or trust company authorized under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization to exercise corporate trust powers) and the
acceptance of such appointment by such successor CVR Agent.

     (c) In case at any time the CVR Agent shall resign, or shall be removed, or
shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent,
or shall commence a voluntary case under national, or federal bankruptcy laws,
as now or hereafter constituted, or under any other applicable national, federal
or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or shall consent to the
appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, custodian, liquidator,
assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the CVR Agent or
its property or affairs, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as
they become due, or shall take corporate action in furtherance of any such
action, or a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the
premises shall have been entered in respect of the CVR Agent in an involuntary
case under the national or federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter
constituted, or any other applicable national, federal or state bankruptcy,
insolvency or

<PAGE>   24

similar law; or a decree order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises
shall have been entered for the appointment of a receiver, custodian,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the CVR
Agent or of its property or affairs, or any public officer shall take charge or
control of the CVR Agent or of its property or affairs for the purpose of
rehabilitation, conservation, winding up of or liquidation, a successor CVR
Agent, qualified as aforesaid, shall be appointed by the Company by an
instrument in writing, filed with the successor CVR Agent. Upon the appointment
as aforesaid of a successor CVR Agent and acceptance by the successor CVR Agent
of such appointment, the CVR Agent shall cease to be CVR Agent hereunder;
provided, however, that in the event of the resignation of the CVR Agent
hereunder, such resignation shall be effective on the earlier of (i) the date
specified in the CVR Agent's notice of resignation and (ii) the appointment and
acceptance of a successor CVR Agent hereunder.

     (d) Any successor CVR Agent appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge
and deliver to its predecessor and to the Company an instrument accepting such
appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor CVR Agent, without any
further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights and
obligations of such predecessor (save to the extent of any accrued liabilities
which shall continue to bind the outgoing CVR Agent) with like effect as if
originally named as CVR Agent hereunder, and such predecessor, upon payment of
sums owing to it hereunder then unpaid, shall thereupon become obligated to
transfer, deliver and pay over, and such successor CVR Agent shall be entitled
to receive, all monies, securities and other property on deposit with or held by
such predecessor, as CVR Agent hereunder.

     (e) Any corporation into which the CVR Agent hereunder may be merged or
consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to
which the CVR Agent shall be a party, or any corporation to which the CVR Agent
shall sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all the assets and
business of the CVR Agent, provided that it shall be qualified as aforesaid,
shall be the successor CVR Agent under this Agreement without the execution or
filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

                            SECTION 8. Miscellaneous

     8.1 Reports

     (a) As soon as any CVR becomes outstanding, the Company shall provide the
CVR Agent and Holders with such financial statements and reports as are
distributed to holders of Common Stock generally.

     (b) The Company hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any CVRs
remain outstanding and during any period in which the Company is not subject to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make available, upon request of any
Holder, to any Holder or beneficial owner of CVRs in connection with any sale
thereof and any prospective purchaser thereof from such Holder or beneficial
owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in
order to permit resales pursuant to Rule 144A.

     8.2 Persons Benefitting.
<PAGE>   25

     Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon
any Person other than the Company, the CVR Agent and the Holders any right,
remedy or claim under or by reason of this agreement or any part hereof.

     8.3 Rights of Holders.

     Holders of unexercised CVRs are not, for the avoidance of doubt, entitled
(a) to receive dividends or other distributions, (b) to receive notice of or
vote at any meeting of the stockholders of the Company, (c) to consent to any
action of the stockholders of the Company, (d) to receive notice of any other
proceedings of the Company or (e) to exercise any other rights as stockholders
of the Company.

     8.4 Amendment.

     This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of
any Holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or
supplementing any defective provision contained herein or making any other
provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as
the Company and the CVR Agent may deem necessary or desirable; provided,
however, that such action shall not affect adversely the rights of the Holders.
Any amendment or supplement to this Agreement (including any Exhibit hereto)
that has or would have an adverse effect on the interests of the Holders shall
require the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding CVRs
or, if no CVRs are outstanding, the Initial Lenders in each case, by value. The
consent of each Holder affected shall be required for any amendment pursuant to
which the Contingent Value Payment would be decreased or the number of Shares of
Common Stock with respect to which a Contingent Value Payment shall be payable
upon exercise of CVRs would be decreased (other than pursuant to adjustments
provided herein). In determining whether the Holders of the required number of
CVRs have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, CVRs owned by the
Company or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
under direct or indirect common control with the Company shall be disregarded
and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining
whether the CVR Agent shall be protected in relying on any such direction,
waiver or consent, only CVRs which the CVR Agent knows are so owned shall be so
disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only CVRs outstanding at the time
shall be considered in any such determination.

     8.5 Notices.

     Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in Person or
mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

    if to the Company:                 PrimaCom AG
                                       Hegelstrabe 61
                                       55122 Mainz
                                       Germany
                                       Attention: Corporate Counsel

       with a copy to:
                                       Baker & McKenzie

<PAGE>   26

                                       100 New Bridge Street
                                       London EC4V 6JA
                                       Attention:  Mitchell Gitin
                                       Telecopy: +44-(0)20-919-1999

  if to the CVR Agent:

                                       Chase Securities Inc.
                                       270 Park Avenue
                                       New York, New York

  if to the Credit Agreement Agent:

                                       Chase Manhattan International Limited
                                       125 London Wall
                                       London EC2Y 5AJ
                                       Attention: Ann B. Kearns
                                       Telecopy: +44 (0) 207 777 7493

     The Company or the CVR Agent or the Credit Agreement Agent by notice to the
other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications.

     Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the
Holder at the Holder's address as it appears on the Certificate Register and
shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

     Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it
shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or
communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether
or not the addressee receives it.

     8.6 GOVERNING LAW.

     THIS AGREEMENT AND THE CVR CERTIFICATES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

     8.7 Successors.

     All agreements of the Company in this Agreement and the CVR Certificates
shall bind its successors. All agreements of the CVR Agent in this Agreement
shall bind its successors.

     8.8 Counterparts.

     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of
such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all
such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

     8.9 Table of Contents.
<PAGE>   27

     The table of contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this
Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended
to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms
or provisions hereof.

     8.10 Severability.

     The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any clause or
provision shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in whole or in part in
any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect in that
jurisdiction only such clause or provision, or part thereof, and shall not in
any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction or any
other clause or provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction.

<PAGE>   28

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the date first written above.

                                       PRIMACOM AG

                                       ------------------------------------
                                       By:
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

                                       CHASE SECURITIES INC., as CVR
                                        Agent

                                       ------------------------------------
                                       By:
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

<PAGE>   29

                                                                      EXHIBIT A
                                                                             TO
                                               CONTINGENT VALUE RIGHT AGREEMENT

                        [FORM OF FACE OF CVR CERTIFICATE]

THE CVRs HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE
"SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS CVR NOR ANY
INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,
PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION
OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION AND
SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH CVR, UNLESS
PREVIOUSLY REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY; (B)
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY
RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE); (C) TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
"QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN
RELIANCE ON RULE 144A; (D) PURSUANT TO AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH
RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT: OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

No.  __                                               Certificate for ___ CVRs

     THIS CERTIFIES THAT, ____________, or its registered assigns, is the
registered holder of the number of CVRs set forth above (the "CVRs"). Each CVR
entitles the holder thereof (the "Holder"), at its option and subject to the
provisions contained herein and in the Contingent Value Right Agreement referred
to below, to require PrimaCom AG, a company organized under the laws of Germany
("the Company"), to pay to the Holder an amount equal to the difference between
(a) the Exercise Date Market Price and (b) 110% of the Current Market Price one
share of Common Stock, no par value, of the Company (the "Common Stock") on the
date on which the CVRs are released from escrow, unless, at the option of the
Company, the Company instead effects a Share Settlement Exercise. This CVR
Certificate shall terminate and become void as of the close of business on
September 18, 2010 (the "Expiration Date") or upon the exercise hereof as to all
the shares of Common Stock subject hereto. The number of shares with respect to
which the Contingent Value Payment shall be payable upon exercise of the CVRs
and the Contingent Value Payment per share shall be subject to adjustment from
time to time as set forth in the Contingent Value Right Agreement. "Current
Market Price" shall mean, on any date, the greater of (1) the average of the
last reported sale price of the Company's shares traded on the Nasdaq National
Market for each business day during the period commencing 20 business days
before such date and ending on the date one day prior to such date; and (2) the
market price called for under a calculation under Rule 144A(d)(3)(i) of the
Securities Act.
<PAGE>   30

     This CVR Certificate is issued under and in accordance with a Contingent
Value Right Agreement dated as of September 18, 2000 (the "Contingent Value
Right Agreement"), between the Company and Chase Securities Inc. (the "CVR
Agent", which term includes any successor CVR Agent under the Contingent Value
Right Agreement), and is subject to the terms and provisions contained in the
Contingent Value Right Agreement, to all of which terms and provisions the
Holder of this CVR Certificate consents by acceptance hereof. The Contingent
Value Right Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part
hereof. Reference is hereby made to the Contingent Value Right Agreement for a
full statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and
obligations of the Company, the CVR Agent and the Holders of the CVRs.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed
thereto in the Contingent Value Right Agreement. A copy of the Contingent Value
Right Agreement may be obtained for inspection by the Holder hereof upon written
request to the CVR Agent at Chase Securities Inc. [Address].

     Subject to the terms of the Contingent Value Right Agreement, the CVRs may
be exercised in whole or in part by surrender of this CVR Certificate with the
form of election to exercise CVRs attached hereto duly executed to the CVR Agent
at the office of the CVR Agent.

     As provided in the Contingent Value Right Agreement and subject to the
terms and conditions therein set forth, the CVRs shall be exercisable at any
time from and after they have been released from escrow under the terms of the
Contingent Value Right Agreement; provided, however, that no CVR shall be
exercisable after the Expiration Date.

     The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes,
assessments or other governmental charges in connection with the transfer or
exchange of the CVR Certificates pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Contingent Value
Right Agreement but not for any exchange or original issuance (not involving a
transfer) with respect to temporary CVR Certificates, the exercise of the CVRs.

     Upon any partial exercise of the CVRs, there shall be countersigned and
issued to the Holder hereof a new CVR Certificate in respect of the shares of
Common Stock as to which the CVRs shall not have been exercised. This CVR
Certificate may be exchanged at the office of the CVR Agent by presenting this
CVR Certificate properly endorsed with a request to exchange this CVR
Certificate for other CVR Certificates evidencing an equal number of CVRs.

     The CVRs do not entitle any holder hereof to any of the rights of a
stockholder of the Company. All shares of Common Stock issuable by the Company
upon Cashless Exercise of the CVRs shall, upon such issue, be duly and validly
issued and fully paid and non-assessable.

     The holder in whose name the CVR Certificate is registered may be deemed
and treated by the Company and the CVR Agent as the absolute owner of the CVR
Certificate for all purposes whatsoever and neither the Company nor the CVR
Agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     This CVR Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until
it shall have been countersigned by the CVR Agent.
<PAGE>   31

[-------------------------------]

By _____________________________

[SEAL]

Attest: ___________________________
                  Secretary

DATED:

Countersigned:
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
as CVR Agent

By _________________________________
         Authorized Signatory

<PAGE>   32

                                                                     EXHIBIT B
                                                                            TO
                                              CONTINGENT VALUE RIGHT AGREEMENT

                        FORM OF ELECTION TO EXERCISE CVRs
                   (to be executed only upon exercise of CVRs)

                               [                  ]

     The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise [ _______ ] CVRs to
require PrimaCom AG to pay to the undersigned an amount equal to the difference
between (a) the Exercise Date Market Price and (b) 110% of the Current Market
Price (as the same may be adjusted pursuant to Article 5 of the Contingent Value
Right Agreement), on the terms and conditions specified in the within CVR
Certificate and the Contingent Value Right Agreement therein referred to,
surrenders this CVR Certificate and all right, title and interest therein to
PrimaCom AG, and directs that the proceeds payable upon the exercise of such
CVRs be paid to the undersigned by wire transfer or certified check as specified
below.

Date:  ________________, ____

_______________________________1
                                (Signature of Owner)

________________________________
                                (Street Address)

                                ______________________________________
                                (City)    (State)    (Zip Code)

                                Signature Guaranteed by:

                                ______________________________________

Check to be issued to:

Please insert social security or identifying number:

______________________________________

<PAGE>   33

                                                                            2

       Name:

       Street Address:

       City, State and Zip Code:

Any unexercised CVRs evidenced by the within CVR Certificate to be issued to:

       Please insert social security or identifying number:

       Name:

       Street Address:

       City, State and Zip Code:

<PAGE>   34

                                                                      EXHIBIT C
                                                                             TO
                                               CONTINGENT VALUE RIGHT AGREEMENT

The following exchanges of a part of this Global CVR for definitive CVRs have
been made:

                  CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR
                        REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF CVRs

Re:  CVRs of PrimaCom AG (the "Company")

     This Certificate relates to __________ CVRs held in definitive form by
_______________ (the "Transferor").

     The Transferor has requested the CVR Agent by written order to exchange or
register the transfer of a CVR or CVRs. In connection with such request and in
respect of each such CVR, the Transferor does hereby certify that the Transferor
is familiar with the Contingent Value Right Agreement relating to the above
captioned CVRs and that the transfer of this CVR does not require registration
under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"), because(1):

     [ ] Such CVR is being acquired for the Transferor's own account without
         transfer.

     [ ] Such CVR is being transferred to the Company.

     [ ] Such CVR is being transferred in a transaction meeting the requirements
         of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

     [ ] Such CVR is being transferred to a qualified institutional buyer (as
         defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), in reliance on
         Rule 144A.

     [ ] Such CVR is being transferred pursuant to an offshore transaction in
         accordance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act.

     [ ] Such CVR is being transferred pursuant to another available exemption
         from the registration requirements under the Securities Act.

     The CVR Agent and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate
and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to
any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official
inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

-------------

1.   Please check applicable box.

<PAGE>   35

                                                                              2

                                       [INSERT NAME OF TRANSFEROR]

                                       by ________________________

Date: ____________________

<PAGE>   36

                                                                        ANNEX A

                           Release Certificate (Sale)

     As an authorized representative of __________________, an Initial Lender
and the holder (the "Holder") of euro____________ principal amount of
Indebtedness of PrimaCom AG in the form of Initial Loans, Term Loans or Exchange
Notes, the undersigned hereby certifies (i) that the Holder intends to engage in
a bona fide arms-length transaction for the sale of such Indebtedness; and (ii)
that in order to effectuate the sale of such Initial Loans, Term Loans or
Exchange Notes at a price not greater than the unpaid principal amount thereof
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, it will be necessary to accompany the
transfer thereof with a transfer of CVRs now being held in escrow by Chase
Manhattan International Limited (the "CVR Escrow Agent").

     Upon receipt of this duly completed Release Certificate, the CVR Escrow
Agent is hereby instructed to release to the Holder ______ CVRs, as provided
under Section 4.2 of the Contingent Value Right Agreement between PrimaCom AG
and Chase Securities Inc., dated as of September 18, 2000. All such CVRs will be
transferred with Initial Loans, Term Loans or Exchange Notes to the purchaser
thereof.

Date: _____________________            ______________________________
                                       Authorized Representative

<PAGE>   37

                                                                        ANNEX B

                          Release Certificate (Earn-In)

     As an authorized representative of, an Initial Lender and a holder (the
"Holder") of Indebtedness of PrimaCom AG in the form of Initial Loans, Term
Loan, or Exchange Notes, the undersigned hereby certifies (i) that on the
Closing Date Holder was an Initial Lender of Initial Loans; and (ii) as of the
most recent Release Date occurring on or prior to the date of this Release
Certificate, Holder continued to be the owner of Initial Loans, Term Loans or
Exchange Notes.

     Upon receipt of this duly completed Release Certificate, the CVR Escrow
Agent is hereby instructed to release to the Holder _________ CVRs, as provided
under Section 4.3 of the Contingent Value Right Agreement between PrimaCom AG
and Chase Securities Inc. dated as of September 18, 2000.

[ ]               By checking this box, the undersigned hereby further declares
                  that the Holder wishes to automatically receive accrued CVRs
                  due to the Holder upon each future Release Date, and instruct
                  the CVR Escrow Agent to mail such accrued CVRs to the Holder
                  at the Holder's address of record after each Release Date.

Date: _____________________            ______________________________
                                       Authorized Representative

<PAGE>   38

                                                                        ANNEX C

                        Release Certificate (Retirement)

     As an authorized representative of _______________, I hereby certify that
PrimaCom AG (the "Company") has retired or cancelled [the entire][euro____]
principal amount, including accrued interest thereon, of the indebtedness
represented by the Initial Loans and/or the Term Loans issued under the
Agreement referred to below and any Exchange Notes of the Company issued in
exchange for such Term Loans. The undersigned therefore requests that Chase
Manhattan International Limited, as CVR Escrow Agent release [any] [ ] unearned
CVRs for the Common Stock of the Company remaining in escrow as of the date
thereof, and deliver such CVRs to Chase Securities Inc. (the "CVR Agent") for
cancellation.

Date: _____________________            ______________________________

                                       By:___________________________

                  As the authorized representative of Chase Manhattan
International Limited, which serves as the Administrative Agent under the terms
of the Senior Working Capital Credit Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of
September 18, 2000 among the Company and the several lenders parties thereto and
Chase Manhattan International Limited, as Administrative Agent, I hereby certify
that the Company has retired or cancelled [the entire] [euro ] amount,
including principal, accrued interest and fees thereon, of the indebtedness
incurred under the terms of the Agreement and any Exchange Notes issued in
exchange therefor, and is therefore entitled to the release of [all] [euro ____
] of the remaining unearned CVRs for the Common Stock of PrimaCom AG from
Escrow.

Date: _____________________            ______________________________

                                       By:___________________________

<PAGE>   39

                                                                        ANNEX D

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Column A                                               Column B
     --------                                               --------
<S>                                                            <C>
Three Months After June 30, 2001                               25%

Six Months After June 30, 2001                                 50%

Nine Months After June 30, 2001                                75%

Twelve Months After June 30, 2001                             100%
</TABLE>

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00023-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00023-of-00352.parquet"}]]